]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Keep doprnt.c around for now, as we might revamp and reuse it.
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19845 45374))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
13
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
16
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36
37 \(fn)" t nil)
38
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41
42 \(fn)" t nil)
43
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46
47 \(fn)" t nil)
48
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
52
53 \(fn)" t nil)
54
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64
65 ;;;***
66 \f
67 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
68 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
70
71 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
72 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
73 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
74 extensions.
75 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
76 the file name.
77
78 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
79
80 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
81 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
82
83 \(fn)" t nil)
84
85 ;;;***
86 \f
87 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
88 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
89 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
90
91 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
92 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
93
94 \(fn)" t nil)
95
96 ;;;***
97 \f
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
99 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
101
102 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
103 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
104 Completion is available.
105
106 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
107
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
111 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
112 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
113 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
114 ;;;;;; (19860 32495))
115 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
116
117 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
118
119 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
120 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
121 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
122 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
123
124 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125
126 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
127 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
128 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129
130 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131
132 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
133 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
134 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
135 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
136 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
137 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138
139 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140
141 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
142 Prompt for a change log name.
143
144 \(fn)" nil nil)
145
146 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
147 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148
149 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
150 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
151 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
152 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153
154 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
155 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
156 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157
158 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
159 current buffer to the complete file name.
160 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161
162 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163
164 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
165 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
166 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
167 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168
169 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
170 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171
172 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173
174 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
175 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
176 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177
178 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
179 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
180 after a comma on an existing line.
181
182 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
183 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
184 the same person.
185
186 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
187 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
188 notices.
189
190 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
191 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192
193 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194
195 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
196 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
197 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
198 the change log file in another window.
199
200 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201
202 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
203 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
204 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
205 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
206 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
207 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208
209 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210
211 \(fn)" t nil)
212
213 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
214 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
215
216 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
217 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
218
219 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
220 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
221
222 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
223 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
224
225 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
226 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
227
228 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
229 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
230 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
231 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
232 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
233
234 Has a preference of looking backwards.
235
236 \(fn)" nil nil)
237
238 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
239 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
240 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
241 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
242 or a buffer.
243
244 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
245 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
246
247 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
248
249 ;;;***
250 \f
251 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
252 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
253 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19863 8742))
254 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
255
256 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
257 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
258 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
259 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
260 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
261 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
262 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
263 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
264 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
265 interpreted as `error'.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
268
269 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
270 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
271 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
272 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
273 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
274 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
275 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
276 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
277
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
279
280 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
281 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
282
283 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
284
285 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
286 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
287
288 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
289
290 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
291 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
292
293 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
294 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
295 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
296 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
297 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
298
299 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
300 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
301 the new one.
302
303 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
304 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
305 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
306 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
307 mapped to the closest extremal position).
308
309 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
310 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
311 the cache-id will clear the cache.
312
313 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
314
315 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
316
317 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
318 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
319 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
320 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
321 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
322 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
323 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
324 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
325 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
326 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
327 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
328 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
329 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
330 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
331 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
332 definition will always be cached for later usage.
333
334 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
335
336 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
337 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
338 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
339
340 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
341 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
342 BODY...)
343
344 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
345 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
346 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
347 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
348 see also `ad-add-advice'.
349 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
350 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
351 before/around/after-advices will be used.
352 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
353 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
354 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
355 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
356 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
357 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
358
359 Semantics of the various flags:
360 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
361 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
362 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
363
364 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
365 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
366
367 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
368 advised function should be compiled.
369
370 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
371 during activation until somebody enables it.
372
373 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
374 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
375 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
376 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
377
378 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
379 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
380 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
381 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
382 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
383 during preloading.
384
385 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
386 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
387 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
388 BODY...)
389
390 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
391
392 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
393
394 ;;;***
395 \f
396 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
397 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
398 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19845 45374))
399 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
400
401 (autoload 'align "align" "\
402 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
403 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
404 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
405 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
406 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
407 rule's `separate' attribute).
408
409 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
410 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
411 `separate' attribute set.
412
413 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
414 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
415 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
416 on the format of these lists.
417
418 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
419
420 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
421 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
422 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
423 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
424 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
425 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
426 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
427 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
428 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
429 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
430 options.
431
432 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
433 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
434
435 Fred (123) 456-7890
436 Alice (123) 456-7890
437 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
438 Joe (123) 456-7890
439
440 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
441 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
442 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
443
444 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
445
446 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
447 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
448 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
449 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
450 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
451 align that section.
452
453 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
454
455 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
456 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
457 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
458 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
459 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
460 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
461 been used to align that section.
462
463 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
464
465 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
466 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
467 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
468 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
469 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
470 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
471 to be colored.
472
473 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
474
475 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
476 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
477
478 \(fn)" t nil)
479
480 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
481 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
482
483 \(fn)" t nil)
484
485 ;;;***
486 \f
487 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
488 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
489 ;;;;;; (19859 11635))
490 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
491
492 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
493 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
494
495 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
496
497 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
498
499 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
500 Do fundamental emacs session for allout auto-activation.
501
502 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
503 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
504
505 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
506 `allout-auto-activation'.
507
508 \(fn)" nil nil)
509
510 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
511 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
512
513 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
514 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
515 file variable `allout-layout'.
516
517 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
518 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
519 specified layout is applied.
520
521 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
522 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
523
524 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
525 Auto-layout is not.
526
527 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
528
529 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
530
531 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
532
533 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
534
535 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
536
537 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
538
539 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
540
541 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
542
543 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
544
545 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
546
547 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
548
549 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
552
553 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
554
555 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
556
557 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
558
559 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
560
561 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
562
563 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
564 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
565
566 \(fn)" nil (quote macro))
567
568 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
569 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
570 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
571
572 Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
573
574 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented
575 formatting and manipulation. It enables structural editing of
576 outlines, as well as navigation and exposure. It also is
577 specifically aimed at accommodating syntax-sensitive text like
578 programming languages. (For example, see the allout code itself,
579 which is organized as an allout outline.)
580
581 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
582
583 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
584 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
585 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
586 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
587 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
588 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
589 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
590 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
591
592 and many other features.
593
594 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
595 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
596 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
597 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
598 emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
599
600 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
601 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
602 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
603 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
604 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
605 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
606 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
607 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
608 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
609 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
610
611 Exposure Control:
612 ----------------
613 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
614 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
615 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
616 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
617 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
618
619 Navigation:
620 ----------
621 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
622 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
623 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
624 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
625 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
626 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
627 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
628 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
629 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
630 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
631
632
633 Topic Header Production:
634 -----------------------
635 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
636 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
637 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
638
639 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
640 ---------------------------------
641 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
642 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
643 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
644 current topic
645 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
646 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
647 are alternated according to nesting depth.
648 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
649 the offspring are not affected.
650 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
651
652 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
653 ----------------------------------
654 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
655 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
656 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
657 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
658 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
659 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
660 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
661 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
662
663 Topic-oriented Encryption:
664 -------------------------
665 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
666 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
667
668 Misc commands:
669 -------------
670 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
671 and establish a default file-var setting
672 for `allout-layout'.
673 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
674 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
675 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
676 buffer with name derived from derived from that
677 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
678 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
679 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
680 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
681 format.
682 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
683 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
684 auto-activation.
685
686 Topic Encryption
687
688 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
689 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
690 pending encryption on save.
691
692 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
693 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
694 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
695 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
696 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
697
698 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
699 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
700 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
701 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
702 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
703 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
704 signal.
705
706 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
707 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
708 for details.
709
710 HOT-SPOT Operation
711
712 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
713 navigation and exposure control.
714
715 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
716 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
717 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
718 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
719 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
720
721 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
722 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
723 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
724 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
725 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
726
727 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
728 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
729 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
730 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
731 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
732 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
733 at the beginning of the current entry.
734
735 Extending Allout
736
737 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
738 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
739 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
740
741 `allout-mode-hook'
742 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
743 `allout-mode-off-hook'
744 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
745 `allout-structure-added-hook'
746 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
747 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
748 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
749
750 Terminology
751
752 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
753
754 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
755 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
756 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
757 CURRENT ITEM:
758 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
759 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
760 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
761 called the:
762 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
763
764 ANCESTORS:
765 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
766 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
767 of the ITEM.
768 OFFSPRING:
769 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
770 SUBTOPIC:
771 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
772 CHILD:
773 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
774 SIBLINGS:
775 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
776
777 Topic text constituents:
778
779 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
780 text.
781 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
782 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
783 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
784 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
785 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
786 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
787 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
788 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
789 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
790 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
791 the PREFIX.
792
793 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
794 of the ITEM.
795 PREFIX-LEAD:
796 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
797 It can be customized by changing the setting of
798 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
799
800 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
801 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
802 program code without interfering with processing of the text
803 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
804 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
805 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
806 docstring for more detail.
807 PREFIX-PADDING:
808 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
809 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
810 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
811 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
812 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
813 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
814 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
815 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
816 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
817 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
818 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
819 more details.
820 EXPOSURE:
821 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
822 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
823 CONCEALED:
824 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
825 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
826
827 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
828 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
829 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
830
831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
832
833 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
834
835 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
836 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
837
838 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
839 for details on preparing emacs for automatic allout activation.
840
841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
842
843 ;;;***
844 \f
845 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
846 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
847 ;;;;;; (19859 11635))
848 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
849
850 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
851
852 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
853 Commission or decommision allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
854
855 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
856
857 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
858
859 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
860 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
861
862 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
863 visiting an outline.
864
865 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
866 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
867
868 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
869 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
870 you want allout widgets operation.
871
872 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
873
874 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
875
876 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
877
878 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
879 Allout-mode extension, providing graphical decoration of outline structure.
880
881 This is meant to operate along with allout-mode, via `allout-mode-hook'.
882
883 If optional argument ARG is greater than 0, enable.
884 If optional argument ARG is less than 0, disable.
885 Anything else, toggle between active and inactive.
886
887 The graphics include:
888
889 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
890
891 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
892 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
893
894 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
895 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
896
897 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
898 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
899 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
900
901 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
902
903 ;;;***
904 \f
905 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
906 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19845 45374))
907 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
908
909 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
910
911 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
912 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
913 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
914 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
915 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
916 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
917
918 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
919
920 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
921
922
923 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
924
925 ;;;***
926 \f
927 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
928 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19845 45374))
929 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
930
931 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
932 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
933 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
934 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
935 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
936 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
937 in the current window.
938
939 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
940
941 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
942 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
943 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
944
945 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
946
947 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
948 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
949 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
950
951 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
952
953 ;;;***
954 \f
955 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
956 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19854 41422))
957 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
982 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19845 45374))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984
985 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
986 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
987 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
988 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
989 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
990 \\[yank].
991
992 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
993 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
994 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
995 the rules.
996
997 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
998 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
999 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1000 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1001
1002 \(fn)" t nil)
1003
1004 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1005 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1006
1007 \(fn)" t nil)
1008
1009 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1010 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1011 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1012
1013 \(fn)" nil nil)
1014
1015 ;;;***
1016 \f
1017 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1018 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1019 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1020
1021 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1022 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1023 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1024 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1025 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1026 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1027
1028 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1029
1030 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1031 Toggle checking of appointments.
1032 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1033 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1034
1035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1036
1037 ;;;***
1038 \f
1039 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1040 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1041 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19845 45374))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1051
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053
1054 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1055 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 normal variables.
1063
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065
1066 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1067
1068 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1069 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1070 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1071 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1072 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1073 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1074
1075 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1076 noninteractive functions.
1077
1078 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1079 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1080
1081 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1082 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1083
1084 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1085
1086 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1087 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1088
1089 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1090
1091 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1092 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1093 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1094 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1095
1096 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1097 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1098 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1099 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1100
1101 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1102 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1103
1104 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1105
1106 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1107
1108 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1109 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1110 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1111 thus be found in `load-history'.
1112
1113 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1114
1115 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1116 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1117 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1118 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1119 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1120 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1121
1122 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1123 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1124 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1125
1126 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1127
1128 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1129 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1130 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1131 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1132 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1133 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1134
1135 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1136 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1137 bindings.
1138 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1139
1140 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1141
1142 ;;;***
1143 \f
1144 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19845
1145 ;;;;;; 45374))
1146 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1147
1148 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1149 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1150 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1151 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1152 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1153 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1154
1155 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1156 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1157 archive.
1158
1159 \\{archive-mode-map}
1160
1161 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1162
1163 ;;;***
1164 \f
1165 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19845 45374))
1166 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1167
1168 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1169 Major mode for editing arrays.
1170
1171 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1172 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1173 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1174
1175 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1176
1177 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1178 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1179 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1180
1181 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1182 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1183 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1184 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1185 The variables are:
1186
1187 Variables you assign:
1188 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1189 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1190 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1191 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1192 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1193 row numbers in the buffer.
1194
1195 Variables which are calculated:
1196 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1197 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1198
1199 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1200 take a numeric prefix argument):
1201
1202 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1203 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1204 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1205 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1206
1207 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1208 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1209 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1210 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1211
1212 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1213 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1214 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1215 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1216
1217 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1218 between that of point and mark.
1219
1220 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1221 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1222
1223 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1224 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1225 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1226 newlines inside rows)
1227
1228 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1229
1230 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1231
1232 \(fn)" t nil)
1233
1234 ;;;***
1235 \f
1236 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19845
1237 ;;;;;; 45374))
1238 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1239
1240 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1241 Toggle Artist mode.
1242 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1243 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1244 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1245
1246 How to quit Artist mode
1247
1248 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1249
1250
1251 How to submit a bug report
1252
1253 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1254
1255
1256 Drawing with the mouse:
1257
1258 mouse-2
1259 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1260 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1261 below).
1262
1263 mouse-1
1264 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1265 or pastes:
1266
1267 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1268 --------------------------------------------------------------
1269 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1270 to new point
1271 --------------------------------------------------------------
1272 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1273 --------------------------------------------------------------
1274 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1275 --------------------------------------------------------------
1276 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1280 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1287 lines
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Paste Paste Paste
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297
1298 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1299 or diagonally.
1300
1301 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1302 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1303 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1304 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1305 poly-lines.
1306
1307 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1308 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1309 overwrite means the opposite.
1310
1311 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1312 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1313 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1314
1315 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1316
1317 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1318 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1319
1320 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1321 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1322 are currently drawing something.
1323
1324 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1325 some time to fill.
1326
1327
1328 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1329 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1330
1331
1332 Settings
1333
1334 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1335
1336 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1337
1338 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1339
1340 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1341
1342 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1343 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1344
1345 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1346
1347
1348 Drawing with keys
1349
1350 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1351 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1352 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1353 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1354 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1355 When pasting: Pastes
1356
1357 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1358
1359 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1360
1361 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1362 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1363 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1364 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1365 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1366 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1367
1368
1369 Arrows
1370
1371 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1372 of the line/poly-line
1373
1374 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1375 of the line/poly-line
1376
1377
1378 Selecting operation
1379
1380 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1381
1382 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1383 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1384 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1385 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1386 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1387 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1388 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1389 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1390 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1391 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1392 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1393 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1394 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1395 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1396 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1398 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1399 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1400 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1401 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1402
1403
1404 Variables
1405
1406 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1407 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1408
1409 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1410 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1411 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1412 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1413 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1414 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1415 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1416 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1417 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1418 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1419 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1420 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1421 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1422 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1423 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1424 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1425 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1426 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1427 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1428
1429 Hooks
1430
1431 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1432 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1433
1434
1435 Keymap summary
1436
1437 \\{artist-mode-map}
1438
1439 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1440
1441 ;;;***
1442 \f
1443 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19845
1444 ;;;;;; 45374))
1445 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1446
1447 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1448 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1449 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1450
1451 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1452 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1453 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1454 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1455
1456 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1457 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1458
1459 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1460 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1461
1462 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1463
1464 Special commands:
1465 \\{asm-mode-map}
1466
1467 \(fn)" t nil)
1468
1469 ;;;***
1470 \f
1471 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1472 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1473 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1474
1475 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1476 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1477 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1478 let-binding.")
1479
1480 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1481
1482 ;;;***
1483 \f
1484 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1485 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1486 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1487
1488 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1489 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1490 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1491
1492 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1493
1494 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1495 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1496 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1497 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1498 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1499 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1500 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1501 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1502 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1503 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1504
1505 For example:
1506 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1507 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1508 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1509 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1510 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1511
1512 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1513
1514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1515
1516 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1517 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1518 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1519 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1520 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1521 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1522
1523 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1524
1525 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1526 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1527 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1528 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1529 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1530 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1531
1532 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1533
1534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1535
1536 ;;;***
1537 \f
1538 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1539 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1540 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1541
1542 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1543 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1544
1545 \(fn)" t nil)
1546
1547 ;;;***
1548 \f
1549 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1550 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19845 45374))
1551 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1552
1553 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1554 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1555 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1556
1557 \(fn)" t nil)
1558
1559 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1560 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1561 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1562 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1563
1564 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1565
1566 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1567 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1568 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1569 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1570 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1571 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1572
1573 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1574
1575 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1576 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1577 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1578 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1579
1580 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1581 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1582
1583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1584
1585 ;;;***
1586 \f
1587 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1588 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1589 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
1590 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1591
1592 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1593
1594 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1595
1596 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1597 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1598 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1599 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1600 save the buffer too.
1601
1602 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1603
1604 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1605
1606 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1607 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1608 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1609 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1610 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1611 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1612
1613 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1614 directory or directories specified.
1615
1616 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1617
1618 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1619 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1620 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1621
1622 \(fn)" nil nil)
1623
1624 ;;;***
1625 \f
1626 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1627 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1628 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19845 45374))
1629 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1630
1631 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1632 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1633
1634 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1635 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1636 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1637 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1638 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1639
1640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1641
1642 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1643 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1644
1645 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1646 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1647
1648 \(fn)" nil nil)
1649
1650 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1651 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1652 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1653
1654 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1655 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1656 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1657 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1658 reflected in the current buffer.
1659
1660 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1661 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1662 writing before you save the file!
1663
1664 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1665
1666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1667
1668 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1669 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1670
1671 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1672 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1673
1674 \(fn)" nil nil)
1675
1676 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1677 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1678 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1679 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1680 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1681 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1682
1683 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1684
1685 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1686 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1687 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1688 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1689
1690 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1691 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1692 to revert a particular buffer.
1693
1694 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1695 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1696 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1697 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1698 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1699
1700 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1701 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1702 specifies in the mode line.
1703
1704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1705
1706 ;;;***
1707 \f
1708 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1709 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19845 45374))
1710 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1711
1712 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1713 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1714 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1715 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1716 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1717
1718 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1719
1720 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1721 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1722 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1723 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1724
1725 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1726 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1727 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1728
1729 Effects of the different modes:
1730 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1731 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1732 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1733 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1734 a random distance & direction.
1735 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1736 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1737 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1738
1739 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1740
1741 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1742 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1743 definition of \"random distance\".)
1744
1745 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1746
1747 ;;;***
1748 \f
1749 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1750 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1751 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1752 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1753
1754 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1755 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1756 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1757 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1758
1759 \(fn)" t nil)
1760
1761 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1762 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1763 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1764 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1765 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1766 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1767
1768 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1769
1770 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1771 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1772 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1773 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1774 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1775 seconds.
1776
1777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1778
1779 ;;;***
1780 \f
1781 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1782 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19845 45374))
1783 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1784
1785 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1786 Time execution of FORMS.
1787 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1788 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1789 FORMS once.
1790 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1791 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1792 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1793
1794 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1795
1796 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1797 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1798 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1799 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1800 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1801
1802 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1803
1804 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1805 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1806 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1807 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1808 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1809
1810 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1811
1812 ;;;***
1813 \f
1814 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1815 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19845 45374))
1816 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1817
1818 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1819 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1820 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1821 of corresponding buffers.
1822 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1823 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1824 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1825 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1826 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1827 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1828
1829 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1830
1831 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1832 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1833
1834 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1835
1836 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1837 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1838 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1839 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1840
1841 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1842 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1843 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1844 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1845 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1846
1847 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1848 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1849
1850
1851 Special information:
1852
1853 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1854
1855 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1856 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1857 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1858 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1859 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1860 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1861 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1862 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1863 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1864 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1865 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1866
1867 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1868 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1869 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1870 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1871 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1872 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1873 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1874 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1875
1876 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1877
1878 ----------------------------------------------------------
1879 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1880 if that value is non-nil.
1881
1882 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1883
1884 \(fn)" t nil)
1885
1886 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1887 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1888 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1889 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1890 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1891 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1892 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1893 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1894 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1895 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1896
1897 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1898
1899 ;;;***
1900 \f
1901 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1902 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
1903 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1904
1905 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1906 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1907
1908 \(fn)" t nil)
1909
1910 ;;;***
1911 \f
1912 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1913 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1914 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1915 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1916
1917 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1918
1919 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1920 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1921 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1922
1923 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1924
1925 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1926 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1927
1928 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1929
1930 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1931 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1932
1933 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1934
1935 ;;;***
1936 \f
1937 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19845
1938 ;;;;;; 45374))
1939 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1940
1941 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1942 Play blackbox.
1943 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1944
1945 What is blackbox?
1946
1947 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1948 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1949 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1950 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1951 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1952 your score.
1953
1954 Overview of play:
1955
1956 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1957 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1958 four.
1959
1960 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1961 movement keys.
1962
1963 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1964 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1965
1966 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1967 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1968
1969 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1970 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1971 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1972 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1973 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1974 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1975
1976 Details:
1977
1978 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1979
1980 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1981 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1982 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1983 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1984
1985 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1986 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1987 denoted by the letter `R'.
1988
1989 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1990 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1991 denoted by the letter `H'.
1992
1993 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1994 example.
1995
1996 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1997 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1998 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1999 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2000 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2001 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2002 ray.
2003
2004 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2005 degree deflection it causes.
2006
2007 1
2008 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2009 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2010 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2011 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2012 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2013 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2014 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2015 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2016 2 3
2017
2018 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2019 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2020
2021
2022 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2023 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2024 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2025 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2026 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2027 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2028 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2029 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2030
2031 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2032 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2033 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2034 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2035 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2036 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2037 emerging from the box.
2038
2039 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2040
2041 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2042 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2043 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2044 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2045 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2046 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2047 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2048 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2049
2050 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2051 a reflection.
2052
2053 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2054
2055 ;;;***
2056 \f
2057 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2058 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2059 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2060 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2061 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (19845 45374))
2062 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2063 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2064 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2065 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2066
2067 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2068 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2069 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2070 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2071 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2072 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2073 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2074
2075 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2076 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2077 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2078
2079 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2080 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2081 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2082 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2083 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2084 recent one.
2085
2086 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2087 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2088 yank successive words.
2089
2090 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2091 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2092 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2093 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2094 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2095
2096 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2097 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2098 the list of bookmarks.)
2099
2100 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2101
2102 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2103 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2104 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2105 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2106 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2107 this.
2108
2109 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2110 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2111 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2112 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2113
2114 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2115 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2116
2117 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2118 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2119 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2120
2121 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2122
2123 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2124 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2125
2126 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2127
2128 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2129 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2130
2131 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2132 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2133 after a bookmark was set in it.
2134
2135 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2136
2137 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2138 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2139
2140 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2141 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2142
2143 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2144
2145 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2146
2147 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2148 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2149 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2150 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2151
2152 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2153 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2154 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2155
2156 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2157 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2158 name.
2159
2160 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2161
2162 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2163 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2164 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2165
2166 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2167 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2168 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2169 this.
2170
2171 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2172
2173 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2174 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2175
2176 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2177 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2178 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2179 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2180 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2181 probably because we were called from there.
2182
2183 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2184
2185 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2186 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2187 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2188
2189 \(fn)" t nil)
2190
2191 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2192 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2193 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2194 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2195 \(second argument).
2196
2197 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2198 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2199 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2200 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2201 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2202
2203 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2204 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2205 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2206 `bookmark-default-file'.
2207
2208 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2209
2210 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2211 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2212 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2213 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2214 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2215 while loading.
2216
2217 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2218 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2219 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2220 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2221 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2222 explicitly.
2223
2224 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2225 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2226 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2227 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2228
2229 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2230
2231 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2232 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2233 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2234 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2235 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2236
2237 \(fn)" t nil)
2238
2239 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2240
2241 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2242
2243 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2244 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2245
2246 \(fn)" t nil)
2247
2248 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2249
2250 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2251
2252 ;;;***
2253 \f
2254 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2255 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2256 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2257 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2258 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-xdg-open
2259 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2260 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2261 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2262 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
2263 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2264
2265 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2266 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2267 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2268 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2269
2270 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2271 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2272 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2273 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2274 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2275
2276 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2277
2278 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2279 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2280 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2281 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2282 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2283 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2284
2285 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2286
2287 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2288 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2289 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2290 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2291 narrowed.
2292
2293 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2294
2295 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2296 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2297
2298 \(fn)" t nil)
2299
2300 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2301 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2302
2303 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2304
2305 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2306 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2307 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2308 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2309 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2310 first, if that exists.
2311
2312 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2313
2314 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2315 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2316 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2317 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2318
2319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2320
2321 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2322 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2323 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2324 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2325 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2326 to use.
2327
2328 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2329
2330 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2331
2332
2333 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2334
2335 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2336 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2337 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2338 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2339
2340 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2341 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2342 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2343 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2344
2345 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2346 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2347 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2348
2349 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2350 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2351
2352 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2353
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2355 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2356 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2357 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2358
2359 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2360 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2361 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2362 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2363
2364 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2365 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2366 new tab in an existing window instead.
2367
2368 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2369 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2370
2371 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2372
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2375 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2376 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2377 Firefox.
2378
2379 When called interactively, if variable
2380 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2381 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2382 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2383 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2384
2385 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2386 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2387 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2388
2389 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2390 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2391
2392 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2393 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2394 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2395 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2396 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2397 URL in a new window.
2398
2399 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2400
2401 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2402 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2403 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2404 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2405
2406 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2407 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2408 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2409 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2410
2411 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2412 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2413 new tab in an existing window instead.
2414
2415 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2416 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2417
2418 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2419
2420 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2422
2423 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2424
2425 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2426 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2427 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2428 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2429
2430 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2431 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2432 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2433 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2434
2435 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2436 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2437
2438 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2439
2440 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2441 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2442
2443 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2444 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2445 program is invoked according to the variable
2446 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2447
2448 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2449 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2450 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2451 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452
2453 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2454 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2455
2456 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2457
2458 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2459 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2460 Default to the URL around or before point.
2461
2462 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2463 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2464 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2465
2466 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2467 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2468 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2469 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2470
2471 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2472 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2473
2474 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2475
2476 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2477 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2478 Default to the URL around or before point.
2479
2480 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2481 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2482 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2483
2484 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2485 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2486
2487 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488
2489 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2490 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2491 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2492 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2493
2494 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2495
2496 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2497 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2498 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2499 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2500 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2501 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2502
2503 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2504
2505 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2506 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2507 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2508 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2509 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2510
2511 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2512 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2513 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2514 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2515
2516 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2517 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2518
2519 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2520
2521 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2522 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2523 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2524 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2525 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2526 current one.
2527
2528 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2529 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2530 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2531 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2532
2533 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2534 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2535
2536 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2537
2538 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2539 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2540 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2541 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2542 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2543 don't offer a form of remote control.
2544
2545 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2546
2547 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2548 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2549 Default to the URL around or before point.
2550
2551 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2552
2553 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2554 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2555 Default to the URL around the point.
2556
2557 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2558 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2559
2560 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2561 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2562
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2564
2565 ;;;***
2566 \f
2567 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19845
2568 ;;;;;; 45374))
2569 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2570
2571 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2572 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2573
2574 \(fn)" t nil)
2575
2576 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2577 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2578
2579 \(fn)" nil nil)
2580
2581 ;;;***
2582 \f
2583 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2584 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19865 50420))
2585 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2586
2587 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2588 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2589 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2590 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2591
2592 \(fn)" t nil)
2593
2594 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2595 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2596 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2597 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2598
2599 \(fn)" t nil)
2600
2601 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2602 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2603
2604 \(fn)" t nil)
2605
2606 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2607 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2608 \\<bs-mode-map>
2609 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2610 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2611 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2612 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2613
2614 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2615 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2616 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2617 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2618 name of buffer configuration.
2619
2620 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2621
2622 ;;;***
2623 \f
2624 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19845 45374))
2625 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2626
2627 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2628 Play Bubbles game.
2629 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2630 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2631 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2632 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2633 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2634 columns on its right towards the left.
2635
2636 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2637 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2638 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2639 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2640
2641 \(fn)" t nil)
2642
2643 ;;;***
2644 \f
2645 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2646 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (19845 45374))
2647 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2648
2649 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2650
2651 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2652 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2653
2654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2655
2656 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2657 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2658
2659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2660
2661 ;;;***
2662 \f
2663 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2664 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2665 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2666 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2667 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (19863 8742))
2668 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2669 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2670 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2671 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2672
2673 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2674
2675 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2676 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2677 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2678 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2679 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2680 else the global value will be modified.
2681
2682 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2683
2684 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2685 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2686 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2687 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2688 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2689 else the global value will be modified.
2690
2691 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2692
2693 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2694 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2695 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2696
2697 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2698
2699 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2700 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2701 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2702 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2703
2704 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2705 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2706 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2707 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2708 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2709 before scanning it.
2710
2711 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2712 that already has a `.elc' file.
2713
2714 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2715 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2716
2717 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2718 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2719 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2720 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2721 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2722 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2723
2724 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2725
2726 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2727 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2728 Print the result in the echo area.
2729 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2730
2731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2732
2733 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2734 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2735 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2736
2737 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2738
2739 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2740 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2741 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2742 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2743 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2744 all functions called by those functions.
2745
2746 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2747 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2748 cons, etc.).
2749
2750 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2751 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2752 invoked interactively.
2753
2754 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2755
2756 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2757 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2758 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2759 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2760
2761 \(fn)" nil nil)
2762
2763 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2764 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2765 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2766 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2767 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2768 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2769 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2770 already up-to-date.
2771
2772 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2773
2774 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2775 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2776 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2777 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2778
2779 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2780 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2781 and corresponding effects.
2782
2783 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2784
2785 ;;;***
2786 \f
2787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19845
2788 ;;;;;; 45374))
2789 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2790
2791 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2792
2793 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2794
2795 ;;;***
2796 \f
2797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19845 45374))
2798 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2799
2800 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2801
2802 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2803
2804 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2805
2806 ;;;***
2807 \f
2808 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2809 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
2810 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2811
2812 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2813 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2814 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2815 from the cursor position.
2816
2817 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2818
2819 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2820
2821 ;;;***
2822 \f
2823 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2824 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2825 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19845
2826 ;;;;;; 45374))
2827 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2828 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2829
2830 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2831 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2832
2833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2834
2835 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2836 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2837
2838 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2839
2840 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2841 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2842
2843 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2844
2845 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2846 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2847
2848 \(fn)" t nil)
2849
2850 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2851 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2852 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2853 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2854
2855 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2856
2857 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2858 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2859 This is most useful in the X window system.
2860 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2861 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2862
2863 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2864
2865 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2866 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2867 See calc-keypad for details.
2868
2869 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2870
2871 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2872 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2873
2874 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2875
2876 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2877 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2878
2879 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2880
2881 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2882 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2883
2884 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2885
2886 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2887 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2888 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2889
2890 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2891
2892 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2893 Define Calc function.
2894
2895 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2896 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2897 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2898
2899 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2900 actual Lisp function name.
2901
2902 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2903
2904 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2905
2906 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2907
2908 ;;;***
2909 \f
2910 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (19845
2911 ;;;;;; 45374))
2912 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2913
2914 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2915
2916
2917 \(fn N)" t nil)
2918
2919 ;;;***
2920 \f
2921 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19845
2922 ;;;;;; 45374))
2923 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2924
2925 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2926 Run the Emacs calculator.
2927 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2928
2929 \(fn)" t nil)
2930
2931 ;;;***
2932 \f
2933 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19867
2934 ;;;;;; 52471))
2935 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2936
2937 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2938 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2939 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2940 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2941 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2942 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2943
2944 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2945 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2946 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2947 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2948 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2949 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2950 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2951 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2952 window.
2953
2954 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2955 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2956
2957 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2958 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2959 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2960 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2961 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2962 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2963
2964 Runs the following hooks:
2965
2966 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2967 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2968 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2969 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2970
2971 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2972
2973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2974
2975 ;;;***
2976 \f
2977 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2978 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19845 45374))
2979 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2980
2981 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2982 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2983
2984 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2985
2986 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2987 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2988 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2989 it fails.
2990
2991 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2992
2993 ;;;***
2994 \f
2995 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2996 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
2997 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2998
2999 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3000 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3001
3002 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
3003 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3004 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3005 restriction to ASCII.
3006
3007 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3008
3009 capitalizedWorDD
3010 ^ ^ ^^
3011
3012 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3013 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3014 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3015
3016 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3017 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3018 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3019 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3020 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3021 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3022 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3023
3024 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3025 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3026
3027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3028
3029 ;;;***
3030 \f
3031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19845
3032 ;;;;;; 45374))
3033 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3034 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3035
3036 ;;;***
3037 \f
3038 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3039 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
3040 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3041
3042 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3043 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3044
3045 \(fn)" nil nil)
3046
3047 ;;;***
3048 \f
3049 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3050 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3051 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
3052 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3053
3054 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3055 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3056 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3057 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3058 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3059 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3060 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3061
3062 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3063
3064 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3065 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3066 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3067 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3068 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3069 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3070 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3071 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3072 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3073 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3074
3075 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3076 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3077 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3078 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3079 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3080 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3081
3082 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3083
3084 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3085 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3086
3087 Key bindings:
3088 \\{c-mode-map}
3089
3090 \(fn)" t nil)
3091
3092 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3093 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3094
3095 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3096 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3097 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3098 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3099 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3100 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3101 message.
3102
3103 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3104
3105 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3106 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3107
3108 Key bindings:
3109 \\{c++-mode-map}
3110
3111 \(fn)" t nil)
3112
3113 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3114 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3115 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3116
3117 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3118 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3119 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3120 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3121 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3122 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3123 message.
3124
3125 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3126
3127 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3128 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3129
3130 Key bindings:
3131 \\{objc-mode-map}
3132
3133 \(fn)" t nil)
3134
3135 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3136 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3137 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3138
3139 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3140 Major mode for editing Java code.
3141 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3142 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3143 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3144 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3145 message.
3146
3147 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3148
3149 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3150 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3151
3152 Key bindings:
3153 \\{java-mode-map}
3154
3155 \(fn)" t nil)
3156
3157 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3158 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3159 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3160
3161 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3162 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3163 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3164 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3165 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3166 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3167 message.
3168
3169 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3170
3171 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3172 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3173
3174 Key bindings:
3175 \\{idl-mode-map}
3176
3177 \(fn)" t nil)
3178
3179 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3180 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3181 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3182 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3183
3184 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3185 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3186 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3187 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3188 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3189 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3190 message.
3191
3192 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3193
3194 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3195 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3196
3197 Key bindings:
3198 \\{pike-mode-map}
3199
3200 \(fn)" t nil)
3201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3202 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3203 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3204 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3205 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3206 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3207
3208 ;;;***
3209 \f
3210 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3211 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19845 45374))
3212 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3213
3214 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3215 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3216 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3217 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3218
3219 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3220
3221 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3222 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3223 might get set too.
3224
3225 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3226 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3227 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3228 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3229 way.
3230
3231 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3232 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3233 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3234 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3235 a null operation.
3236
3237 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3238
3239 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3240 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3241 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3242 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3243
3244 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3245
3246 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3247 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3248 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3249
3250 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3251
3252 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3253 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3254 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3255 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3256 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3257
3258 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3259
3260 ;;;***
3261 \f
3262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19845 45374))
3263 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3264 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3265 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3266 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3267
3268 ;;;***
3269 \f
3270 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3271 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3272 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
3273 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3274
3275 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3276 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3277
3278 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3279
3280 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3281 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3282
3283 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3284
3285 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3286 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3287
3288 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3289 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3290 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3291 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3292 execution.
3293
3294 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3295
3296 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3297
3298 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3299 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3300
3301 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3302 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3303 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3304 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3305
3306 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3307 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3308 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3309 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3310 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3311 `write' commands.
3312
3313 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3314 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3315 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3316 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3317
3318 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3319 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3320 semantics.
3321
3322 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3323
3324 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3325
3326 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3327
3328 STATEMENT :=
3329 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3330 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3331
3332 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3333 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3334 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3335 | integer
3336
3337 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3338
3339 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3340 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3341 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3342
3343 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3344 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3345 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3346
3347 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3348 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3349
3350 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3351 BREAK := (break)
3352
3353 REPEAT :=
3354 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3355 (repeat)
3356 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3357 ;; (repeat))
3358 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3359 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3360 ;; (read REG)
3361 ;; (repeat))
3362 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3363 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3364 ;; (read REG)
3365 ;; (repeat))
3366 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3367
3368 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3369 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3370 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3371 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3372 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3373 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3374 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3375 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3376 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3377 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3378 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3379 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3380 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3381 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3382 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3383 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3384
3385 WRITE :=
3386 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3387 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3388 ;; representation.
3389 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3390 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3391 ;; (write r7))
3392 | (write EXPRESSION)
3393 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3394 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3395 ;; representation.
3396 | (write integer)
3397 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3398 ;; buffer.
3399 | (write string)
3400 ;; Same as: (write string)
3401 | string
3402 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3403 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3404 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3405 ;; representation.
3406 | (write REG ARRAY)
3407 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3408 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3409 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3410 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3411 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3412 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3413
3414 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3415 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3416
3417 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3418 END := (end)
3419
3420 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3421 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3422 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3423
3424 ARG := REG | integer
3425
3426 OPERATOR :=
3427 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3428 + | - | * | / | %
3429
3430 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3431 | & | `|' | ^
3432
3433 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3434 | << | >>
3435
3436 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3437 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3438 | <8
3439
3440 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3441 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3442 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3443 | >8
3444
3445 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3446 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3447 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3448 | //
3449
3450 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3451 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3452
3453 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3454 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3455 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3456 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3457 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3458 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3459 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3460 | de-sjis
3461
3462 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3463 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3464 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3465 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3466 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3467 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3468 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3469 ;; byte of SJIS.
3470 | en-sjis
3471
3472 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3473 ;; Same meaning as C code
3474 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3475
3476 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3477 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3478 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3479 | <8=
3480
3481 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3482 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3483 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3484
3485 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3486 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3487 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3488 | //=
3489
3490 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3491
3492
3493 TRANSLATE :=
3494 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3495 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3496 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3497 LOOKUP :=
3498 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3499 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3500 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3501 MAP :=
3502 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3503 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3504 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3505 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3506 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3507 MAP-ID := integer
3508
3509 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3510
3511 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3512
3513 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3514 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3515 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3516 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3517 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3518 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3519
3520 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3521
3522 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3523 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3524 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3525
3526 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3527
3528 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3529
3530 ;;;***
3531 \f
3532 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3533 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
3534 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3535
3536 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3537 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3538 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3539 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3540
3541 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3542
3543 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3544
3545 ;;;***
3546 \f
3547 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3548 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
3549 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3550
3551 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3552 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3553 There are no special keybindings by default.
3554
3555 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3556 to the action header.
3557
3558 \(fn)" t nil)
3559
3560 ;;;***
3561 \f
3562 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3563 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19845 45374))
3564 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3565
3566 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3567 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3568 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3569
3570 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3571
3572 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3573 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3574 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3575
3576 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3577
3578 ;;;***
3579 \f
3580 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3581 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3582 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3583 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3584 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3585 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3586 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3587 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3588 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19845 45374))
3589 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3590 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3591 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3592 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3593 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3594 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3595
3596 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3597
3598
3599 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3600
3601 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3602 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3603 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3604 the users will view as each check is completed.
3605
3606 \(fn)" t nil)
3607
3608 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3609 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3610 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3611 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3612 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3613 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3614 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3615 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3616
3617 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3618
3619 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3620 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3621 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3622 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3623 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3624 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3625 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3626 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3627
3628 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3629
3630 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3631 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3632 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3633 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3634 spacing are all verified.
3635
3636 \(fn)" t nil)
3637
3638 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3639 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3640 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3641 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3642 otherwise stop after the first error.
3643
3644 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3645
3646 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3647 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3648 Only documentation strings are checked.
3649 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3650 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3651 a separate buffer.
3652
3653 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3654
3655 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3656 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3657 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3658 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3659 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3660
3661 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3662
3663 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3664 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3665 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3666 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3667 if there is one.
3668
3669 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3670
3671 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3672 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3673 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3674 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3675 if there is one.
3676 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3677
3678 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3679
3680 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3681 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3682 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3683
3684 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3685
3686 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3687 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3688 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3689 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3690 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3691
3692 \(fn)" t nil)
3693
3694 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3695 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3696 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3697 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3698 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3699 space at the end of each line.
3700
3701 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3702
3703 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3704 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3705 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3706 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3707
3708 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3709
3710 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3711 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3712 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3713 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3714
3715 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3716
3717 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3718 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3719 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3720 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3721
3722 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3723
3724 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3725 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3726 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3727 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3728
3729 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3730
3731 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3732 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3733 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3734 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3735
3736 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3737
3738 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3739 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3740 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3741 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3742
3743 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3744
3745 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3746 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3747 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3748 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3749
3750 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3751
3752 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3753 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3754 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3755 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3756
3757 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3758
3759 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3760 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3761 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3762 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3763
3764 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3765
3766 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3767 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3768 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3769 turn it off.
3770
3771 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3772 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3773 checking of documentation strings.
3774
3775 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3776
3777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3778
3779 ;;;***
3780 \f
3781 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3782 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3783 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19845 45374))
3784 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3785
3786 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3787 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3788 Return the length of resulting text.
3789
3790 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3791
3792 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3793 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3794
3795 \(fn)" t nil)
3796
3797 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3798 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3799 Return the length of resulting text.
3800
3801 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3802
3803 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3804 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3805
3806 \(fn)" t nil)
3807
3808 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3809
3810
3811 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3812
3813 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3814
3815
3816 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3817
3818 ;;;***
3819 \f
3820 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3821 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19845 45374))
3822 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3823
3824 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3825 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3826 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3827 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3828 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3829 editing and the result is evaluated.
3830
3831 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3832
3833 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3834 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3835 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3836 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3837 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3838
3839 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3840
3841 \(fn)" t nil)
3842
3843 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3844 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3845 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3846 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3847 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3848
3849 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3850 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3851 \\{command-history-map}
3852
3853 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3854 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3855
3856 \(fn)" t nil)
3857
3858 ;;;***
3859 \f
3860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19863 8742))
3861 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3862
3863 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3864 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3865 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3866 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3867 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3868 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3869
3870 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3871 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3872
3873 ;;;***
3874 \f
3875 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3876 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
3877 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3878
3879 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3880 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3881 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3882 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3883 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3884 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3885 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3886 of this function.
3887
3888 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3889 function's common-lisp-indent-function property specifies how
3890 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3891 property are:
3892
3893 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3894 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3895
3896 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3897 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3898 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3899 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3900 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3901 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3902 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3903 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3904 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3905 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3906 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3907 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3908
3909 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3910 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3911 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3912
3913 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3914 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3915 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3916 list elements are:
3917
3918 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3919
3920 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3921
3922 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3923
3924 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3925 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3926
3927 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3928 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3929
3930 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3931 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3932 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3933 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3934 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3935 value specified by their associated list element.
3936
3937 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3938
3939 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3940 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3941 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3942
3943 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3944 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3945 * indent the first argument by 4.
3946 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3947 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3948 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3949
3950 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3951
3952 ;;;***
3953 \f
3954 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3955 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
3956 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3957
3958 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3959 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3960 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3961 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3962
3963 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3964 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3965 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3966 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3967
3968 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3969 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3970
3971 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3972
3973 ;;;***
3974 \f
3975 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19845
3976 ;;;;;; 45374))
3977 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3978
3979 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3980 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3981 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3982 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3983 of `scheme-program-name').
3984 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3985 it is given as initial input.
3986 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3987 discards input when it starts up.
3988 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3989 is run).
3990 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3991
3992 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3993 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
3994
3995 ;;;***
3996 \f
3997 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (19845 45374))
3998 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
3999
4000 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4001 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4002 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4003 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4004
4005 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4006 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4007
4008 Optional arg FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4009 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4010 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4011
4012 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4013
4014 ;;;***
4015 \f
4016 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4017 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4018 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4019 ;;;;;; (19852 16697))
4020 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4021
4022 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4023 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4024 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4025 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4026 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4027 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4028 functions have already modified the buffer.
4029
4030 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4031
4032 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4033 either globally or locally.")
4034
4035 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4036 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4037 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4038 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4039 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4040 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4041 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4042 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4043 process as its initial input.
4044
4045 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4046
4047 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4048
4049 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4050
4051 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4052 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4053 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4054 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4055 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4056 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4057 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4058 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4059 process as its initial input.
4060
4061 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4062
4063 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4064
4065 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4066
4067 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4068 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4069 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4070 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4071 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4072 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4073
4074 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4075
4076 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4077 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4078 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4079 directory tracking functions.")
4080
4081 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4082 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4083 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4084
4085 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4086
4087 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4088
4089 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4090 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4091 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4092
4093 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4094
4095 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4096
4097 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4098 Send COMMAND to current process.
4099 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4100 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4101
4102 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4103
4104 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4105 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4106 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4107 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4108
4109 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4110
4111 ;;;***
4112 \f
4113 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4114 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4115 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4116
4117 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4118 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4119 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4120 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4121
4122 This command pushes the mark in each window
4123 at the prior location of point in that window.
4124 If both windows display the same buffer,
4125 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4126 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4127
4128 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4129 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4130 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4131 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4132 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4133 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4134 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4135 ignored.
4136
4137 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4138 this command work in interlaced mode:
4139 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4140 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4141 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4142
4143 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4144
4145 ;;;***
4146 \f
4147 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4148 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4149 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4150 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4151 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19845
4152 ;;;;;; 45374))
4153 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4154
4155 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4156 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4157
4158 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4159
4160 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4161 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4162 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4163 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4164 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4165 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4166 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4167
4168 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4169
4170 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4171 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4172
4173 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4174
4175 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4176 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4177 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4178 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4179 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4180
4181 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4182 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4183 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4184 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4185 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4186
4187 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4188 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4189 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4190 describing how the process finished.")
4191
4192 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4193 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4194 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4195 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4196 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4197
4198 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4199 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4200 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4201
4202 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4203
4204 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4205 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4206 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4207 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4208
4209 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4210
4211 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4212 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4213
4214 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4215 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4216
4217 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4218 (lambda ()
4219 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4220 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4221 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4222 (concat \"make -k \"
4223 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4224
4225 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4226 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4227
4228 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4229 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4230 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4231 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4232
4233 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4234
4235 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4236 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4237 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4238 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4239
4240 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4241 and move to the source code that caused it.
4242
4243 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4244 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4245
4246 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4247 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4248 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4249 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4250
4251 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4252 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4253 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4254 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4255
4256 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4257 kills its subprocesses.
4258
4259 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4260 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4261 to a function that generates a unique name.
4262
4263 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4264
4265 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4266 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4267 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4268 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4269
4270 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4271 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4272
4273 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4274 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4275 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4276 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4277
4278 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4279 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4280 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4281
4282 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4283
4284 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4285
4286 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4287 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4288 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4289 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4290 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4291
4292 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4293
4294 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4295
4296 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4297
4298 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4299 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4300 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4301 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4302 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4303 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4304 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4305
4306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4307
4308 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4309 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4310 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4311 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4312 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4313 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4314
4315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4316
4317 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4318 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4319 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4320
4321 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4322
4323 ;;;***
4324 \f
4325 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4326 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4327 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4328
4329 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4330 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4331 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4332 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4333 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4334 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4335
4336 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4337
4338 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4339 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4340
4341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4342
4343 ;;;***
4344 \f
4345 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4346 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4347 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4348 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4349 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4350
4351 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4352 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4353 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4354 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4355 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4356 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4357 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4358
4359 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4360 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4361 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4362
4363 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4364 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4365 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4366
4367 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4368 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4369 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4370 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4371
4372 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4373 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4374 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4375 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4376 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4377 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4378 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4379
4380 \\{conf-mode-map}
4381
4382 \(fn)" t nil)
4383
4384 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4385 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4386 Comments start with `#'.
4387 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4388
4389 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4390
4391 \[Desktop Entry]
4392 Encoding=UTF-8
4393 Name=The GIMP
4394 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4395 Name[cs]=GIMP
4396
4397 \(fn)" t nil)
4398
4399 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4400 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4401 Comments start with `;'.
4402 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4403
4404 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4405
4406 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4407 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4408 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4409
4410 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4411 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4412
4413 \(fn)" t nil)
4414
4415 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4416 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4417 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4418 between `/*' and `*/'.
4419 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4420
4421 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4422 // another kind of comment
4423 /* yet another */
4424
4425 name:value
4426 name=value
4427 name value
4428 x.1 =
4429 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4430 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4431
4432 \(fn)" t nil)
4433
4434 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4435 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4436 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4437 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4438 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4439 `conf-space-keywords'.
4440 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4441 in an interactive fashion instead.
4442
4443 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4444
4445 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4446
4447 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4448 image/png png
4449 image/tiff tiff tif
4450
4451 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4452 class desktop
4453 # Standard multimedia devices
4454 add /dev/audio desktop
4455 add /dev/mixer desktop
4456
4457 \(fn)" t nil)
4458
4459 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4460 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4461 See `conf-space-mode'.
4462
4463 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4464
4465 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4466 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4467 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4468 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4469
4470 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4471
4472 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4473 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4474
4475 \(fn)" t nil)
4476
4477 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4478 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4479 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4480 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4481
4482 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4483
4484 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4485 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4486
4487 \(fn)" t nil)
4488
4489 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4490 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4491 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4492 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4493
4494 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4495
4496 *background: gray99
4497 *foreground: black
4498
4499 \(fn)" t nil)
4500
4501 ;;;***
4502 \f
4503 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4504 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19845 45374))
4505 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4506
4507 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4508 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4509 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4510 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4511
4512 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4513
4514 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4515 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4516 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4517 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4518
4519 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4520
4521 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4522 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4523 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4524 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4525
4526 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4527
4528 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4529 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4530
4531 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4532
4533 ;;;***
4534 \f
4535 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4536 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19845
4537 ;;;;;; 45374))
4538 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4539 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4540 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4541 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4542
4543 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4544 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4545 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4546 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4547 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4548 following the copyright are updated as well.
4549 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4550 interactively.
4551
4552 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4553
4554 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4555 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4556 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4557 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4558 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4559
4560 \(fn)" t nil)
4561
4562 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4563 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4564
4565 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4566
4567 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4568 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4569 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4570
4571 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4572
4573 ;;;***
4574 \f
4575 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4576 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19845 45374))
4577 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4578 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4579 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4580 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4581 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4582 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4583 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4584 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4585
4586 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4587 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4588 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4589 Tab indents for Perl code.
4590 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4591 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4592
4593 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4594 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4595 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4596 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4597 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4598 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4599 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4600 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4601 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4602 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4603 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4604 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4605
4606 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4607
4608 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4609 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4610
4611 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4612
4613 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4614 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4615 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4616 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4617 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4618 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4619 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4620 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4621 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4622
4623 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4624
4625 bite if angry;
4626
4627 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4628 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4629 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4630 to nil.)
4631
4632 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4633 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4634 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4635
4636 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4637
4638 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4639 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4640 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4641 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4642 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4643
4644 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4645
4646 if (A) { B }
4647
4648 into
4649
4650 B if A;
4651
4652 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4653
4654 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4655 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4656 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4657 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4658 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4659 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4660 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4661 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4662 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4663 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4664 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4665 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4666 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4667
4668 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4669 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4670 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4671 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4672 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4673 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4674
4675 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4676 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4677 man via menu.
4678
4679 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4680 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4681 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4682 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4683 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4684
4685 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4686 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4687 span the needed amount of lines.
4688
4689 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4690 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4691 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4692 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4693
4694 Variables controlling indentation style:
4695 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4696 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4697 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4698 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4699 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4700 `cperl-auto-newline'
4701 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4702 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4703 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4704 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4705 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4706 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4707 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4708 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4709 `cperl-indent-level'
4710 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4711 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4712 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4713 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4714 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4715 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4716 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4717 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4718 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4719 `cperl-brace-offset'
4720 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4721 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4722 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4723 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4724 `cperl-label-offset'
4725 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4726 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4727 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4728
4729 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4730 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4731 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4732 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4733 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4734 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4735
4736 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4737 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4738 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4739 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4740
4741 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4742 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4743 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4744 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4745 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4746 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4747 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4748
4749 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4750 column 0 is indented on
4751 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4752
4753 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4754 with no args.
4755
4756 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4757 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4758 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4759
4760 \(fn)" t nil)
4761
4762 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4763 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4764
4765 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4766
4767 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4768 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4769
4770 \(fn)" t nil)
4771
4772 ;;;***
4773 \f
4774 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4775 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4776 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4777
4778 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4779 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4780 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4781 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4782 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4783
4784 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4785
4786 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4787 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4788
4789 \(fn)" t nil)
4790
4791 ;;;***
4792 \f
4793 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4794 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4795 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4796
4797 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4798 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4799 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4800 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4801
4802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4803 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4804
4805 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4806
4807 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4808 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4809 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4810
4811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4812
4813 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4814
4815 ;;;***
4816 \f
4817 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4818 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4819 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4820
4821 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4822 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4823 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4824 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4825
4826 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4827 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4828 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4829 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4830
4831 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4832 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4833 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4834
4835 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4836 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4837 'bob', and 'eve'.
4838
4839 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4840 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4841 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4842
4843 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4844
4845 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4846 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4847 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4848
4849 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4850
4851 ;;;***
4852 \f
4853 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19863
4854 ;;;;;; 8742))
4855 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4856
4857 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4858 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4859
4860 \(fn)" t nil)
4861
4862 ;;;***
4863 \f
4864 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4865 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4866 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4867
4868 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4869 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4870 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4871 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4872 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4873 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4874
4875 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4876
4877 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4878 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4879 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4880 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4881 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4882
4883 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4884 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4885 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4886 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4887 function of these prefix keys.
4888
4889 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4890 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4891 options:
4892 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4893 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4894 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4895
4896 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4897 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4898 the prefix fallback behavior.
4899
4900 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4901 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4902 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4903 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4904
4905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4906
4907 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4908 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4909
4910 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4911
4912 ;;;***
4913 \f
4914 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4915 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4916 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4917 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4918 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4919 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4920 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4921 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4922 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4923 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4924 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4925 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4926
4927 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4928 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4929
4930 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4931
4932 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
4933 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4934
4935 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4936
4937 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4938 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4939
4940 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4941 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'"))
4942
4943 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4944 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4945
4946 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4947 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4948
4949 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4950 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4951
4952 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4953
4954 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4955
4956 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4957 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4958 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4959
4960 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4961 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4962
4963 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4964 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4965
4966 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4967 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4968
4969 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4970
4971 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4972
4973 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4974 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4975 Return VALUE.
4976
4977 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4978 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4979
4980 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4981 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4982
4983 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4984 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4985
4986 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4987
4988 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4989
4990 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4991 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4992 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4993 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4994 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4995
4996 \(fn)" t nil)
4997
4998 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4999 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5000 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5001 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5002
5003 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5004
5005 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5006 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5007
5008 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5009
5010 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5011 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5012
5013 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5014
5015 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5016
5017 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5018 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5019
5020 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5021
5022 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5023
5024 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5025 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5026 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5027
5028 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5029
5030 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5031 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5032 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5033 as part of Emacs itself.
5034
5035 Each elements looks like this:
5036
5037 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5038
5039 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5040 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5041 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5042 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5043 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5044 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5045 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5046 and `defface'.
5047
5048 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5049
5050 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5051 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5052 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5053 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5054 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5055
5056 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5057 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5058 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5059 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5060
5061 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5062
5063 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5064 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5065 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5066 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5067 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5068
5069 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5070 that were added or redefined since that version.
5071
5072 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5073
5074 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5075 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5076 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5077 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5078
5079 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5080 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5081
5082 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5083
5084 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5085 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5086 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5087
5088 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5089 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5090
5091 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5092
5093 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5094 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5095
5096 \(fn)" t nil)
5097
5098 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5099 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5100
5101 \(fn)" t nil)
5102
5103 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5104 Customize all already saved user options.
5105
5106 \(fn)" t nil)
5107
5108 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5109 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5110 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5111 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5112 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5113 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5114
5115 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5116 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5117 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5118 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5119 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5120 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5121
5122 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5123
5124 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5125 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5126 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5127 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5128
5129 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5130
5131 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5132 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5133
5134 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5135
5136 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5137 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5138
5139 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5140
5141 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5142 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5143 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5144 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5145 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5146 that option.
5147
5148 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5149
5150 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5151 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5152 The result includes selecting that window.
5153 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5154 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5155 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5156 that option.
5157
5158 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5159
5160 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5161 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5162
5163 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5164
5165 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5166 File used for storing customization information.
5167 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5168 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5169 it should be an absolute file name.
5170
5171 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5172 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5173 something like the following in your init file:
5174
5175 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5176 \(load custom-file)
5177
5178 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5179 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5180
5181 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5182 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5183 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5184 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5185 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5186
5187 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5188 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5189 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5190 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5191 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5192 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5193 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5194 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5195 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5196 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5197
5198 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5199
5200 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5201 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5202
5203 \(fn)" nil nil)
5204
5205 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5206 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5207
5208 \(fn)" t nil)
5209
5210 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5211 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5212 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5213
5214 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5215
5216 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5217 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5218 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5219 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5220 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5221
5222 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5223
5224 ;;;***
5225 \f
5226 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5227 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (19848
5228 ;;;;;; 8443))
5229 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5230
5231 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5232 Create or edit a custom theme.
5233 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5234 is `user', provide an option to remove these as custom settings.
5235 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5236 named *Custom Theme*.
5237
5238 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5239
5240 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5241 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5242
5243 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5244
5245 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5246 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5247
5248 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5249
5250 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5251 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5252 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5253 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5254
5255 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5256
5257 ;;;***
5258 \f
5259 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5260 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
5261 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5262
5263 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5264 Mode used for cvs status output.
5265
5266 \(fn)" t nil)
5267
5268 ;;;***
5269 \f
5270 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5271 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19845 45374))
5272 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5273
5274 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5275 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5276
5277 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5278
5279 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5280 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5281 C++ modes are included.
5282
5283 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5284
5285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5286
5287 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5288 Turn on CWarn mode.
5289
5290 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5291 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5292
5293 \(fn)" nil nil)
5294
5295 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5296 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5297 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5298 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5299 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5300 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5301
5302 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5303
5304 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5305 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5306 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if
5307 ARG is positive.
5308 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5309 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5310 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5311
5312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5313
5314 ;;;***
5315 \f
5316 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5317 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5318 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
5319 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5320
5321 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5322 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5323
5324 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5325
5326 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5327 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5328
5329 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5330
5331 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5332 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5333 For readability, the table is slightly
5334 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5335
5336 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5337 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5338 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5339 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5340 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5341
5342 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5343
5344 ;;;***
5345 \f
5346 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5347 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
5348 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5349 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5350 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5351 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5352 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5353
5354 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5355 Completion on current word.
5356 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5357 and presents suggestions for completion.
5358
5359 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5360 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5361 completions.
5362
5363 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5364 then it searches *all* buffers.
5365
5366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5367
5368 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5369 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5370
5371 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5372 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5373 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5374 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5375 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5376
5377 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5378 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5379
5380 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5381 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5382 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5383
5384 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5385 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5386
5387 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5388
5389 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5390
5391 ;;;***
5392 \f
5393 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5394 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
5395 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5396
5397 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5398 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5399
5400 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5401
5402 ;;;***
5403 \f
5404 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19845
5405 ;;;;;; 45374))
5406 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5407
5408 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5409 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5410 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5411 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5412 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5413
5414 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5415
5416 ;;;***
5417 \f
5418 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19845
5419 ;;;;;; 45374))
5420 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5421
5422 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5423 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5424
5425 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5426 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5427 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5428
5429 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5430 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5431 Data lines are not indented.
5432
5433 Key bindings:
5434
5435 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5436 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5437
5438 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5439 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5440 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5441 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5442
5443 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5444
5445 dcl-basic-offset
5446 Extra indentation within blocks.
5447
5448 dcl-continuation-offset
5449 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5450
5451 dcl-margin-offset
5452 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5453
5454 dcl-margin-label-offset
5455 Indentation for a label.
5456
5457 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5458 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5459
5460 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5461 dcl-block-end-regexp
5462 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5463 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5464 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5465 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5466 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5467
5468 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5469 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5470 Two such functions are included in the package:
5471 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5472 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5473
5474 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5475 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5476 One such function is included in the package:
5477 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5478
5479 dcl-tab-always-indent
5480 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5481 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5482 margin.
5483
5484 dcl-electric-characters
5485 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5486 typed.
5487
5488 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5489 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5490 which words trigger electric indentation.
5491
5492 dcl-tempo-comma
5493 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5494 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5495 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5496
5497 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5498 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5499 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5500 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5501
5502 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5503 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5504 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5505 dcl-imenu-label-call
5506 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5507
5508 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5509 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5510 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5511 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5512
5513
5514 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5515
5516 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5517 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5518 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5519 $ i = 1
5520 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5521 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5522 $ label:
5523 $ if i.eq.1
5524 $ then
5525 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5526 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5527 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5528 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5529 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5530 \"lined up with the command line\"
5531 $ type sys$input
5532 Data lines are not indented at all.
5533 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5534 $ endif
5535 $
5536
5537
5538 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5539 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5540
5541 \(fn)" t nil)
5542
5543 ;;;***
5544 \f
5545 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5546 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19845 45374))
5547 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5548
5549 (setq debugger 'debug)
5550
5551 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5552 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5553 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5554 of the evaluator.
5555
5556 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5557 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5558 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5559
5560 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5561
5562 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5563 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5564
5565 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5566
5567 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5568 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5569 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5570 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5571 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5572 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5573
5574 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5575 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5576
5577 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5578
5579 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5580 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5581 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5582 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5583 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5584
5585 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5586
5587 ;;;***
5588 \f
5589 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5590 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
5591 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5592
5593 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5594 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5595
5596 \(fn)" t nil)
5597
5598 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5599 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5600 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5601 Upper-case letters are commands.
5602
5603 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5604 modify it.
5605
5606 The most useful commands are:
5607 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5608 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5609 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5610 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5611 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5612 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5613
5614 \(fn)" t nil)
5615
5616 ;;;***
5617 \f
5618 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5619 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19845
5620 ;;;;;; 45374))
5621 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5622
5623 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5624 Customization of `columns' group.
5625
5626 \(fn)" t nil)
5627
5628 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5629 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5630
5631 START and END delimits the text region.
5632
5633 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5634
5635 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5636 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5637
5638 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5639
5640 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5641
5642 ;;;***
5643 \f
5644 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19845
5645 ;;;;;; 45374))
5646 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5647
5648 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5649 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5650 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5651 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5652 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5653 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5654 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5655
5656 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5657
5658 Customization:
5659
5660 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5661 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5662 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5663 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5664 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5665 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5666 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5667 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5668 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5669 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5670 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5671 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5672 blank line.
5673 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5674 Directories to search when finding external units.
5675 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5676 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5677
5678 Coloring:
5679
5680 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5681 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5682 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5683 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5684 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5685 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5686 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5687 Face used to color everything else.
5688
5689 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5690 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5691
5692 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5693
5694 ;;;***
5695 \f
5696 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19845
5697 ;;;;;; 45374))
5698 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5699
5700 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5701
5702 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5703 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5704 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5705 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5706 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5707 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5708
5709 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5710
5711 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5712 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5713 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5714 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5715
5716 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5717 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5718 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5719 any selection.
5720
5721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5722
5723 ;;;***
5724 \f
5725 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5726 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19849 29307))
5727 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5728
5729 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5730 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5731
5732 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5733
5734 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5735 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5736 or nil if there is no parent.
5737 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5738 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5739 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5740 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5741 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5742
5743 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5744 arguments are currently understood:
5745 :group GROUP
5746 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5747 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5748 :syntax-table TABLE
5749 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5750 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5751 :abbrev-table TABLE
5752 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5753 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5754
5755 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5756
5757 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5758
5759 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5760 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5761 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5762
5763 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5764 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5765
5766 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5767 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5768 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5769
5770 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5771 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5772
5773 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5774 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5775
5776 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5777
5778 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5779
5780 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5781
5782 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5783 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5784 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5785 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5786 the first time the mode is used.
5787
5788 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5789
5790 ;;;***
5791 \f
5792 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5793 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19845 45374))
5794 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5795
5796 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5797 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5798 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5799 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5800 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5801 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5802 otherwise.
5803
5804 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5805
5806 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5807 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5808 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5809 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5810 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5811 character composition information (if relevant),
5812 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5813
5814 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5815
5816 ;;;***
5817 \f
5818 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5819 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5820 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5821 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19845 45374))
5822 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5823
5824 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5825 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5826 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5827
5828 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5829
5830 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5831 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5832 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5833 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5834 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5835 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5836
5837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5838
5839 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5840 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5841 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5842 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5843
5844 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5845
5846 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5847 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5848 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5849
5850 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5851 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5852 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5853
5854 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5855 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5856
5857 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5858 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5859 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5860
5861 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5862 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5863 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5864 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5865
5866 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5867
5868 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5869 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5870
5871 Handlers are called with argument list
5872
5873 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5874
5875 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5876
5877 desktop-file-version
5878 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5879 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5880 desktop-buffer-point
5881 desktop-buffer-mark
5882 desktop-buffer-read-only
5883 desktop-buffer-locals
5884
5885 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5886 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5887
5888 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5889 code like
5890
5891 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5892 ...
5893 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5894 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5895
5896 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5897
5898 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5899
5900 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5901 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5902 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5903 List elements must have the form
5904
5905 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5906
5907 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5908 function.
5909
5910 Handlers are called with argument list
5911
5912 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5913
5914 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5915
5916 desktop-file-version
5917 desktop-buffer-file-name
5918 desktop-buffer-name
5919 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5920 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5921 desktop-buffer-point
5922 desktop-buffer-mark
5923 desktop-buffer-read-only
5924 desktop-buffer-misc
5925
5926 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5927 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5928 created and set.
5929
5930 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5931 code like
5932
5933 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5934 ...
5935 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5936 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5937
5938 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5939
5940 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5941
5942 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5943
5944 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5945 Empty the Desktop.
5946 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5947 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5948 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5949
5950 \(fn)" t nil)
5951
5952 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5953 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5954 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5955 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5956 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5957
5958 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5959
5960 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5961 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5962 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5963
5964 \(fn)" t nil)
5965
5966 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5967 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5968 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5969 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5970 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5971 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5972 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5973 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5974
5975 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5976
5977 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5978 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5979 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5980
5981 \(fn)" nil nil)
5982
5983 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5984 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5985 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5986 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5987 directory DIRNAME.
5988
5989 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5990
5991 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5992 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5993
5994 \(fn)" t nil)
5995
5996 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5997 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5998
5999 \(fn)" t nil)
6000
6001 ;;;***
6002 \f
6003 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6004 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6005 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19845 45374))
6006 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6007
6008 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6009 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6010 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6011 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6012 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6013 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6014
6015 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6016
6017 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6018 Repair a broken attribution line.
6019 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6020
6021 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6022
6023 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6024 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6025 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6026 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6027
6028 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6029
6030 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6031 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6032
6033 \(fn)" t nil)
6034
6035 ;;;***
6036 \f
6037 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6038 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19845 45374))
6039 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6040
6041 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6042 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6043 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6044 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6045 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6046
6047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6048
6049 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6050 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6051 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6052 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6053
6054 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6055 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6056 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
6057 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6058
6059 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6060 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6061
6062 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6063 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6064 calendar-date-style 'european
6065 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6066
6067 \(diary-mail-entries)
6068
6069 # diary-rem.el ends here
6070
6071 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6072
6073 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6074 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6075
6076 \(fn)" t nil)
6077
6078 ;;;***
6079 \f
6080 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-backup diff diff-command
6081 ;;;;;; diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el" (19845 45374))
6082 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6083
6084 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6085 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6086
6087 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6088
6089 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6090 The command to use to run diff.")
6091
6092 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6093
6094 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6095 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6096 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
6097 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
6098 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
6099 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6100
6101 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6102 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6103 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6104
6105 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6106
6107 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6108 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6109 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6110 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6111 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6112 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6113
6114 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6115
6116 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6117 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6118 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6119
6120 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6121
6122 ;;;***
6123 \f
6124 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6125 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
6126 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6127
6128 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6129 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6130 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6131 normal diffs.
6132
6133 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6134 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6135 headers for you on-the-fly.
6136
6137 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6138 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6139 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6140
6141 \\{diff-mode-map}
6142
6143 \(fn)" t nil)
6144
6145 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6146 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6147 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6148
6149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6150
6151 ;;;***
6152 \f
6153 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19845 45374))
6154 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6155
6156 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6157 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6158 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6159
6160 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6161
6162 ;;;***
6163 \f
6164 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6165 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (19865 50420))
6166 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6167
6168 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6169 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6170 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6171 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6172 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6173 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6174 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6175 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6176
6177 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6178
6179 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6180 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6181 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6182 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6183 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6184 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6185
6186 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6187 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6188 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6189 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6190 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6191 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6192 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6193 list of files to make directory entries for.
6194 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6195 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6196 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6197 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6198
6199 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6200
6201 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6202 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6203
6204 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6205 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6206
6207 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6208 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6209
6210 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6211 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6212
6213 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6214
6215 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6216 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6217
6218 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6219
6220 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6221 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6222 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6223 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6224 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6225 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6226 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6227 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6228 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6229 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6230 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6231 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6232 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6233 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6234 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6235 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6236 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6237 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6238 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6239 to see why something went wrong.
6240 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6241 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6242 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6243 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6244 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6245 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6246 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6247 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6248 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6249 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6250 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6251 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6252 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6253
6254 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6255 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6256 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6257 again for the directory tree.
6258
6259 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6260 for more info):
6261
6262 `dired-listing-switches'
6263 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6264 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6265 `dired-marker-char'
6266 `dired-del-marker'
6267 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6268 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6269 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6270 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6271
6272 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6273
6274 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6275 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6276 `dired-mode-hook'
6277 `dired-load-hook'
6278
6279 Keybindings:
6280 \\{dired-mode-map}
6281
6282 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6283 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6284
6285 ;;;***
6286 \f
6287 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6288 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
6289 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6290
6291 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6292 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6293 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6294 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6295 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6296 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6297 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6298
6299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6300
6301 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6302 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6303 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6304
6305 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6306
6307 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6308 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6309
6310 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6311
6312 ;;;***
6313 \f
6314 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19863
6315 ;;;;;; 8742))
6316 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6317
6318 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6319 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6320 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6321 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6322 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6323 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6324
6325 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6326
6327 ;;;***
6328 \f
6329 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6330 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6331 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6332 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6333 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6334 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19845 45374))
6335 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6336
6337 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6338 Return a new, empty display table.
6339
6340 \(fn)" nil nil)
6341
6342 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6343 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6344 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6345 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6346 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6347
6348 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6349
6350 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6351 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6352 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6353 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6354 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6355
6356 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6357
6358 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6359 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6360
6361 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6362
6363 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6364 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6365
6366 \(fn)" t nil)
6367
6368 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6369 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6370
6371 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6372 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6373
6374 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6375 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6376 byte.
6377
6378 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6379 in the default way after this call.
6380
6381 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6382
6383 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6384 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6385
6386 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6387
6388 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6389 Display character C using printable string S.
6390
6391 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6392
6393 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6394 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6395 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6396 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6397
6398 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6399
6400 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6401 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6402 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6403 X frame.
6404
6405 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6406
6407 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6408 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6409
6410 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6411
6412 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6413 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6414
6415 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6416
6417 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6418 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6419
6420 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6421
6422 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6423 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6424
6425 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6426
6427 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6428 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6429
6430 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6431
6432 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6433 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6434
6435 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6436 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6437
6438 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6439 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6440
6441 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6442 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6443 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6444 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6445
6446 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6447 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6448 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6449 in `.emacs'.
6450
6451 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6452
6453 ;;;***
6454 \f
6455 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6456 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
6457 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6458
6459 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6460 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6461 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6462 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6463 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6464 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6465 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6466 Default is 2.
6467
6468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6469
6470 ;;;***
6471 \f
6472 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19845 45374))
6473 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6474
6475 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6476 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6477 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6478 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6479 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6480 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6481 private or ask).
6482 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6483 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6484 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6485 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6486 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6487
6488 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6489
6490 ;;;***
6491 \f
6492 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6493 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19845 45374))
6494 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6495
6496 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6497 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6498 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6499 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6500 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6501 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6502 table and its own syntax table.
6503
6504 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6505
6506 \(fn)" t nil)
6507 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6508
6509 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6510 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6511
6512 \(fn)" t nil)
6513
6514 ;;;***
6515 \f
6516 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6517 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19863
6518 ;;;;;; 8742))
6519 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6520
6521 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6522 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6523 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6524 OpenDocument format).
6525
6526 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6527
6528 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6529 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6530
6531 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6532 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6533
6534 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6535 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6536 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6537
6538 \(fn)" t nil)
6539
6540 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6541 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6542 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6543 to the next best mode.
6544
6545 \(fn)" nil nil)
6546
6547 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6548 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6549 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6550 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6551
6552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6553
6554 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6555
6556
6557 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6558
6559 ;;;***
6560 \f
6561 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19845 45374))
6562 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6563
6564 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6565 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6566
6567 \(fn)" t nil)
6568
6569 ;;;***
6570 \f
6571 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19845 45374))
6572 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6573
6574 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6575 Toggle Double mode.
6576 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6577 turn it off.
6578
6579 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6580 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6581
6582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6583
6584 ;;;***
6585 \f
6586 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19845 45374))
6587 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6588
6589 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6590 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6591
6592 \(fn)" t nil)
6593
6594 ;;;***
6595 \f
6596 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6597 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6598 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19845 45374))
6599 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6600
6601 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6602
6603 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6604 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6605 This defines the control variable MODE and the toggle command MODE.
6606 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6607
6608 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6609 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6610 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6611 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6612 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6613 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If KEYMAP is not a symbol,
6614 this also defines the variable MODE-map.
6615
6616 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6617 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6618 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6619 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6620 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6621 mode is global):
6622
6623 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6624 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6625 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6626 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6627 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6628 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6629 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6630 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6631 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6632 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6633 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6634 :variable PLACE The location (as can be used with `setf') to use instead
6635 of the variable MODE to store the state of the mode. PLACE
6636 can also be of the form (GET . SET) where GET is an expression
6637 that returns the current state and SET is a function that takes
6638 a new state and sets it. If you specify a :variable, this
6639 function assumes it is defined elsewhere.
6640
6641 For example, you could write
6642 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6643 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6644 ...BODY CODE...)
6645
6646 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6647
6648 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6649
6650 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6651
6652 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6653 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6654 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6655 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6656 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6657 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6658 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6659 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6660 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6661 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6662 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6663 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6664
6665 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6666 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6667 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6668 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6669 call another major mode in their body.
6670
6671 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6672
6673 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6674 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6675 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6676 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6677 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6678 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6679 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6680
6681 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6682
6683 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6684 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6685 :inherit Parent keymap.
6686 :group Ignored.
6687 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6688 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6689
6690 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6691
6692 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6693 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6694 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6695 the constant's documentation.
6696
6697 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6698
6699 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6700 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6701 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6702
6703 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6704
6705 ;;;***
6706 \f
6707 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6708 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19845
6709 ;;;;;; 45374))
6710 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6711
6712 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6713 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6714
6715 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6716 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6717 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6718
6719 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6720 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6721
6722 :filter FUNCTION
6723
6724 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6725 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6726
6727 :visible INCLUDE
6728
6729 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6730 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6731
6732 :active ENABLE
6733
6734 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection whenever
6735 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
6736
6737 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6738
6739 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6740
6741 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6742
6743 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6744 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6745
6746 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6747 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6748
6749 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6750
6751 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6752
6753 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6754
6755 :keys KEYS
6756
6757 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6758 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6759 computed automatically.
6760 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6761
6762 :key-sequence KEYS
6763
6764 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6765 menu item.
6766 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6767 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6768 keyboard equivalent.
6769
6770 :active ENABLE
6771
6772 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection whenever
6773 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
6774
6775 :visible INCLUDE
6776
6777 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6778 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6779
6780 :label FORM
6781
6782 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6783 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6784
6785 :suffix FORM
6786
6787 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6788 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6789
6790 :style STYLE
6791
6792 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6793 defined:
6794
6795 toggle: A checkbox.
6796 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6797 radio: A radio button.
6798 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6799 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6800 menu bar itself.
6801 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6802
6803 :selected SELECTED
6804
6805 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6806 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6807
6808 :help HELP
6809
6810 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6811
6812 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6813 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6814 as a solid horizontal line.
6815
6816 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6817
6818 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6819
6820 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6821
6822 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6823
6824
6825 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6826
6827 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6828 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6829 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6830 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6831
6832 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6833
6834 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6835 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6836 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6837 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6838 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6839 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6840
6841 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6842 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6843 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6844
6845 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6846 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6847 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6848
6849 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6850 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6851
6852 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6853
6854 ;;;***
6855 \f
6856 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6857 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6858 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6859 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6860 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6861 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6862 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6863 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19845 45374))
6864 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6865
6866 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6867 Customization for ebnf group.
6868
6869 \(fn)" t nil)
6870
6871 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6872 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6873
6874 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6875
6876 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6877 processed.
6878
6879 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6880
6881 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6882
6883 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6884 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6885
6886 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6887 killed after process termination.
6888
6889 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6890
6891 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6892
6893 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6894 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6895
6896 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6897 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6898 it to the printer.
6899
6900 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6901 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6902 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6903 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6904
6905 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6906
6907 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6908 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6909 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6910
6911 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6912
6913 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6914 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6915
6916 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6917
6918 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6919 processed.
6920
6921 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6922
6923 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6924
6925 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6926 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6927
6928 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6929 killed after process termination.
6930
6931 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6932
6933 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6934
6935 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6936 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6937 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6938 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6939
6940 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6941
6942 \(fn)" t nil)
6943
6944 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6945 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6946 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6947
6948 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6949
6950 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6951
6952 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6953 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6954
6955 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6956
6957 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6958 processed.
6959
6960 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6961
6962 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6963
6964 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6965 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6966
6967 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6968 killed after EPS generation.
6969
6970 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6971
6972 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6973
6974 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6975 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
6976
6977 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
6978 The EPS file name has the following form:
6979
6980 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6981
6982 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6983 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6984
6985 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6986 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6987 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6988 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6989 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6990
6991 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6992 files.
6993
6994 \(fn)" t nil)
6995
6996 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6997 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
6998
6999 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7000 The EPS file name has the following form:
7001
7002 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7003
7004 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7005 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7006
7007 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7008 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7009 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7010 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7011 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7012
7013 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7014 files.
7015
7016 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7017
7018 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7019
7020 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7021 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7022
7023 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7024
7025 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7026 are processed.
7027
7028 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7029
7030 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7031
7032 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7033 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7034
7035 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7036 killed after syntax checking.
7037
7038 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7039
7040 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7041
7042 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7043 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7044
7045 \(fn)" t nil)
7046
7047 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7048 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7049
7050 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7051
7052 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7053 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7054
7055 \(fn)" nil nil)
7056
7057 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7058 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7059
7060 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7061
7062 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7063
7064 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7065 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7066
7067 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7068
7069 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7070
7071 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7072 Delete style NAME.
7073
7074 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7075
7076 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7077
7078 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7079 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7080
7081 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7082
7083 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7084
7085 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7086 Set STYLE as the current style.
7087
7088 Returns the old style symbol.
7089
7090 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7091
7092 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7093
7094 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7095 Reset current style.
7096
7097 Returns the old style symbol.
7098
7099 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7100
7101 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7102
7103 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7104 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7105
7106 Returns the old style symbol.
7107
7108 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7109
7110 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7111
7112 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7113
7114 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7115 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7116
7117 Returns the old style symbol.
7118
7119 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7120
7121 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7122
7123 \(fn)" t nil)
7124
7125 ;;;***
7126 \f
7127 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7128 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7129 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7130 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7131 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7132 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7133 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7134 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7135 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7136 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7137 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19845
7138 ;;;;;; 45374))
7139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7140
7141 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7142 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7143 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7144 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7145 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7146 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7147
7148 Tree mode key bindings:
7149 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7150
7151 \(fn)" t nil)
7152
7153 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7154 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7155
7156 \(fn)" t nil)
7157
7158 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7159 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7160
7161 \(fn)" t nil)
7162
7163 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7164 View declaration of member at point.
7165
7166 \(fn)" t nil)
7167
7168 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7169 Find declaration of member at point.
7170
7171 \(fn)" t nil)
7172
7173 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7174 View definition of member at point.
7175
7176 \(fn)" t nil)
7177
7178 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7179 Find definition of member at point.
7180
7181 \(fn)" t nil)
7182
7183 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7184 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7185
7186 \(fn)" t nil)
7187
7188 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7189 View definition of member at point in other window.
7190
7191 \(fn)" t nil)
7192
7193 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7194 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7195
7196 \(fn)" t nil)
7197
7198 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7199 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7200
7201 \(fn)" t nil)
7202
7203 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7204 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7205
7206 \(fn)" t nil)
7207
7208 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7209 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7210
7211 \(fn)" t nil)
7212
7213 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7214 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7215 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7216 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7217 completion.
7218
7219 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7220
7221 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7222 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7223 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7224 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7225
7226 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7227
7228 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7229 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7230 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7231 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7232
7233 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7234
7235 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7236 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7237 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7238
7239 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7240
7241 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7242 Search for call sites of a member.
7243 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7244 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7245 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7246 looks like a function call to the member.
7247
7248 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7249
7250 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7251 Move backward in the position stack.
7252 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7253
7254 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7255
7256 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7257 Move forward in the position stack.
7258 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7259
7260 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7261
7262 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7263 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7264
7265 \(fn)" t nil)
7266
7267 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7268 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7269
7270 \(fn)" t nil)
7271
7272 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7273 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7274 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7275 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7276
7277 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7278
7279 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7280 Display statistics for a class tree.
7281
7282 \(fn)" t nil)
7283
7284 ;;;***
7285 \f
7286 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7287 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7288 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7289
7290 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7291 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7292 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7293 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7294
7295 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7296 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7297 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7298
7299 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7300 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7301 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7302
7303 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7304
7305 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7306
7307 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7308
7309 ;;;***
7310 \f
7311 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7312 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19845 45374))
7313 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7314
7315 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7316 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7317 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7318
7319 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7320
7321 ;;;***
7322 \f
7323 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7324 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7326
7327 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7328
7329
7330 \(fn)" nil nil)
7331
7332 ;;;***
7333 \f
7334 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19845 45374))
7335 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7336
7337 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7338 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7339 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7340 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7341 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7342 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7343
7344 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7345
7346 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7347 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7348 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7349 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7350
7351 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7352 an EDE controlled project.
7353
7354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7355
7356 ;;;***
7357 \f
7358 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7359 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7360 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19863 8742))
7361 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7362
7363 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7364 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7365 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7366 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7367 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7368
7369 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7370 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7371 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7372 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7373
7374 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7375
7376 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7377 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7378 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7379 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7380
7381 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7382
7383 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7384 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7385 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7386 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7387
7388 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7389
7390 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7391
7392 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7393 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7394 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7395 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7396 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7397
7398 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7399 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7400 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7401 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7402 instrumented for Edebug.
7403
7404 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7405 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7406 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7407 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7408 already is one.)
7409
7410 \(fn)" t nil)
7411
7412 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7413 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7414
7415 \(fn)" t nil)
7416
7417 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7418 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7419
7420 \(fn)" t nil)
7421
7422 ;;;***
7423 \f
7424 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7425 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7426 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7427 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7428 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7429 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7430 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7431 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7432 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7433 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (19845 45374))
7434 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7435
7436 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7437 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7438
7439 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7440
7441 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7442 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7443
7444 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7445
7446 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7447
7448 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7449
7450 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7451 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7452 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7453 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7454
7455 \(fn)" t nil)
7456
7457 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7458 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7459 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7460 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7461
7462 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7463
7464 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7465 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7466
7467 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7468
7469 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7470
7471 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7472 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7473
7474 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7475
7476 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7477
7478 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7479 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7480 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7481 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7482
7483 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7484
7485 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7486
7487 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7488 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7489 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7490 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7491
7492 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7493
7494 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7495
7496 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7497 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7498 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7499 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7500
7501 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7502
7503 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7504
7505 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7506 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7507 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7508 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7509
7510 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7511
7512 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7513
7514 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7515 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7516 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7517 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7518 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7519 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7520
7521 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7522
7523 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7524 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7525 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7526 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7527
7528 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7529
7530 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7531
7532 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7533 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7534 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7535 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7536
7537 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7538
7539 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7540
7541 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7542
7543 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7544 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7545 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7546 follows:
7547 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7548 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7549
7550 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7551
7552 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7553 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7554 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7555 follows:
7556 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7557 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7558
7559 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7560
7561 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7562 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7563 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7564 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7565 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7566
7567 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7568
7569 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7570 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7571 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7572 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7573 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7574 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7575
7576 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7577
7578 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7579
7580 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7581 Merge two files without ancestor.
7582
7583 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7584
7585 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7586 Merge two files with ancestor.
7587
7588 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7589
7590 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7591
7592 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7593 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7594
7595 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7596
7597 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7598 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7599
7600 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7601
7602 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7603 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7604 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7605 buffer.
7606
7607 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7608
7609 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7610 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7611 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7612 buffer.
7613
7614 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7615
7616 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7617 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7618 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7619 and don't ask the user.
7620 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7621 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7622
7623 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7624
7625 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7626 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7627 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7628 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7629 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7630 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7631 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7632 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7633
7634 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7635
7636 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7637
7638 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7639
7640 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7641 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7642 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7643 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7644 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7645
7646 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7647
7648 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7649
7650 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7651 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7652 When called interactively, displays the version.
7653
7654 \(fn)" t nil)
7655
7656 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7657 Display Ediff's manual.
7658 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7659
7660 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7661
7662 ;;;***
7663 \f
7664 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7665 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7666 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7667
7668 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7669
7670
7671 \(fn)" t nil)
7672
7673 ;;;***
7674 \f
7675 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7676 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7677 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7678
7679 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7680 Display Ediff's registry.
7681
7682 \(fn)" t nil)
7683
7684 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7685
7686 ;;;***
7687 \f
7688 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7689 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (19845 45374))
7690 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7691
7692 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7693 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7694 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7695 which see.
7696
7697 \(fn)" t nil)
7698
7699 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7700 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7701 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7702 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7703
7704 \(fn)" t nil)
7705
7706 ;;;***
7707 \f
7708 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7709 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7710 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7711 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7712
7713 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7714 Edit a keyboard macro.
7715 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7716 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7717 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7718 its command name.
7719 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7720
7721 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7722
7723 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7724 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7725
7726 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7727
7728 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7729 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7730
7731 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7732
7733 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7734 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7735 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7736 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7737 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7738 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7739
7740 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7741 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7742 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7743 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7744
7745 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7746
7747 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7748 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7749 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7750 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7751 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7752 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7753
7754 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7755
7756 ;;;***
7757 \f
7758 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7759 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19845 45374))
7760 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7761
7762 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7763 Set scroll margins.
7764 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7765 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7766
7767 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7768
7769 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7770 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7771
7772 \(fn)" t nil)
7773
7774 ;;;***
7775 \f
7776 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7777 ;;;;;; (19865 50420))
7778 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7779
7780 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7781 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7782 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7783 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7784 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7785 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7786 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7787
7788 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7789 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7790
7791 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7792 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7793 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7794 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7795
7796 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7797 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7798 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7799
7800 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7801 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7802 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7803
7804 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7805
7806 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7807
7808
7809 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7810
7811 ;;;***
7812 \f
7813 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7814 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19845 45374))
7815 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7816
7817 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7818 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7819
7820 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7821
7822 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7823 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7824 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7825 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7826 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7827 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7828 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7829
7830 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7831
7832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7833
7834 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7835 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7836
7837 \(fn)" t nil)
7838
7839 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7840 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7841 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7842 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7843 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7844 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7845 arg list.
7846
7847 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7848 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7849 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7850 effect.
7851
7852 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7853 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7854
7855 ;;;***
7856 \f
7857 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
7858 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (19845 45374))
7859 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
7860
7861 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
7862 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
7863
7864 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
7865 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
7866 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7867 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7868 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7869 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
7870
7871 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
7872
7873 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
7874 Automatically reindent lines of code when inserting particular chars.
7875 `electric-indent-chars' specifies the set of chars that should cause reindentation.
7876
7877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7878
7879 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
7880 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
7881 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7882 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7883 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7884 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
7885
7886 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
7887
7888 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
7889 Automatically pair-up parens when inserting an open paren.
7890
7891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7892
7893 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
7894 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
7895 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7896 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7897 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7898 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
7899
7900 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
7901
7902 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
7903 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
7904
7905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7906
7907 ;;;***
7908 \f
7909 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19845
7910 ;;;;;; 45374))
7911 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7912
7913 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7914 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7915
7916 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7917 an elided material again.
7918
7919 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7920
7921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7922
7923 ;;;***
7924 \f
7925 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7926 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7927 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7928 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7929
7930 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7931 Lint the file FILE.
7932
7933 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7934
7935 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7936 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7937 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7938
7939 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7940
7941 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7942 Lint the current buffer.
7943 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7944
7945 \(fn)" t nil)
7946
7947 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7948 Lint the function at point.
7949 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7950
7951 \(fn)" t nil)
7952
7953 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7954 Initialize elint.
7955 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7956 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7957
7958 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7959
7960 ;;;***
7961 \f
7962 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7963 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19845
7964 ;;;;;; 45374))
7965 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7966
7967 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7968 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7969 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7970
7971 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7972
7973 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
7974 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7975 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7976 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
7977
7978 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7979
7980 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
7981 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7982 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7983
7984 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7985
7986 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7987
7988 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
7989 Display current profiling results.
7990 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7991 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
7992 displayed.
7993
7994 \(fn)" t nil)
7995
7996 ;;;***
7997 \f
7998 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7999 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8000 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8001
8002 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8003 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8004 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8005
8006 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8007
8008 ;;;***
8009 \f
8010 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8011 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8012 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8013 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8014 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (19845 45374))
8015 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8016
8017 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8018 Run Emerge on two files.
8019
8020 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8021
8022 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8023 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8024
8025 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8026
8027 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8028 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8029
8030 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8031
8032 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8033 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8034
8035 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8036
8037 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8038
8039
8040 \(fn)" nil nil)
8041
8042 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8043
8044
8045 \(fn)" nil nil)
8046
8047 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8048
8049
8050 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8051
8052 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8053
8054
8055 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8056
8057 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8058 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8059
8060 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8061
8062 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8063 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8064
8065 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8066
8067 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8068
8069
8070 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8071
8072 ;;;***
8073 \f
8074 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8075 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19845 45374))
8076 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8077
8078 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8079 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8080 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8081 text/enriched format.
8082 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8083
8084 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8085 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8086
8087 Commands:
8088
8089 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8090
8091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8092
8093 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8094
8095
8096 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8097
8098 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8099
8100
8101 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8102
8103 ;;;***
8104 \f
8105 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8106 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8107 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8108 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8109 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8110 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19865
8111 ;;;;;; 50420))
8112 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8113
8114 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8115 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8116
8117 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8118
8119 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8120 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8121
8122 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8123
8124 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8125 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8126 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8127 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8128 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8129 the keys are listed.
8130 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8131
8132 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8133
8134 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8135 Decrypt FILE.
8136
8137 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8138
8139 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8140 Verify FILE.
8141
8142 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8143
8144 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8145 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8146
8147 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8148
8149 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8150 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8151
8152 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8153
8154 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8155 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8156
8157 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8158 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8159 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8160 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8161 should consider using the string based counterpart
8162 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8163 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8164
8165 For example:
8166
8167 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8168 (decode-coding-string
8169 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8170 'utf-8))
8171
8172 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8173
8174 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8175 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8176
8177 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8178 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8179
8180 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8181
8182 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8183 Verify the current region between START and END.
8184
8185 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8186 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8187 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8188 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8189 should consider using the string based counterpart
8190 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8191 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8192
8193 For example:
8194
8195 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8196 (decode-coding-string
8197 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8198 'utf-8))
8199
8200 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8201
8202 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8203 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8204 between START and END.
8205
8206 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8207 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8208
8209 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8210
8211 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8212 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8213
8214 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8215 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8216 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8217 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8218 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8219 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8220
8221 For example:
8222
8223 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8224 (epg-sign-string
8225 context
8226 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8227
8228 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8229
8230 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8231 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8232
8233 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8234 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8235 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8236 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8237 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8238 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8239
8240 For example:
8241
8242 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8243 (epg-encrypt-string
8244 context
8245 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8246 nil))
8247
8248 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8249
8250 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8251 Delete selected KEYS.
8252
8253 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8254
8255 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8256 Import keys from FILE.
8257
8258 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8259
8260 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8261 Import keys from the region.
8262
8263 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8264
8265 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8266 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8267 between START and END.
8268
8269 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8270
8271 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8272 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8273
8274 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8275
8276 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8277 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8278
8279 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8280
8281 ;;;***
8282 \f
8283 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8284 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19865 50420))
8285 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8286
8287 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8288 Decrypt marked files.
8289
8290 \(fn)" t nil)
8291
8292 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8293 Verify marked files.
8294
8295 \(fn)" t nil)
8296
8297 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8298 Sign marked files.
8299
8300 \(fn)" t nil)
8301
8302 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8303 Encrypt marked files.
8304
8305 \(fn)" t nil)
8306
8307 ;;;***
8308 \f
8309 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8310 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19865 50420))
8311 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8312
8313 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8314
8315
8316 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8317
8318 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8319
8320
8321 \(fn)" t nil)
8322
8323 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8324
8325
8326 \(fn)" t nil)
8327
8328 ;;;***
8329 \f
8330 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8331 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8332 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (19865 50420))
8333 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8334
8335 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8336 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8337
8338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8339
8340 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8341 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8342 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8343
8344 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8345
8346 \(fn)" t nil)
8347
8348 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8349 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8350 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8351
8352 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8353
8354 \(fn)" t nil)
8355
8356 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8357 Sign the current buffer.
8358 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8359
8360 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8361
8362 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8363
8364 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8365 Encrypt the current buffer.
8366 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8367
8368 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8369
8370 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8371
8372 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8373 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8374 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8375
8376 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8377
8378 \(fn)" t nil)
8379
8380 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8381 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8382 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8383 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8384 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8385 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8386
8387 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8388
8389 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8390 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8391
8392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8393
8394 ;;;***
8395 \f
8396 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19865 50420))
8397 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8398
8399 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8400 Return a context object.
8401
8402 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8403
8404 ;;;***
8405 \f
8406 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8407 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19845 45374))
8408 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8409
8410 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8411 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8412
8413 \(fn)" nil nil)
8414
8415 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8416 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8417
8418 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8419
8420 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8421 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8422
8423 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8424
8425 ;;;***
8426 \f
8427 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8428 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19845 45374))
8429 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8430
8431 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8432 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8433
8434 \(fn)" nil nil)
8435
8436 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8437 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8438 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8439
8440 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8441
8442 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8443 (server (erc-compute-server))
8444 (port (erc-compute-port))
8445 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8446 password
8447 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8448
8449 That is, if called with
8450
8451 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8452
8453 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8454 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8455 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8456
8457 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8458
8459 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8460
8461 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8462 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8463 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8464 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8465
8466 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8467
8468 ;;;***
8469 \f
8470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19845
8471 ;;;;;; 45374))
8472 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8473 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8474
8475 ;;;***
8476 \f
8477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19845 45374))
8478 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8479 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8480
8481 ;;;***
8482 \f
8483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19845 45374))
8484 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8485 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8486
8487 ;;;***
8488 \f
8489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19845 45374))
8490 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8491 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8492
8493 ;;;***
8494 \f
8495 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8496 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19845 45374))
8497 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8498 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8499
8500 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8501 Parser for /dcc command.
8502 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8503 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8504 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8505
8506 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8507
8508 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8509 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8510
8511 \(fn)" nil nil)
8512
8513 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8514 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8515
8516 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8517 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8518 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8519 that subcommand.
8520
8521 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8522
8523 ;;;***
8524 \f
8525 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8526 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8527 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8528 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8529 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8530 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8531
8532 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8533 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8534
8535 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8536
8537 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8538 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8539 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8540 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8541
8542 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8543
8544 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8545
8546
8547 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8548
8549 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8550 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8551
8552 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8553
8554 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8555 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8556
8557 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8558
8559 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8560 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8561
8562 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8563
8564 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8565 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8566
8567 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8568
8569 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8570 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8571
8572 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8573
8574 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8575 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8576
8577 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8578
8579 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8580 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8581
8582 \(fn)" nil nil)
8583
8584 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8585 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8586
8587 \(fn)" nil nil)
8588
8589 ;;;***
8590 \f
8591 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19845
8592 ;;;;;; 45374))
8593 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8594 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8595
8596 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8597 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8598 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8599
8600 \(fn)" nil nil)
8601
8602 ;;;***
8603 \f
8604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (19845
8605 ;;;;;; 45374))
8606 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
8607 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
8608
8609 ;;;***
8610 \f
8611 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8612 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19845 45374))
8613 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8614 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8615
8616 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8617 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8618 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8619 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8620 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8621 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8622 system.
8623
8624 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8625
8626 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8627
8628
8629 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8630
8631 ;;;***
8632 \f
8633 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8634 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8635 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8636
8637 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8638
8639
8640 \(fn)" nil nil)
8641
8642 ;;;***
8643 \f
8644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19845 45374))
8645 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8646 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8647
8648 ;;;***
8649 \f
8650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19845 45374))
8651 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8652 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8653
8654 ;;;***
8655 \f
8656 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8657 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19845 45374))
8658 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8659 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8660
8661 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8662 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8663 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8664 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8665 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8666 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8667
8668 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8669
8670 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8671 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8672 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8673 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8674
8675 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8676 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8677 automatically.
8678
8679 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8680 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8681
8682 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8683
8684 ;;;***
8685 \f
8686 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8687 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8688 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8689 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8690 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8691 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8692
8693 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8694 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8695
8696 \(fn)" t nil)
8697
8698 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8699 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8700
8701 \(fn)" t nil)
8702
8703 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8704 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8705
8706 \(fn)" t nil)
8707
8708 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8709 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8710
8711 \(fn)" t nil)
8712
8713 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8714 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8715
8716 \(fn)" t nil)
8717
8718 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8719 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8720
8721 \(fn)" t nil)
8722
8723 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8724 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8725
8726 \(fn)" t nil)
8727
8728 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8729 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8730
8731 \(fn)" t nil)
8732
8733 ;;;***
8734 \f
8735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19845 45374))
8736 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8737 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8738
8739 ;;;***
8740 \f
8741 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8742 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8744 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8745
8746 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8747 Show who's gone.
8748
8749 \(fn)" nil nil)
8750
8751 ;;;***
8752 \f
8753 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8754 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19845 45374))
8755 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8756
8757 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8758 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8759 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8760 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8761
8762 \(fn)" nil nil)
8763
8764 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8765 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8766
8767 \(fn)" t nil)
8768
8769 ;;;***
8770 \f
8771 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8772 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19845 45374))
8773 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8774 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8775
8776 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8777 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8778 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8779 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8780
8781 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8782
8783 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8784
8785
8786 \(fn)" nil nil)
8787
8788 ;;;***
8789 \f
8790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19845 45374))
8791 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8792 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8793
8794 ;;;***
8795 \f
8796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19845
8797 ;;;;;; 45374))
8798 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8799 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8800
8801 ;;;***
8802 \f
8803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19845 45374))
8804 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8805 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8806
8807 ;;;***
8808 \f
8809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19845 45374))
8810 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8811 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8812
8813 ;;;***
8814 \f
8815 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8816 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19845 45374))
8817 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8818 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8819
8820 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8821 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8822
8823 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
8824
8825 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8826 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8827 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8828
8829 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8830
8831 ;;;***
8832 \f
8833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19845 45374))
8834 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8835 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8836
8837 ;;;***
8838 \f
8839 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8840 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8841 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8842
8843 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8844 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8845 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8846
8847 \(fn)" t nil)
8848
8849 ;;;***
8850 \f
8851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19845
8852 ;;;;;; 45374))
8853 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8854 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8855
8856 ;;;***
8857 \f
8858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19845 45374))
8859 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8860 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8861
8862 ;;;***
8863 \f
8864 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8865 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8866 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8867
8868 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8869 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8870 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8871
8872 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8873
8874 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8875 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8876 mode line.
8877
8878 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8879 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8880 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8881
8882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8883 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8884
8885 ;;;***
8886 \f
8887 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8888 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19845 45374))
8889 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8890 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8891
8892 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8893 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8894 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8895 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8896
8897 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8898
8899 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8900 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8901 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8902
8903 \(fn)" t nil)
8904
8905 ;;;***
8906 \f
8907 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8908 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8909 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8910 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8911
8912 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8913 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8914
8915 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8916
8917 ;;;***
8918 \f
8919 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
8920 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
8921 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (19846 36966))
8922 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
8923
8924 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
8925 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
8926
8927 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
8928 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
8929
8930 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
8931 assertions in BODY.
8932
8933 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
8934
8935 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
8936 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
8937 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
8938
8939 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
8940
8941 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
8942
8943 (put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
8944
8945 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
8946
8947 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
8948
8949 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
8950 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
8951
8952 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
8953 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
8954 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
8955 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
8956
8957 Returns the stats object.
8958
8959 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
8960
8961 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
8962 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
8963
8964 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
8965 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
8966 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
8967 the tests).
8968
8969 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
8970
8971 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
8972 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
8973
8974 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
8975 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
8976 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
8977 and how to display message.
8978
8979 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
8980
8981 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
8982
8983 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
8984 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
8985
8986 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
8987
8988 ;;;***
8989 \f
8990 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
8991 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8992 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
8993
8994 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
8995
8996 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
8997 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
8998
8999 \(fn)" t nil)
9000
9001 ;;;***
9002 \f
9003 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19845
9004 ;;;;;; 45374))
9005 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9006
9007 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9008 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9009
9010 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9011
9012 \(fn)" nil nil)
9013
9014 ;;;***
9015 \f
9016 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9017 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19845 45374))
9018 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9019
9020 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9021 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9022 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9023 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9024 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9025 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9026 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9027 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9028 buffer selected (or created).
9029
9030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9031
9032 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9033 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9034 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9035
9036 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9037
9038 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9039 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9040 The result might be any Lisp object.
9041 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9042 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9043 corresponding to a successful execution.
9044
9045 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9046
9047 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9048
9049 ;;;***
9050 \f
9051 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9052 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9053 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9054 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9055 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9056 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9057 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9058 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9059 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9060
9061 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9062 *File name of tags table.
9063 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9064 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9065 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9066 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9067 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9068
9069 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9070 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9071 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9072 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9073
9074 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9075
9076 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9077 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9078 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9079 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9080 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9081 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9082
9083 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9084
9085 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9086 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9087 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9088 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9089 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9090 `auto-compression-mode').")
9091
9092 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9093
9094 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9095 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9096 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9097 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9098 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9099
9100 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9101
9102 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9103 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9104 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9105 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9106
9107 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9108
9109 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9110 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9111 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9112 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9113 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9114
9115 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9116
9117 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9118 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9119
9120 \(fn)" t nil)
9121
9122 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9123 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9124 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9125 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9126
9127 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9128 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9129 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9130 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9131 file the tag was in.
9132
9133 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9134
9135 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9136 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9137 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9138 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9139 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9140 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9141 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9142 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9143 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9144
9145 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9146
9147 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9148 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9149 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9150 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9151 without directory names.
9152
9153 \(fn)" nil nil)
9154 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9155 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9156 (progn
9157 (load "etags")
9158 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9159
9160 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9161 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9162 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9163 but does not select the buffer.
9164 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9165
9166 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9167 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9168 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9169 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9170 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9171
9172 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9173
9174 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9175 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9176 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9177
9178 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9179
9180 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9181
9182 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9183 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9184 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9185 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9186
9187 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9188 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9189 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9190 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9191 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9192
9193 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9194
9195 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9196 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9197 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9198
9199 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9200
9201 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9202 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9203
9204 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9205 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9206 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9207 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9208 around or before point.
9209
9210 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9211 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9212 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9213 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9214 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9215
9216 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9217
9218 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9219 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9220 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9221
9222 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9223
9224 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9225 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9226
9227 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9228 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9229 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9230 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9231 around or before point.
9232
9233 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9234 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9235 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9236 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9237 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9238
9239 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9240
9241 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9242 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9243 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9244
9245 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9246
9247 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9248 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9249
9250 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9251 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9252 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9253
9254 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9255 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9256 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9257 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9258 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9259
9260 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9261
9262 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9263 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9264 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9265
9266 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9267
9268 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9269 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9270 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9271
9272 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9273 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9274
9275 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9276 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9277 where they were found.
9278
9279 \(fn)" t nil)
9280
9281 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9282 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9283
9284 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9285 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9286 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9287
9288 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9289 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9290
9291 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9292 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9293
9294 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9295
9296 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9297 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9298 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9299 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9300
9301 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9302 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9303 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9304 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9305 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9306
9307 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9308 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9309
9310 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9311 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9312 Stops when a match is found.
9313 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9314
9315 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9316
9317 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9318
9319 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9320 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9321 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9322 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9323 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9324 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9325 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9326 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9327
9328 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9329 produce the list of files to search.
9330
9331 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9332
9333 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9334
9335 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9336 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9337 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9338 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9339 directory specification.
9340
9341 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9342
9343 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9344 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9345
9346 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9347
9348 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9349 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9350 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9351 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9352
9353 \(fn)" t nil)
9354
9355 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9356 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9357 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9358 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9359 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9360
9361 \(fn)" t nil)
9362
9363 ;;;***
9364 \f
9365 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9366 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9367 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9368 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9369 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9370 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9371 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9372 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9373 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9374
9375 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9376
9377
9378 \(fn)" nil nil)
9379
9380 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9381 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9382
9383 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9384 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9385
9386 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9387 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9388 primary language.
9389
9390 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9391 even if the buffer is read-only.
9392
9393 See also the descriptions of the variables
9394 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9395
9396 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9397
9398 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9399 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9400
9401 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9402 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9403
9404 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9405 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9406 primary language.
9407
9408 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9409 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9410
9411 See also the descriptions of the variables
9412 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9413
9414 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9415
9416 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9417 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9418 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9419 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9420
9421 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9422
9423 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9424 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9425 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9426 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9427
9428 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9429 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9430 primary language.
9431
9432 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9433 buffer is read-only.
9434
9435 See also the descriptions of the variables
9436 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9437 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9438
9439 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9440
9441 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9442 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9443
9444 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9445 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9446
9447 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9448 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9449 the primary language.
9450
9451 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9452 buffer is read-only.
9453
9454 See also the descriptions of the variables
9455 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9456 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9457
9458 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9459
9460 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9461 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9462 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9463
9464 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9465
9466 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9467 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9468
9469 \(fn)" t nil)
9470
9471 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9472 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9473
9474 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9475 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9476 be 1, 2, or 3.
9477
9478 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9479 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9480 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9481
9482 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9483
9484 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9485
9486 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9487 This function is deprecated.
9488
9489 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9490
9491 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9492 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9493
9494 \(fn)" t nil)
9495
9496 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9497 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9498
9499 \(fn)" t nil)
9500
9501 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9502 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9503
9504 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9505 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9506
9507 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9508 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9509
9510 \(fn)" nil nil)
9511
9512 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9513 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9514
9515 \(fn)" nil nil)
9516
9517 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9518 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9519
9520 \(fn)" nil nil)
9521
9522 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9523 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9524
9525 \(fn)" nil nil)
9526
9527 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9528 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9529 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9530
9531 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9532
9533 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9534
9535
9536 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9537
9538 ;;;***
9539 \f
9540 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9541 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9542 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9543 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9544
9545 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9546 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9547 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9548 server for future sessions.
9549
9550 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9551
9552 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9553 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9554 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9555
9556 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9557
9558 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9559 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9560 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9561
9562 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9563
9564 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9565 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9566 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9567 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9568 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9569 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9570 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9571 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9572 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9573 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9574 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9575 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9576
9577 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9578
9579 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9580 Display a form to query the directory server.
9581 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9582 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9583
9584 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9585
9586 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9587 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9588 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9589
9590 \(fn)" t nil)
9591
9592 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9593
9594 ;;;***
9595 \f
9596 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9597 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9598 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19845 45374))
9599 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9600
9601 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9602 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9603
9604 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9605
9606 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9607 Display URL and make it clickable.
9608
9609 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9610
9611 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9612 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9613
9614 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9615
9616 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9617 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9618
9619 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9620
9621 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9622 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9623
9624 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9625
9626 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9627 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9628
9629 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9630
9631 ;;;***
9632 \f
9633 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9634 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19845 45374))
9635 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9636
9637 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9638 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9639 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9640
9641 \(fn)" t nil)
9642
9643 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9644 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9645
9646 \(fn)" t nil)
9647
9648 ;;;***
9649 \f
9650 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9651 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9652 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9653
9654 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9655 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9656
9657 \(fn)" t nil)
9658
9659 ;;;***
9660 \f
9661 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19845
9662 ;;;;;; 45374))
9663 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9664
9665 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9666 Create an empty ewoc.
9667
9668 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9669
9670 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9671 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9672 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9673 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9674 `insert-before-markers'.
9675
9676 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9677 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9678 respectively, of the ewoc.
9679
9680 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9681 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9682 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9683
9684 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9685
9686 ;;;***
9687 \f
9688 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9689 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9690 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9691 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9693
9694 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9695 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9696 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9697
9698 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9699
9700 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9701 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9702 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9703 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9704 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9705
9706 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9707
9708 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9709 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9710 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9711 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9712 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9713 executable.
9714
9715 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9716
9717 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9718 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9719 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9720
9721 \(fn)" t nil)
9722
9723 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9724 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9725 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9726 file modes.
9727
9728 \(fn)" nil nil)
9729
9730 ;;;***
9731 \f
9732 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9733 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9734 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9735 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9736
9737 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9738 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9739 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9740 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9741
9742 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9743
9744 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9745 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9746 to generate such functions.
9747
9748 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9749 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9750 beginning of the expanded text.
9751
9752 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9753 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9754 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9755 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9756
9757 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9758
9759 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9760
9761 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9762 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9763 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9764
9765 \(fn)" nil nil)
9766
9767 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
9768 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9769 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9770
9771 \(fn)" t nil)
9772
9773 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
9774 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9775 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9776
9777 \(fn)" t nil)
9778 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9779 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9780
9781 ;;;***
9782 \f
9783 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19860 32495))
9784 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9785
9786 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
9787 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9788 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9789
9790 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9791 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9792 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9793
9794 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9795
9796 Key definitions:
9797 \\{f90-mode-map}
9798
9799 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9800
9801 `f90-do-indent'
9802 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9803 `f90-if-indent'
9804 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9805 `f90-type-indent'
9806 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9807 `f90-program-indent'
9808 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9809 (default 2).
9810 `f90-continuation-indent'
9811 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9812 `f90-comment-region'
9813 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9814 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9815 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9816 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9817 (default \"!\").
9818 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9819 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9820 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9821 `f90-break-delimiters'
9822 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9823 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9824 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9825 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9826 (default t).
9827 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9828 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9829 `f90-smart-end'
9830 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9831 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9832 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9833 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9834 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9835 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9836 `f90-leave-line-no'
9837 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9838
9839 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9840 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9841
9842 \(fn)" t nil)
9843
9844 ;;;***
9845 \f
9846 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9847 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9848 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9849 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19845
9850 ;;;;;; 45374))
9851 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9852
9853 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
9854 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9855
9856 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9857 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9858
9859 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9860 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9861 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9862 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9863 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9864 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9865 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9866
9867 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9868 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9869 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9870
9871 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9872
9873 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
9874 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9875
9876 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
9877
9878 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
9879 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9880 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9881 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9882 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9883 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9884
9885 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9886
9887 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
9888 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9889 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9890
9891 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9892 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9893 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9894 the same amount).
9895
9896 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
9897
9898 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
9899 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9900 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9901
9902 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9903 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9904 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9905 will remove any scaling currently active.
9906
9907 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9908
9909 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
9910 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9911 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9912
9913 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
9914 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9915 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9916 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9917 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9918
9919 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
9920 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9921
9922 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9923 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9924
9925 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9926 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9927 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9928
9929 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9930 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9931 is one of the above.
9932
9933 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9934 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9935 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9936 will remove any scaling currently active.
9937
9938 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9939 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9940 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9941 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9942 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9943
9944 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9945
9946 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
9947 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9948 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9949 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9950
9951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9952
9953 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
9954 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9955 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9956 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9957 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9958
9959 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9960 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9961
9962 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9963
9964 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
9965 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9966 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9967 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9968
9969 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9970 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9971 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9972 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9973
9974 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9975 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9976
9977 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9978
9979 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
9980 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
9981 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
9982 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
9983
9984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9985
9986 ;;;***
9987 \f
9988 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9989 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9990 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19845 45374))
9991 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9992
9993 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
9994 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9995 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9996 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9997
9998 \(fn)" nil nil)
9999
10000 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10001 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10002
10003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10004
10005 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10006 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10007 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10008 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10009
10010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10011
10012 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10013 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10014 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10015 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10016 backup file names and the like).
10017
10018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10019
10020 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10021 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10022 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10023 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10024 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10025 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10026 internally by feedmail):
10027
10028 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10029 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10030 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10031 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10032
10033 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10034 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10035 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10036 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10037 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10038
10039 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10040
10041 ;;;***
10042 \f
10043 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10044 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19845 45374))
10045 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10046
10047 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10048 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10049 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10050 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10051 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10052 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10053 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10054
10055 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10056
10057 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10058 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10059 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10060 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10061 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10062 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10063 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10064
10065 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10066
10067 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10068
10069 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10070 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10071 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10072 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10073 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10074 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10075
10076 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10077
10078 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10079 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10080 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10081 Return value:
10082 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10083 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10084 * otherwise, nil
10085
10086 \(fn E)" t nil)
10087
10088 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10089 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10090 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10091
10092 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10093
10094 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil "\
10095 Try to get a file name at point.
10096 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess (if (or (not guess) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p)) (ffap-url-p guess)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess))) guess (abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess)))) (when guess (if (file-directory-p guess) (file-name-as-directory guess) guess)))))
10097
10098 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10099 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10100
10101 \(fn)" t nil)
10102
10103 ;;;***
10104 \f
10105 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10106 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10107 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10108 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19845 45374))
10109 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10110
10111 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10112 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10113 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10114 be added to the cache.
10115
10116 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10117
10118 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10119 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10120 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10121 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10122 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10123
10124 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10125
10126 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10127 Add FILE to the file cache.
10128
10129 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10130
10131 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10132 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10133 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10134
10135 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10136
10137 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10138 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10139 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10140
10141 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10142
10143 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10144 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10145 This function does not use any external programs.
10146 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10147 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10148 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10149
10150 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10151
10152 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10153 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10154 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10155 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10156 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10157 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10158 \(directories) is done.
10159
10160 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10161
10162 ;;;***
10163 \f
10164 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10165 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10166 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10167 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10168 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19845 45374))
10169 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10170
10171 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10172 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10173
10174 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10175 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10176 Local Variables list.
10177
10178 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10179 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10180 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10181
10182 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10183
10184 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10185 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10186
10187 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10188
10189 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10190 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10191
10192 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10193 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10194 the -*- line.
10195
10196 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10197 then this function adds it.
10198
10199 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10200
10201 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10202 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10203
10204 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10205
10206 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10207 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10208
10209 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10210
10211 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10212 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10213
10214 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10215
10216 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10217 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10218
10219 \(fn)" t nil)
10220
10221 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10222 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10223
10224 \(fn)" t nil)
10225
10226 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10227 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10228
10229 \(fn)" t nil)
10230
10231 ;;;***
10232 \f
10233 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19845
10234 ;;;;;; 45374))
10235 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10236
10237 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10238 Filesets initialization.
10239 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10240
10241 \(fn)" nil nil)
10242
10243 ;;;***
10244 \f
10245 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19845 45374))
10246 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10247
10248 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10249 Initiate the building of a find command.
10250 For example:
10251
10252 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10253 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10254 (mtime \"+1\"))
10255 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10256
10257 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10258 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10259
10260 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10261
10262 ;;;***
10263 \f
10264 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10265 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (19864 29553))
10266 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10267
10268 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10269 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10270 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10271
10272 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10273
10274 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10275 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10276
10277 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10278
10279 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10280 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10281 and run dired on those files.
10282 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10283 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10284
10285 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10286
10287 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10288
10289 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10290 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10291 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10292
10293 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10294 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10295
10296 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10297 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10298
10299 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10300
10301 ;;;***
10302 \f
10303 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10304 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10305 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
10306 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10307
10308 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10309 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10310 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10311 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10312 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10313 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10314 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10315
10316 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10317 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10318 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10319
10320 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10321
10322 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10323
10324 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10325
10326 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10327 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10328 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10329
10330 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10331 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10332
10333 Variables of interest include:
10334
10335 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10336 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10337 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10338
10339 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10340 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10341 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10342
10343 - `ff-ignore-include'
10344 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10345
10346 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10347 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10348
10349 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10350 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10351
10352 - `ff-special-constructs'
10353 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10354 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10355 extracting the filename from that construct.
10356
10357 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10358 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10359
10360 - `ff-search-directories'
10361 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10362 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10363
10364 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10365 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10366
10367 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10368 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10369
10370 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10371 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10372
10373 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10374 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10375
10376 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10377 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10378
10379 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10380
10381 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10382 Visit the file you click on.
10383
10384 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10385
10386 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10387 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10388
10389 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10390
10391 ;;;***
10392 \f
10393 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10394 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10395 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10396 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10397 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10398 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10399 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (19845 45374))
10400 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10401
10402 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10403 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10404 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10405
10406 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10407
10408 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10409 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10410 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10411 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10412
10413 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10414 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10415 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10416 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10417
10418 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10419
10420 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10421 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10422
10423 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10424 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10425 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10426 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10427
10428 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10429 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10430 in `load-path'.
10431
10432 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10433
10434 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10435 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10436
10437 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10438 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10439 places point before the definition.
10440 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10441
10442 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10443 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10444 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10445
10446 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10447
10448 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10449 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10450
10451 See `find-function' for more details.
10452
10453 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10454
10455 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10456 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10457
10458 See `find-function' for more details.
10459
10460 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10461
10462 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10463 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10464
10465 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10466 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10467 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10468
10469 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10470 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10471
10472 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10473
10474 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10475 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10476
10477 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10478 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10479 places point before the definition.
10480
10481 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10482
10483 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10484 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10485 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10486
10487 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10488
10489 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10490 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10491
10492 See `find-variable' for more details.
10493
10494 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10495
10496 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10497 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10498
10499 See `find-variable' for more details.
10500
10501 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10502
10503 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10504 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10505 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10506 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10507 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10508 buffer nor display it.
10509
10510 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10511 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10512
10513 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10514
10515 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10516 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10517
10518 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10519 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10520 places point before the definition.
10521
10522 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10523
10524 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10525 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10526 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10527
10528 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10529
10530 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10531 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10532 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10533
10534 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10535
10536 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10537 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10538
10539 \(fn)" t nil)
10540
10541 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10542 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10543
10544 \(fn)" t nil)
10545
10546 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10547 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10548
10549 \(fn)" nil nil)
10550
10551 ;;;***
10552 \f
10553 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10554 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19845 45374))
10555 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10556
10557 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10558 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10559
10560 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10561
10562 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10563 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10564
10565 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10566
10567 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10568 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10569
10570 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10571
10572 ;;;***
10573 \f
10574 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10575 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19845 45374))
10576 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10577
10578 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10579 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10580
10581 \(fn)" t nil)
10582
10583 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10584 Display FILE's commentary section.
10585 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10586
10587 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10588
10589 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10590 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10591
10592 \(fn)" t nil)
10593
10594 ;;;***
10595 \f
10596 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10597 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19845 45374))
10598 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10599
10600 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10601 Toggle flow control handling.
10602 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10603 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10604
10605 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10606
10607 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10608 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10609 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10610 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10611 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10612 to get the effect of a C-q.
10613
10614 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10615
10616 ;;;***
10617 \f
10618 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10619 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
10620 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10621
10622 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10623
10624
10625 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10626
10627 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10628
10629
10630 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10631
10632 ;;;***
10633 \f
10634 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10635 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19845 45374))
10636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10637
10638 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10639 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10640 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10641 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10642
10643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10644
10645 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10646 Turn flymake mode on.
10647
10648 \(fn)" nil nil)
10649
10650 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10651 Turn flymake mode off.
10652
10653 \(fn)" nil nil)
10654
10655 ;;;***
10656 \f
10657 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10658 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10659 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19865 50420))
10660 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10661
10662 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10663 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10664
10665 \(fn)" t nil)
10666 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10667
10668 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10669 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10670 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10671 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10672 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10673 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10674 otherwise turn it off.
10675
10676 Bindings:
10677 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10678 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10679 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10680 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10681
10682 Hooks:
10683 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10684
10685 Remark:
10686 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10687 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10688 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10689
10690 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10691 consider adding:
10692 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10693 in your .emacs file.
10694
10695 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10696 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10697
10698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10699
10700 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10701 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10702
10703 \(fn)" nil nil)
10704
10705 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10706 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10707
10708 \(fn)" nil nil)
10709
10710 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10711 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10712
10713 \(fn)" nil nil)
10714
10715 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10716 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10717
10718 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10719
10720 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10721 Flyspell whole buffer.
10722
10723 \(fn)" t nil)
10724
10725 ;;;***
10726 \f
10727 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10728 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10729 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
10730 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10731
10732 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
10733 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10734
10735 \(fn)" nil nil)
10736
10737 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
10738 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10739
10740 \(fn)" nil nil)
10741
10742 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
10743 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10744
10745 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10746 of two major techniques:
10747
10748 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10749 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10750 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10751
10752 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10753 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10754 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10755 movement commands.
10756
10757 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10758 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10759 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10760 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10761 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10762 mileage may vary).
10763
10764 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10765 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10766
10767 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10768
10769 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10770 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10771 \(This is the default.)
10772
10773 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10774
10775 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10776 \\{follow-mode-map}
10777
10778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10779
10780 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
10781 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10782
10783 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10784 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10785 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10786 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10787 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10788 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10789
10790 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10791 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10792 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10793
10794 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10795 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10796 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10797
10798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10799
10800 ;;;***
10801 \f
10802 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19845
10803 ;;;;;; 45374))
10804 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10805
10806 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
10807 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10808 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10809 started, play around with the following keys:
10810 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10811
10812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10813
10814 ;;;***
10815 \f
10816 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10817 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19845 45374))
10818 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10819
10820 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
10821 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10822
10823 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10824 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10825 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10826 C-c < forms-first-record <
10827 C-c > forms-last-record >
10828 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10829 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10830 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10831 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10832 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10833 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10834 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10835 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10836 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10837 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10838
10839 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10840
10841 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
10842 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10843
10844 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10845
10846 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
10847 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10848
10849 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10850
10851 ;;;***
10852 \f
10853 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10854 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
10855 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10856
10857 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
10858 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10859 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10860
10861 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10862 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10863
10864 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10865
10866 Key definitions:
10867 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10868
10869 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10870
10871 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10872 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10873 `fortran-do-indent'
10874 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10875 `fortran-if-indent'
10876 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10877 `fortran-structure-indent'
10878 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10879 (default 3)
10880 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10881 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10882 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10883 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10884 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10885 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10886 nil don't change the indentation
10887 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10888 value of either
10889 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10890 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10891 depending on the continuation format in use.
10892 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10893 indentation for a line of code.
10894 (default 'fixed)
10895 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10896 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10897 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10898 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10899 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10900 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10901 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10902 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10903 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10904 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10905 column 5.
10906 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10907 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10908 statements (default nil).
10909 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10910 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10911 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10912 `fortran-continuation-string'
10913 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10914 line (default \"$\").
10915 `fortran-comment-region'
10916 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10917 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10918 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10919 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10920 as typed (default t).
10921 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10922 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10923
10924 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10925 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10926
10927 \(fn)" t nil)
10928
10929 ;;;***
10930 \f
10931 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10932 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19845 45374))
10933 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10934
10935 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
10936 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10937
10938 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10939 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10940
10941 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10942
10943 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
10944 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10945
10946 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10947 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10948
10949 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10950
10951 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
10952 Compile fortune file.
10953
10954 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10955 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10956
10957 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10958
10959 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
10960 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10961
10962 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10963 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10964 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10965 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10966
10967 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10968
10969 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
10970 Display a fortune cookie.
10971 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10972 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10973 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10974 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10975
10976 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10977
10978 ;;;***
10979 \f
10980 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
10981 ;;;;;; (19849 29307))
10982 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
10983
10984 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
10985 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10986
10987 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" t)
10988
10989 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
10990 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10991 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10992 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10993
10994 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10995 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10996 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10997 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10998
10999 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11000 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11001 shown in some of the buffers.
11002
11003 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11004
11005 The following commands help control operation :
11006
11007 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11008 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11009
11010 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11011 detailed description of this mode.
11012
11013
11014 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11015 | GDB Toolbar |
11016 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11017 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11018 | | |
11019 | | |
11020 | | |
11021 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11022 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11023 | | (comint-mode) |
11024 | | |
11025 | | |
11026 | | |
11027 | | |
11028 | | |
11029 | | |
11030 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11031 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11032 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11033 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11034 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11035 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11036
11037 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11038
11039 ;;;***
11040 \f
11041 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11042 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19845
11043 ;;;;;; 45374))
11044 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11045
11046 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11047 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11048 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11049 instead (which see).")
11050
11051 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11052 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11053
11054 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11055 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11056 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11057 documentation string instead.
11058
11059 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11060 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11061 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11062 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11063 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11064 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11065 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11066 enders are actually possible.
11067
11068 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11069 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11070
11071 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11072 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11073 `font-lock-keywords'.
11074
11075 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11076 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11077 runs the macro expansion.
11078
11079 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11080 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11081 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11082
11083 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11084
11085 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11086
11087 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11088
11089 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11090 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11091
11092 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11093
11094 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11095 Enter generic mode MODE.
11096
11097 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11098 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11099 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11100
11101 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11102 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11103
11104 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11105
11106 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11107 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11108 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11109 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11110 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11111 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11112 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11113 `font-lock-keywords'.
11114
11115 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11116
11117 ;;;***
11118 \f
11119 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11120 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11121 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11122
11123 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11124 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11125 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11126 at places they belong to.
11127
11128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11129
11130 ;;;***
11131 \f
11132 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11133 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11134 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11135 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11136
11137 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11138 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11139 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11140
11141 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11142
11143 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11144 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11145
11146 Guideline for numbers:
11147 1 - error messages
11148 3 - non-serious error messages
11149 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11150 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11151 9 - messages inside loops.
11152
11153 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11154
11155 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11156 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11157 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11158
11159 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11160
11161 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11162 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11163
11164 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11165
11166 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11167 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11168
11169 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11170 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11171 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11172 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11173 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11174 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11175
11176 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11177 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11178 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11179 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11180 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11181
11182 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11183
11184 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11185
11186 ;;;***
11187 \f
11188 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11189 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19860 32495))
11190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11191 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11192 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11193
11194 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11195 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11196
11197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11198
11199 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11200 Read network news.
11201 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11202 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11203 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11204 name of an NNTP server to use.
11205 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11206 server.
11207
11208 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11209
11210 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11211 Read news as a slave.
11212
11213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11214
11215 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11216 Pop up a frame to read news.
11217 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11218 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11219 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11220 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11221 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11222 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11223 current display is used.
11224
11225 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11226
11227 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11228 Read network news.
11229 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11230 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11231 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11232
11233 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11234
11235 ;;;***
11236 \f
11237 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11238 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11239 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11240 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11241 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11242 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (19860 32495))
11243 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11244
11245 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11246 Start Gnus unplugged.
11247
11248 \(fn)" t nil)
11249
11250 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11251 Start Gnus plugged.
11252
11253 \(fn)" t nil)
11254
11255 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11256 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11257
11258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11259
11260 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11261 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11262
11263 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11264 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11265 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11266
11267 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11268 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11269 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11270
11271 \(fn)" t nil)
11272
11273 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11274 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11275
11276 \(fn)" nil nil)
11277
11278 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11279 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11280 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11281 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11282 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11283 supported.
11284
11285 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11286
11287 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11288 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11289 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11290 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11291 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11292 supported.
11293
11294 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11295
11296 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11297 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11298
11299 \(fn)" nil nil)
11300
11301 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11302 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11303 downloaded into the agent.
11304
11305 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11306
11307 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11308 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11309 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11310 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11311
11312 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11313
11314 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11315 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11316
11317 \(fn)" t nil)
11318
11319 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11320 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11321
11322 \(fn)" t nil)
11323
11324 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11325 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11326 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11327
11328 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11329
11330 ;;;***
11331 \f
11332 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11333 ;;;;;; (19849 29307))
11334 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11335
11336 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11337 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11338
11339 \(fn)" nil nil)
11340
11341 ;;;***
11342 \f
11343 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11344 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19845 45374))
11345 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11346
11347 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11348 Set a bookmark for this article.
11349
11350 \(fn)" t nil)
11351
11352 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11353 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11354
11355 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11356
11357 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11358 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11359 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11360 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11361 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11362
11363 \(fn)" t nil)
11364
11365 ;;;***
11366 \f
11367 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11368 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11369 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19845
11370 ;;;;;; 45374))
11371 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11372
11373 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11374 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11375
11376 Usage:
11377 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11378
11379 \(fn)" t nil)
11380
11381 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11382 Generate the cache active file.
11383
11384 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11385
11386 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11387 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11388
11389 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11390
11391 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11392 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11393 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11394 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11395 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11396 supported.
11397
11398 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11399
11400 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11401 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11402 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11403 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11404 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11405 supported.
11406
11407 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11408
11409 ;;;***
11410 \f
11411 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11412 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19845 45374))
11413 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11414
11415 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11416 Delay this article by some time.
11417 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11418
11419 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11420 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11421
11422 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11423 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11424
11425 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11426 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11427
11428 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11429
11430 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11431 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11432
11433 \(fn)" t nil)
11434
11435 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11436 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11437 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11438 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11439
11440 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11441 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11442
11443 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11444
11445 ;;;***
11446 \f
11447 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11448 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19845 45374))
11449 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11450
11451 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11452
11453
11454 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11455
11456 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11457
11458
11459 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11460
11461 ;;;***
11462 \f
11463 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11464 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11465 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11466
11467 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11468 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11469
11470 \(fn)" t nil)
11471
11472 ;;;***
11473 \f
11474 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11475 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11476 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11477
11478 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11479 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11480
11481 \(fn)" t nil)
11482
11483 ;;;***
11484 \f
11485 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11486 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11487 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (19845
11488 ;;;;;; 45374))
11489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11490
11491 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11492 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11493
11494 \(fn)" t nil)
11495
11496 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11497 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11498
11499 \(fn)" t nil)
11500
11501 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11502 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11503
11504 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11505 different input formats.
11506
11507 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11508
11509 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11510 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11511
11512 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11513 different input formats.
11514
11515 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11516
11517 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11518 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11519 The PNG is returned as a string.
11520
11521 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11522
11523 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11524 Convert FILE to a Face.
11525 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11526 726 bytes.
11527
11528 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11529
11530 ;;;***
11531 \f
11532 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11533 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (19845 45374))
11534 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11535
11536 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11537 Display gravatar in the From header.
11538 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11539
11540 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11541
11542 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11543 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11544 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11545
11546 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11547
11548 ;;;***
11549 \f
11550 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11551 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19845 45374))
11552 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11553
11554 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11555 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11556 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11557 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11558
11559 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11560
11561 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11562 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11563
11564 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11565
11566 ;;;***
11567 \f
11568 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
11569 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (19845 45374))
11570 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11571
11572 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
11573
11574
11575 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
11576
11577 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
11578
11579
11580 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
11581
11582 ;;;***
11583 \f
11584 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11585 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11586 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11587
11588 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11589
11590 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11591 Run batched scoring.
11592 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11593
11594 \(fn)" t nil)
11595
11596 ;;;***
11597 \f
11598 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11599 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11600 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11601 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11602
11603 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11604
11605
11606 \(fn)" nil nil)
11607
11608 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11609 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11610 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11611
11612 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11613
11614 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11615 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11616
11617 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11618
11619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11620
11621 ;;;***
11622 \f
11623 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11624 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11625 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11626 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11627
11628 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11629 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11630 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11631 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11632 group parameters.
11633
11634 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11635 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11636 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11637 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11638
11639 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11640 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11641 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11642 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11643 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11644 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11645 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11646 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11647 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11648 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11649
11650 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11651
11652 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
11653 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11654 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11655 nil CATCH-ALL).
11656
11657 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11658 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11659
11660 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11661
11662 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
11663 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11664 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11665
11666 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11667
11668 \(fn)" nil nil)
11669
11670 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
11671 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11672 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11673
11674 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11675
11676 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11677 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11678 existing groups are considered.
11679
11680 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11681 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11682 returned.
11683
11684 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11685 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11686 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11687 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11688 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11689 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11690 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11691 clauses will be generated.
11692
11693 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11694 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11695 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11696 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11697 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11698 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11699
11700 For example, given the following group parameters:
11701
11702 nnml:mail.bar:
11703 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11704 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11705 nnml:mail.foo:
11706 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11707 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11708 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11709 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11710 nnml:mail.others:
11711 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11712
11713 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11714
11715 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11716 \"mail.bar\")
11717 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11718 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11719 \"mail.others\")
11720
11721 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11722
11723 ;;;***
11724 \f
11725 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11726 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19845 45374))
11727 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11728
11729 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
11730 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11731 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11732 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11733
11734 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
11735
11736 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
11737 Mail to ADDRESS.
11738
11739 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11740
11741 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
11742 Like `message-reply'.
11743
11744 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11745
11746 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
11747
11748 ;;;***
11749 \f
11750 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11751 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11752 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11753 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11754
11755 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11756 Display picons in the From header.
11757 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11758
11759 \(fn)" t nil)
11760
11761 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11762 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11763 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11764
11765 \(fn)" t nil)
11766
11767 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11768 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11769 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11770
11771 \(fn)" t nil)
11772
11773 ;;;***
11774 \f
11775 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11776 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11777 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11778 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11779 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19845 45374))
11780 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11781
11782 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
11783 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11784 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11785 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11786
11787 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11788
11789 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
11790 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11791 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11792 LIST1 is modified.
11793
11794 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11795
11796 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
11797 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11798 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11799
11800 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11801
11802 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11803
11804
11805 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11806
11807 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11808 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11809 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11810
11811 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11812
11813 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11814 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11815 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11816
11817 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11818
11819 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
11820
11821 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
11822 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11823 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11824
11825 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11826
11827 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
11828 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11829 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11830
11831 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11832
11833 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
11834 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11835 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11836
11837 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11838
11839 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
11840 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11841
11842 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11843
11844 ;;;***
11845 \f
11846 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11847 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19867 52471))
11848 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11849
11850 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
11851 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11852
11853 \(fn)" t nil)
11854
11855 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
11856 Install the registry hooks.
11857
11858 \(fn)" t nil)
11859
11860 ;;;***
11861 \f
11862 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11863 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19845
11864 ;;;;;; 45374))
11865 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11866
11867 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
11868 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11869 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11870 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11871 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11872 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11873
11874 \(fn)" t nil)
11875
11876 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
11877 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11878 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11879 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11880 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11881
11882 \(fn)" t nil)
11883
11884 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
11885
11886
11887 \(fn)" t nil)
11888
11889 ;;;***
11890 \f
11891 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11892 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11893 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11894
11895 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
11896 Update the format specification near point.
11897
11898 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
11899
11900 ;;;***
11901 \f
11902 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
11903 ;;;;;; (19867 5739))
11904 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11905
11906 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
11907 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11908
11909 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11910
11911 ;;;***
11912 \f
11913 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
11914 ;;;;;; (19867 5739))
11915 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
11916
11917 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
11918 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
11919 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
11920
11921 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
11922
11923 ;;;***
11924 \f
11925 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
11926 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (19845 45374))
11927 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
11928
11929 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
11930 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
11931
11932 \(fn)" t nil)
11933
11934 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
11935 Install the sync hooks.
11936
11937 \(fn)" t nil)
11938
11939 ;;;***
11940 \f
11941 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11942 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11943 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11944
11945 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
11946 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11947
11948 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11949
11950 ;;;***
11951 \f
11952 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19845 45374))
11953 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11954
11955 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
11956 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11957
11958 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
11959 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11960 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11961
11962 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11963 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11964 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11965
11966 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11967 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11968
11969 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11970 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11971
11972 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11973
11974 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11975
11976 ;;;***
11977 \f
11978 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
11979 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19845
11980 ;;;;;; 45374))
11981 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11982
11983 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
11984
11985 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
11986 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11987 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11988 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11989 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11990
11991 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11992
11993 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
11994 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11995 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11996 or to send e-mail.
11997 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
11998 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
11999
12000 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12001 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12002
12003 \(fn)" t nil)
12004 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12005
12006 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12007 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12008
12009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12010
12011 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12012 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
12013
12014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12015
12016 ;;;***
12017 \f
12018 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12019 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (19845 45374))
12020 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12021
12022 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12023 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12024 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12025
12026 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12027
12028 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12029 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12030
12031 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12032
12033 ;;;***
12034 \f
12035 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12036 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12037 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19864 29553))
12038 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12039
12040 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12041 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12042
12043 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12044
12045 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12046 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12047 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12048 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12049 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12050
12051 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12052 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12053 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12054
12055 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12056
12057 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12058 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12059 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12060 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12061 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12062
12063 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12064
12065 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12066 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12067
12068 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12069
12070 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([1-9][0-9]*\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12071 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12072
12073 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12074 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12075 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12076
12077 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12078 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12079 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12080
12081 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12082 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12083 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12084 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12085
12086 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12087 How to invoke find and grep.
12088 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12089 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12090 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12091 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12092
12093 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12094
12095 (defvar grep-history nil)
12096
12097 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12098
12099 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12100 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12101 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12102
12103 \(fn)" nil nil)
12104
12105 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12106
12107
12108 \(fn)" nil nil)
12109
12110 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12111 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12112
12113 \(fn)" nil nil)
12114
12115 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12116 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12117 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12118 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12119 found matches.
12120
12121 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12122 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12123
12124 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12125 can easily repeat a grep command.
12126
12127 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12128 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12129 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12130 list is empty).
12131
12132 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12133
12134 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12135 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12136 Collect output in a buffer.
12137 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12138 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12139
12140 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12141 easily repeat a find command.
12142
12143 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12144
12145 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12146
12147 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12148 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12149 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12150 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12151 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12152
12153 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12154 before it is executed.
12155 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12156
12157 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12158 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12159 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12160
12161 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12162
12163 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12164
12165 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12166 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12167 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12168 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12169 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12170
12171 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12172 before it is executed.
12173 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12174
12175 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12176 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12177 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12178
12179 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12180
12181 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12182
12183 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12184 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12185 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12186 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12187
12188 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12189
12190 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12191
12192 ;;;***
12193 \f
12194 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19845 45374))
12195 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12196
12197 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12198 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12199 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12200 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12201 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12202
12203 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12204
12205 ;;;***
12206 \f
12207 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12208 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19845 45374))
12209 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12210
12211 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12212 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12213 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12214 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12215
12216 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12217
12218 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12219 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12220 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12221 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12222
12223 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12224
12225 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12226 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12227 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12228 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12229
12230 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12231
12232 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12233 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12234 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12235 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12236
12237 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12238 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12239
12240 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12241
12242 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12243 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12244 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12245 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12246
12247 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12248
12249 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12250 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12251 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12252 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12253
12254 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12255
12256 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12257 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12258 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12259 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12260 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12261
12262 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12263 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12264 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12265 original source file access method.
12266
12267 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12268 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12269
12270 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12271 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
12272
12273 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12274 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12275
12276 \(fn)" t nil)
12277
12278 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12279 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12280 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12281 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12282 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12283 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12284
12285 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12286
12287 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12288 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12289
12290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12291
12292 ;;;***
12293 \f
12294 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19845
12295 ;;;;;; 45374))
12296 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12297
12298 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12299 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12300 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12301 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12302
12303 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12304 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12305 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12306 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12307
12308 \(fn)" t nil)
12309
12310 ;;;***
12311 \f
12312 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12313 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12314 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12315
12316 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12317 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12318
12319 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12320
12321 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12322 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12323 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12324 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12325
12326 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12327
12328 \(fn)" t nil)
12329
12330 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12331 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12332 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12333 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12334 to be updated.
12335
12336 \(fn)" t nil)
12337
12338 ;;;***
12339 \f
12340 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12341 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12342 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19845 45374))
12343 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12344
12345 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12346 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12347
12348 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12349
12350 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12351 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12352 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12353
12354 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12355
12356 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12357 Verify a hashcash payment
12358
12359 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12360
12361 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12362 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12363 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12364 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12365 `mail-add-payment-async').
12366
12367 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12368
12369 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12370 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12371 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12372 Calculation is asynchronous.
12373
12374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12375
12376 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12377 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12378 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12379
12380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12381
12382 ;;;***
12383 \f
12384 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12385 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12386 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12387 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19845 45374))
12388 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12389
12390 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12391 Return the help-echo string at point.
12392 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12393 property, or nil, is returned.
12394 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12395 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12396 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12397
12398 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12399
12400 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12401 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12402 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12403 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12404 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12405
12406 \(fn)" nil nil)
12407
12408 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12409 Display local help in the echo area.
12410 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12411 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12412 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12413 printed instead.
12414
12415 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12416 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12417 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12418
12419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12420
12421 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12422 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12423 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12424
12425 \(fn)" t nil)
12426
12427 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12428 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12429 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12430
12431 \(fn)" t nil)
12432
12433 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12434 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12435 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12436 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12437 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12438 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12439 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12440 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12441 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12442 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12443 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12444
12445 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12446 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12447 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12448 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12449 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12450
12451 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12452 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12453 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12454 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12455 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12456 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12457 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12458 The default is `never'.")
12459
12460 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12461
12462 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12463 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12464 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12465 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12466 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12467 considered different regions.
12468
12469 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12470 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12471 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12472 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12473 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12474 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12475 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12476 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12477 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12478
12479 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12480
12481 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12482 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12483 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12484 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12485 different regions.
12486
12487 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12488 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12489 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12490 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12491 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12492 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12493 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12494 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12495
12496 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12497 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12498 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12499 rarely happens in practice.
12500
12501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12502
12503 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12504 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12505 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12506 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12507 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12508 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12509
12510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12511
12512 ;;;***
12513 \f
12514 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
12515 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
12516 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
12517 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (19867 5739))
12518 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12519
12520 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12521 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12522
12523 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12524
12525 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12526 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12527 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12528
12529 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12530
12531 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12532 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12533 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12534 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12535 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12536 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12537 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12538 search for a function definition.
12539
12540 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12541 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12542 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12543 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12544 suitable file is found, return nil.
12545
12546 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12547
12548 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12549
12550
12551 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12552
12553 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12554 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12555 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12556 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12557
12558 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12559
12560 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12561 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12562 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12563 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12564 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12565 it is displayed along with the global value.
12566
12567 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12568
12569 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12570 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12571 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12572 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12573
12574 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12575
12576 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12577 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12578 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12579 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12580 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12581
12582 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12583
12584 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
12585 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
12586
12587 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12588
12589 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
12590 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
12591
12592 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12593
12594 ;;;***
12595 \f
12596 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12597 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12598 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12599
12600 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12601 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12602 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12603 window listing and describing the options.
12604 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12605 gives the window that lists the options.")
12606
12607 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12608
12609 ;;;***
12610 \f
12611 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12612 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12613 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19849
12614 ;;;;;; 62189))
12615 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12616
12617 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12618 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12619 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12620 Commands:
12621 \\{help-mode-map}
12622
12623 \(fn)" t nil)
12624
12625 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12626
12627
12628 \(fn)" nil nil)
12629
12630 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12631
12632
12633 \(fn)" nil nil)
12634
12635 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12636 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12637
12638 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12639 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12640 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12641 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12642
12643 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12644 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12645 restore it properly when going back.
12646
12647 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12648
12649 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12650 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12651 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12652 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
12653 from `help-mode'.
12654 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
12655 it does not already exist.
12656
12657 \(fn)" nil nil)
12658
12659 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
12660 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12661
12662 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12663 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12664 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12665 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12666 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12667 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12668 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12669 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12670
12671 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12672 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12673 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12674 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12675
12676 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12677 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12678 that.
12679
12680 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12681
12682 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12683 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12684 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12685 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12686 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12687 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12688
12689 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12690
12691 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12692 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12693 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12694 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12695 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12696
12697 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12698
12699 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
12700 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12701
12702 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12703
12704 ;;;***
12705 \f
12706 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12707 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19845 45374))
12708 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12709
12710 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
12711 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12712
12713 \(fn)" t nil)
12714
12715 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
12716 Provide help for current mode.
12717
12718 \(fn)" t nil)
12719
12720 ;;;***
12721 \f
12722 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12723 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19865 50420))
12724 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12725
12726 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
12727 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12728 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12729 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12730 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12731
12732 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12733 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12734
12735 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12736 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12737 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12738 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12739
12740 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12741 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12742 periods.
12743
12744 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12745 in hexl format.
12746
12747 A sample format:
12748
12749 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12750 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12751 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12752 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12753 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12754 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12755 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12756 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12757 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12758 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12759 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12760 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12761 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12762 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12763 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12764
12765 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12766 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12767 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12768
12769 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12770 also supported.
12771
12772 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12773
12774 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12775 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12776 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12777
12778 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12779 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12780 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12781
12782 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12783 into the buffer at the current point.
12784
12785 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12786 into the buffer at the current point.
12787
12788 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12789 into the buffer at the current point.
12790
12791 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12792
12793 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12794 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12795
12796 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12797
12798 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12799
12800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12801
12802 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
12803 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12804 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12805 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12806
12807 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12808
12809 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
12810 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12811 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12812
12813 \(fn)" t nil)
12814
12815 ;;;***
12816 \f
12817 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12818 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12819 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12820 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12821 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12822
12823 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12824 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12825
12826 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12827 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12828 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12829 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12830 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12831 called interactively, are:
12832
12833 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12834 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12835
12836 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12837 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12838 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12839 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12840
12841 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12842 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12843
12844 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12845 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12846
12847 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12848 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12849 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12850 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12851 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12852 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12853 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12854 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12855 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12856 function returns t.
12857
12858 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12859 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12860
12861 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12862 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12863 form:
12864 Hi-lock: FOO
12865 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12866 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12867 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12868 Patterns will be read until
12869 Hi-lock: end
12870 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12871
12872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12873
12874 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
12875 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12876 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12877 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12878 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12879 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12880
12881 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
12882
12883 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12884 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12885 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if
12886 ARG is positive.
12887 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
12888 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12889 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12890
12891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12892
12893 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
12894
12895 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12896 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12897
12898 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12899 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12900 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12901 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12902 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12903
12904 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12905
12906 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
12907
12908 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12909 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12910
12911 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12912 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12913 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12914 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12915 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12916
12917 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12918
12919 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
12920
12921 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12922 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12923
12924 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12925 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12926
12927 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12928
12929 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
12930
12931 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12932 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12933
12934 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12935 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12936 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12937 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12938 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12939
12940 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12941
12942 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
12943 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12944
12945 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12946 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12947 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12948
12949 \(fn)" t nil)
12950
12951 ;;;***
12952 \f
12953 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12954 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12955 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12956
12957 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
12958 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12959 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12960 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12961 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12962 how the hiding is done:
12963
12964 `hide-ifdef-env'
12965 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12966 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12967 is used.
12968
12969 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12970 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12971 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12972 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12973 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12974
12975 `hide-ifdef-lines'
12976 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12977 #endif lines when hiding.
12978
12979 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12980 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12981 is activated.
12982
12983 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12984 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12985 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12986
12987 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12988
12989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12990
12991 ;;;***
12992 \f
12993 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12994 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12996
12997 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
12998 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12999 Each element has the form
13000 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13001
13002 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13003 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13004
13005 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13006 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13007
13008 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13009 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13010 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13011 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13012 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13013 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13014
13015 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13016 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13017
13018 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13019 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13020
13021 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13022 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13023 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13024
13025 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13026 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13027 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13028 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13029 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13030
13031 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13032 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13033 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13034
13035 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13036 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13037
13038 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13039
13040 Key bindings:
13041 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13042
13043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13044
13045 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13046 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13047
13048 \(fn)" nil nil)
13049
13050 ;;;***
13051 \f
13052 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13053 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13054 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13055 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13056 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19845
13057 ;;;;;; 45374))
13058 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13059
13060 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13061 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
13062
13063 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
13064
13065 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
13066 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
13067 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
13068 on and off.
13069
13070 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13071 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13072 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13073 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13074 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13075 through various faces.
13076 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13077 buffer with the contents of a file
13078 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13079
13080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13081
13082 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13083 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
13084
13085 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
13086 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
13087 in a distinctive face.
13088
13089 The default value can be customized with variable
13090 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
13091
13092 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13093
13094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13095
13096 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13097 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13098 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13099
13100 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13101
13102 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13103 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13104
13105 \(fn)" t nil)
13106
13107 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13108 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13109
13110 \(fn)" t nil)
13111
13112 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13113 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13114
13115 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13116 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13117 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13118 shown in the last face in the list.
13119
13120 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13121 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13122 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13123
13124 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13125
13126 \(fn)" t nil)
13127
13128 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13129 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13130
13131 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13132
13133 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13134 to save the file.
13135
13136 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13137 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13138
13139 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13140 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13141 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13142
13143 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13144
13145 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13146 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13147
13148 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13149 this function is called interactively.
13150
13151 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13152 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13153 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13154
13155 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13156 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13157 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13158
13159 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13160
13161 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13162 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13163 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13164 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13165 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13166 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13167
13168 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13169
13170 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13171 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13172 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if
13173 ARG is positive.
13174 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13175 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13176 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13177
13178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13179
13180 ;;;***
13181 \f
13182 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13183 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13184 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13185 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13186 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19845 45374))
13187 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13188
13189 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13190 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13191 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13192 or insert functions in this list.")
13193
13194 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13195
13196 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13197 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13198
13199 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13200
13201 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13202 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13203
13204 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13205
13206 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13207 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13208
13209 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13210
13211 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13212 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13213
13214 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13215
13216 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13217 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13218 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13219
13220 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13221
13222 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
13223 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13224 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13225 \(as atoms)")
13226
13227 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13228
13229 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13230 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13231 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13232 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13233 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13234
13235 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13236
13237 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13238 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13239 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13240 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13241 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13242 expansions.
13243 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13244 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13245 undoes the expansion.
13246
13247 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13248
13249 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13250 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13251 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13252 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13253
13254 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13255
13256 ;;;***
13257 \f
13258 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13259 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
13260 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13261
13262 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13263 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13264 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13265
13266 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13267 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13268 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13269 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13270 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13271
13272 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13273 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13274 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13275 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13276
13277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13278
13279 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13280 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13281 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13282 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13283 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13284 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13285
13286 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13287
13288 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13289 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13290 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13291
13292 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13293 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13294
13295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13296
13297 ;;;***
13298 \f
13299 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13300 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13301 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13302 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13303 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19845 45374))
13304 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13305
13306 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13307
13308 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13309 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13310 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13311
13312 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13313
13314 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13315
13316 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13317
13318 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13319 Oriental holidays.
13320 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13321
13322 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13323
13324 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13325
13326 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13327
13328 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13329 Local holidays.
13330 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13331
13332 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13333
13334 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13335
13336 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13337
13338 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13339 User defined holidays.
13340 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13341
13342 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13343
13344 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13345
13346 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13347 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13348
13349 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13350
13351 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13352 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13353
13354 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13355
13356 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13357 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13358
13359 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13360
13361 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13362 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13363
13364 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13365
13366 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13367
13368 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13369 Jewish holidays.
13370 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13371
13372 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13373
13374 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13375
13376 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13377
13378 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13379 Christian holidays.
13380 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13381
13382 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13383
13384 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13385
13386 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13387
13388 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13389 Islamic holidays.
13390 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13391
13392 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13393
13394 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13395
13396 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13397
13398 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13399 Baha'i holidays.
13400 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13401
13402 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13403
13404 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13405
13406 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13407
13408 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13409 Sun-related holidays.
13410 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13411
13412 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13413
13414 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13415
13416 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13417
13418 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13419 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13420 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13421 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13422
13423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13424
13425 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13426 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13427 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13428 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13429 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13430
13431 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13432 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13433
13434 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13435 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13436
13437 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13438 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13439 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13440 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13441 of a holiday list.
13442
13443 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13444
13445 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13446
13447 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13448
13449 ;;;***
13450 \f
13451 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19845
13452 ;;;;;; 45374))
13453 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13454
13455 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13456 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13457
13458 \(fn)" t nil)
13459
13460 ;;;***
13461 \f
13462 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13463 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (19845 45374))
13464 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13465
13466 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
13467 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13468 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13469 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13470 as possible.
13471
13472 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13473 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13474 fontified display.
13475
13476 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13477 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13478
13479 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13480 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13481 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13482
13483 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
13484
13485 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
13486 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13487 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13488
13489 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13490
13491 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
13492
13493 ;;;***
13494 \f
13495 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13496 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19845
13497 ;;;;;; 45374))
13498 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13499
13500 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13501 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13502
13503 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13504 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13505 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13506
13507 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13508 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13509 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13510 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13511 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13512 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13513
13514 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13515 title of the column.
13516
13517 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13518 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13519 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13520 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13521 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13522
13523 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13524
13525 (put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
13526
13527 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13528 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13529 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13530 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13531 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13532
13533 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13534 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13535 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13536
13537 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13538
13539 (put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13540
13541 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13542 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13543 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13544 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13545 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13546 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13547
13548 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13549 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13550 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13551 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13552 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13553 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13554 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13555 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13556 values are:
13557 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13558 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13559 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13560 buffer's modification flag.
13561 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13562 prompted before performing this operation.
13563 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13564 operation is complete, in the form:
13565 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13566 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13567 confirmation message, in the form:
13568 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13569 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13570 macro for exactly what it does.
13571
13572 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13573
13574 (put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13575
13576 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
13577 Define a filter named NAME.
13578 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13579 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13580 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13581
13582 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13583 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13584 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13585 bound to the current value of the filter.
13586
13587 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13588
13589 (put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13590
13591 ;;;***
13592 \f
13593 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13594 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19845 45374))
13595 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13596
13597 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
13598 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13599 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13600 buffers which are visiting a file.
13601
13602 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13603
13604 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
13605 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13606 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13607 buffers which are visiting a file.
13608
13609 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13610
13611 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
13612 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13613 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13614
13615 All arguments are optional.
13616 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13617 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13618 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13619 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13620 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13621 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13622 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13623 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13624 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13625 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13626 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13627 that value locally in this buffer.
13628
13629 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13630
13631 ;;;***
13632 \f
13633 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13634 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13635 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19845 45374))
13636 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13637
13638 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
13639 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13640 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13641 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13642
13643 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13644
13645 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
13646 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13647 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13648 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13649 ICAL-FILENAME.
13650 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13651 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13652 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13653
13654 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13655
13656 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
13657 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13658 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13659 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13660 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13661 non-marking or not.
13662
13663 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13664
13665 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
13666 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13667
13668 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13669 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13670 DIARY-FILE.
13671
13672 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13673 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13674 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13675
13676 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13677 non-marking.
13678
13679 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13680 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13681 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13682
13683 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13684
13685 ;;;***
13686 \f
13687 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (19845
13688 ;;;;;; 45374))
13689 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13690
13691 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13692 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13693 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13694 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13695 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13696 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13697
13698 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
13699
13700 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
13701 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13702 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13703 otherwise turn it off.
13704
13705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13706
13707 ;;;***
13708 \f
13709 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19845 45374))
13710 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13711
13712 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
13713 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13714 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13715 Tab indents for Icon code.
13716 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13717 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13718 \\{icon-mode-map}
13719 Variables controlling indentation style:
13720 icon-tab-always-indent
13721 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13722 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13723 icon-auto-newline
13724 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13725 inserted in Icon code.
13726 icon-indent-level
13727 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13728 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13729 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13730 icon-continued-statement-offset
13731 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13732 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13733 icon-continued-brace-offset
13734 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13735 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13736 icon-brace-offset
13737 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13738 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13739 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13740 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13741
13742 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13743 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13744
13745 \(fn)" t nil)
13746
13747 ;;;***
13748 \f
13749 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13750 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
13751 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13752
13753 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
13754 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13755 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13756 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13757
13758 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13759 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13760 separate frames.
13761
13762 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13763 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13764
13765 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13766 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13767 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13768
13769 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13770
13771 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13772
13773 ;;;***
13774 \f
13775 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13776 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
13777 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13778
13779 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
13780 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13781
13782 The main features of this mode are
13783
13784 1. Indentation and Formatting
13785 --------------------------
13786 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13787 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13788
13789 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13790 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13791 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13792 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13793
13794 Comments are indented as follows:
13795
13796 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13797 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13798 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13799
13800 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13801
13802 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13803 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13804 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13805 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13806 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13807 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13808
13809 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13810 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13811 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13812 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13813
13814 2. Routine Info
13815 ------------
13816 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13817 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13818 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13819 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13820 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13821 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13822 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13823 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13824 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13825 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13826
13827 3. Online IDL Help
13828 ---------------
13829
13830 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13831 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13832 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13833 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13834
13835 4. Completion
13836 ----------
13837 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13838 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13839 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13840 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13841 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13842 upper case.
13843
13844 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13845 --------------------------------
13846 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13847 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13848
13849 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13850 \\fu FUNCTION template
13851 \\c CASE statement template
13852 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13853 \\f FOR loop template
13854 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13855 \\w WHILE loop template
13856 \\i IF statement template
13857 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13858 \\b BEGIN
13859
13860 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13861 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13862
13863 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13864 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13865 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13866 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13867
13868 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13869 -------------------------
13870 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13871 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13872
13873 7. Automatic END completion
13874 ------------------------
13875 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13876 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13877
13878 8. Hooks
13879 -----
13880 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13881 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13882
13883 9. Documentation and Customization
13884 -------------------------------
13885 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13886 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13887 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13888 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13889 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13890
13891 10.Keybindings
13892 -----------
13893 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13894 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13895 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13896
13897 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13898
13899 \(fn)" t nil)
13900
13901 ;;;***
13902 \f
13903 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13904 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13905 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13906 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13907 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13908 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13909 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13910 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19857
13911 ;;;;;; 56304))
13912 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13913
13914 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13915 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13916 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13917 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13918 displaying...)
13919 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13920 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13921 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13922
13923 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13924 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13925
13926 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
13927
13928 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
13929 Toggle ido mode on or off.
13930 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13931 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13932 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13933 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13934 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13935 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13936 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13937
13938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13939
13940 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
13941 Switch to another buffer.
13942 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13943 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13944 in another frame.
13945
13946 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13947 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13948 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13949 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13950 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13951
13952 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13953 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13954
13955 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13956 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13957
13958 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13959 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13960 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13961 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13962 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13963 in a separate window.
13964 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13965 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13966 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13967 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13968 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13969 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13970 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13971 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13972 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13973
13974 \(fn)" t nil)
13975
13976 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
13977 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13978 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13979 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13980
13981 \(fn)" t nil)
13982
13983 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
13984 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13985 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13986 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13987
13988 \(fn)" t nil)
13989
13990 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
13991 Kill a buffer.
13992 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13993 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13994
13995 \(fn)" t nil)
13996
13997 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
13998 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13999 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14000 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14001
14002 \(fn)" t nil)
14003
14004 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14005 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14006 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14007 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14008
14009 \(fn)" t nil)
14010
14011 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14012 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14013
14014 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14015
14016 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14017 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14018 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14019 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14020 visible in another frame.
14021
14022 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14023 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14024 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14025 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14026 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14027 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14028
14029 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14030 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14031
14032 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14033 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14034
14035 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14036 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14037 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14038 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14039 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14040 in a separate window.
14041 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14042 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14043 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14044 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14045 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14046 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14047 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14048 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14049 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14050 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14051 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14052 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14053 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14054 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14055 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14056
14057 \(fn)" t nil)
14058
14059 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14060 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14061 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14062 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14063
14064 \(fn)" t nil)
14065
14066 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14067 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14068 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14069 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14070
14071 \(fn)" t nil)
14072
14073 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14074 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14075 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14076 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14077
14078 \(fn)" t nil)
14079
14080 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14081 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14082 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14083 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14084
14085 \(fn)" t nil)
14086
14087 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14088 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14089 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14090 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14091
14092 \(fn)" t nil)
14093
14094 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14095 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14096 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14097 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14098
14099 \(fn)" t nil)
14100
14101 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14102 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14103 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14104 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14105
14106 \(fn)" t nil)
14107
14108 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14109 Write current buffer to a file.
14110 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14111 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14112
14113 \(fn)" t nil)
14114
14115 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14116 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14117 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14118 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14119
14120 \(fn)" t nil)
14121
14122 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14123 Call `dired' the ido way.
14124 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14125 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14126
14127 \(fn)" t nil)
14128
14129 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14130 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14131 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14132 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14133 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14134 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14135
14136 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14137
14138 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14139 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14140 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14141 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14142
14143 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14144
14145 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14146 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14147 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14148 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14149
14150 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14151
14152 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14153 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14154 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14155 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14156 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14157 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14158 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14159 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14160 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14161 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14162 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14163 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14164 with point positioned at the end.
14165 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14166 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14167
14168 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14169
14170 ;;;***
14171 \f
14172 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19863 8742))
14173 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14174 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*ielm*"))
14175
14176 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14177 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14178 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14179
14180 \(fn)" t nil)
14181
14182 ;;;***
14183 \f
14184 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (19845 45374))
14185 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14186
14187 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14188
14189 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14190 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14191
14192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14193
14194 ;;;***
14195 \f
14196 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types create-animated-image
14197 ;;;;;; defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image
14198 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14199 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14200 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14201 ;;;;;; (19849 29307))
14202 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14203
14204 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14205 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14206 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14207 be determined.
14208
14209 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14210
14211 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14212 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14213 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14214 be determined.
14215
14216 \(fn)" nil nil)
14217
14218 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14219 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14220 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14221 be determined.
14222
14223 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14224
14225 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14226 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14227 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14228 be determined.
14229
14230 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14231
14232 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14233 Determine and return image type.
14234 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14235 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14236 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14237 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14238 use its file extension as image type.
14239 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14240
14241 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14242
14243 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14244 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14245 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14246
14247 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14248
14249 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14250 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14251 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14252
14253 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14254 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14255 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14256 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14257 must be available.
14258
14259 \(fn)" nil nil)
14260
14261 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14262 Create an image.
14263 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14264 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14265 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14266 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14267 use its file extension as image type.
14268 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14269 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14270 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14271 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14272
14273 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14274
14275 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14276 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14277 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14278
14279 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14280
14281 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14282 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14283 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14284 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14285 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14286 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14287 POS may be an integer or marker.
14288 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14289 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14290 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14291 means display it in the right marginal area.
14292
14293 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14294
14295 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14296 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14297 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14298 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14299 defaulted if you omit it.
14300 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14301 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14302 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14303 means display it in the right marginal area.
14304 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14305 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14306 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14307 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14308 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14309
14310 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14311
14312 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14313 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14314 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14315 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14316 defaulted if you omit it.
14317 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14318 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14319 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14320 means display it in the right marginal area.
14321 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14322
14323 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14324
14325 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14326 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14327 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14328 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14329
14330 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14331
14332 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14333 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14334
14335 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14336
14337 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14338 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14339 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14340 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14341 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14342 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14343 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14344 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14345 satisfied.
14346
14347 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14348
14349 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14350
14351 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14352
14353 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14354 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14355
14356 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14357 documentation string.
14358
14359 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14360 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14361 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14362 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14363 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14364 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14365 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14366 define SYMBOL.
14367
14368 Example:
14369
14370 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14371 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14372
14373 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14374
14375 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
14376
14377 (autoload 'create-animated-image "image" "\
14378 Create an animated image.
14379 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14380 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14381 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14382 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14383 use its file extension as image type.
14384 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14385 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14386 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14387 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14388
14389 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14390
14391 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14392
14393 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
14394 Register the file types that ImageMagick is able to handle.
14395
14396 \(fn)" nil nil)
14397
14398 ;;;***
14399 \f
14400 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14401 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14402 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14403 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14404 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14405 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14406 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
14407 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19845 45374))
14408 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14409
14410 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14411 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
14412 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
14413 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
14414 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
14415 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
14416
14417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14418
14419 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14420 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14421
14422 Convenience command that:
14423
14424 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14425 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14426 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14427
14428 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14429 image files in dired and type
14430 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14431
14432 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14433
14434 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14435 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14436
14437 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14438
14439 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14440 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14441 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14442 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14443 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14444 another one).
14445
14446 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14447 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14448 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14449
14450 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14451 instead of erasing it first.
14452
14453 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14454 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14455 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14456 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14457 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14458 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14459
14460 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14461
14462 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14463 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14464 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14465 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14466 displayed.
14467
14468 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14469
14470 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14471
14472 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14473
14474 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14475 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14476
14477 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14478
14479 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14480 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14481 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14482
14483 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14484
14485 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14486 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14487
14488 \(fn)" t nil)
14489
14490 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14491 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14492 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14493 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14494
14495 \(fn)" t nil)
14496
14497 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14498 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14499
14500 \(fn)" t nil)
14501
14502 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14503 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14504
14505 \(fn)" t nil)
14506
14507 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14508 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14509
14510 \(fn)" t nil)
14511
14512 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14513 Display current image file.
14514 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14515 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14516
14517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14518
14519 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14520 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14521
14522 \(fn)" t nil)
14523
14524 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14525 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14526 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14527 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14528 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14529 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14530 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14531
14532 \(fn)" t nil)
14533
14534 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14535 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14536 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14537 easy-to-use form.
14538
14539 \(fn)" t nil)
14540
14541 ;;;***
14542 \f
14543 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14544 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14545 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19845 45374))
14546 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14547
14548 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14549 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14550 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14551 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14552
14553 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14554 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14555 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14556 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14557
14558 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
14559
14560 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14561 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14562 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14563 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14564
14565 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14566 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14567 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14568 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14569
14570 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
14571
14572 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
14573 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14574
14575 \(fn)" nil nil)
14576
14577 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
14578 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14579 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14580 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14581
14582 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14583
14584 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14585 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14586 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14587 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14588 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14589 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14590
14591 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
14592
14593 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
14594 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14595 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14596 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14597
14598 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14599 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14600 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14601
14602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14603
14604 ;;;***
14605 \f
14606 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14607 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19845 45374))
14608 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14609
14610 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
14611 Major mode for image files.
14612 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14613 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14614
14615 \(fn)" t nil)
14616
14617 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
14618 Toggle Image minor mode.
14619 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14620 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14621 to display an image file as the actual image.
14622
14623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14624
14625 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
14626 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14627 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14628 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14629 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14630 to display an image file as the actual image.
14631
14632 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14633 to display an image file as text initially.
14634
14635 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14636 on these modes.
14637
14638 \(fn)" t nil)
14639
14640 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
14641
14642
14643 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14644
14645 ;;;***
14646 \f
14647 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14648 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19845 45374))
14649 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14650
14651 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14652 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14653
14654 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14655
14656 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14657 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14658 in the buffer.
14659
14660 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14661
14662 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14663 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14664 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14665
14666 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
14667
14668 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14669 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14670
14671 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14672 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14673 pattern's structure.
14674
14675 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14676 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14677 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14678 during matching.")
14679 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
14680
14681 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
14682
14683 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
14684 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14685
14686 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14687 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14688 called within a `save-excursion'.
14689
14690 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14691
14692 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
14693
14694 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
14695 Function for finding the next index position.
14696
14697 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14698 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14699 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14700 file.
14701
14702 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14703 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14704
14705 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
14706
14707 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14708 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14709
14710 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14711 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14712 It should return the name for that index item.")
14713
14714 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
14715
14716 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14717 Function to compare string with index item.
14718
14719 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14720 non-nil if they match.
14721
14722 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14723 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14724 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14725 arguments match\".")
14726
14727 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
14728
14729 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
14730 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14731 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14732
14733 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
14734 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
14735
14736 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
14737
14738 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
14739
14740 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
14741 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14742 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14743 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14744
14745 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14746
14747 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
14748 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14749
14750 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14751
14752 \(fn)" t nil)
14753
14754 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
14755 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14756 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14757 for more information.
14758
14759 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14760
14761 ;;;***
14762 \f
14763 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14764 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14765 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19845 45374))
14766 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14767
14768 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
14769 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14770
14771 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14772
14773 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
14774
14775
14776 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14777
14778 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
14779
14780
14781 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14782
14783 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
14784
14785
14786 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14787
14788 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
14789 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14790
14791 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14792
14793 ;;;***
14794 \f
14795 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14796 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14797 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19845 45374))
14798 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14799
14800 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
14801 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14802 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14803 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14804 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14805
14806 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
14807
14808 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
14809 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14810
14811 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
14812
14813 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
14814 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14815 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14816 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14817 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14818 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14819 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14820 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14821
14822 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
14823
14824 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
14825 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14826 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14827 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14828 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14829
14830 This variable is only used if the variable
14831 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14832
14833 More precise choices:
14834 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14835 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14836 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
14837
14838 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14839
14840 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
14841
14842 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
14843 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14844
14845 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
14846 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14847 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14848 to that buffer.
14849 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14850 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14851 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14852 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14853
14854 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
14855 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
14856
14857 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
14858
14859 ;;;***
14860 \f
14861 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
14862 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
14863 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
14864 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
14865 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (19867 52471))
14866 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14867
14868 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
14869 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14870
14871 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
14872 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
14873 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14874
14875 (autoload 'info "info" "\
14876 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14877 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14878 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14879 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14880 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14881 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14882 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14883 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14884 with the top-level Info directory.
14885
14886 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14887 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14888 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14889 appended to the Info buffer name.
14890
14891 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14892 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14893 in all the directories in that path.
14894
14895 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14896
14897 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
14898
14899 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
14900 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14901
14902 \(fn)" t nil)
14903
14904 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
14905 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14906 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14907 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14908
14909 \(fn)" nil nil)
14910
14911 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
14912 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14913 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14914 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14915
14916 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
14917
14918 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
14919 Go to the Info directory node.
14920
14921 \(fn)" t nil)
14922
14923 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
14924 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14925 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14926 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14927 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14928 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14929
14930 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14931
14932 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
14933 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14934 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14935
14936 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14937
14938 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
14939 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14940 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
14941 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
14942 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
14943
14944 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
14945
14946 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
14947 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14948 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14949 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14950 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14951
14952 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14953 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14954
14955 Selecting other nodes:
14956 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14957 Follow a node reference you click on.
14958 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14959 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14960 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14961 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14962 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14963 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14964 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14965 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14966 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14967 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14968 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14969 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14970 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14971 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14972 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14973 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14974 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14975 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14976 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14977 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14978
14979 Moving within a node:
14980 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14981 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14982 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14983 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14984 move up to the parent node.
14985 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14986 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14987 if there is none.
14988 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14989
14990 Advanced commands:
14991 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14992 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14993 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14994 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
14995 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
14996 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14997 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
14998 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14999 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15000 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15001 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15002 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15003 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15004 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15005 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15006 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15007
15008 \(fn)" t nil)
15009 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15010
15011 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15012 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15013 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15014 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15015 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15016 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15017
15018 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15019 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15020
15021 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15022 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15023 KEY is a string.
15024 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15025 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15026 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15027 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15028
15029 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15030
15031 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15032 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15033 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15034
15035 \(fn)" t nil)
15036
15037 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15038 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15039 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15040
15041 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15042
15043 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15044 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15045
15046 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15047
15048 ;;;***
15049 \f
15050 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15051 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15052 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15053 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15054
15055 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15056 Throw away all cached data.
15057 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15058 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15059 system.
15060
15061 \(fn)" t nil)
15062 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15063
15064 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15065 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15066 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15067 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15068 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15069 one found at point.
15070
15071 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15072
15073 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15074 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15075
15076 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15077 Display the documentation of a file.
15078 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15079 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15080 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15081 The default file name is the one found at point.
15082
15083 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15084
15085 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15086
15087 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15088 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15089
15090 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15091
15092 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15093 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15094
15095 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15096
15097 ;;;***
15098 \f
15099 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15100 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15101 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15102 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15103
15104 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15105 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15106 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15107 current info file is the default.
15108
15109 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15110 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15111 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15112 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15113 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15114
15115 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15116 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15117 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15118 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15119 mistake in the reference.
15120
15121 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15122 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15123 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15124
15125 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15126 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15127 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15128 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15129
15130 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15131
15132 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15133 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15134 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15135 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15136 checked.
15137
15138 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15139 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15140 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15141 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15142 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15143 should be harmless.
15144
15145 \(fn)" t nil)
15146
15147 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15148 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15149 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15150 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15151
15152 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15153 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15154 and can take a long time.
15155
15156 \(fn)" t nil)
15157
15158 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15159 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15160 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15161
15162 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15163
15164 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15165 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15166
15167 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15168 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15169 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15170 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15171 all builtins).
15172
15173 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15174 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15175 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15176 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15177 the sources handy.
15178
15179 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15180
15181 ;;;***
15182 \f
15183 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15184 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19845 45374))
15185 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15186
15187 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15188 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15189
15190 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15191
15192 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15193 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15194
15195 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15196
15197 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15198 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15199 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15200 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15201
15202 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15203 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15204 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15205
15206 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15207 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15208 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15209 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15210
15211 \(fn)" t nil)
15212
15213 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15214 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15215 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15216
15217 \(fn)" t nil)
15218
15219 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15220 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15221 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15222 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15223 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15224
15225 \(fn)" nil nil)
15226
15227 ;;;***
15228 \f
15229 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15230 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15231 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15232 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15233
15234 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15235 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15236
15237 \(fn)" t nil)
15238
15239 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15240 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15241
15242 \(fn)" t nil)
15243
15244 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15245
15246
15247 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15248
15249 ;;;***
15250 \f
15251 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19845
15252 ;;;;;; 45374))
15253 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15254
15255 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15256 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15257 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15258 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15259 accessed via isearchb.
15260
15261 \(fn)" t nil)
15262
15263 ;;;***
15264 \f
15265 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15266 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15267 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15268 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19845 45374))
15269 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15270
15271 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15272 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15273 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15274 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15275 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15276
15277 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15278
15279 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15280 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15281 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15282 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15283 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15284
15285 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15286
15287 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15288 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15289 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15290 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15291 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15292
15293 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15294
15295 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15296 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15297 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15298 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15299 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15300
15301 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15302
15303 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15304 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15305 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15306 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15307 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15308
15309 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15310
15311 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15312 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15313 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15314 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15315 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15316
15317 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15318
15319 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15320 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15321 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15322 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15323 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15324
15325 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15326
15327 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15328 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15329 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15330 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15331
15332 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15333
15334 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15335 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15336 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15337 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15338
15339 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15340
15341 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15342 Warn that format is read-only.
15343
15344 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15345
15346 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15347 Warn that format is write-only.
15348
15349 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15350
15351 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15352 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15353
15354 \(fn)" t nil)
15355
15356 ;;;***
15357 \f
15358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15359 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15360 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15361 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15362 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15363 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15364
15365 ;;;***
15366 \f
15367 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15368 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15369 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15370 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15371 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19845 45374))
15372 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15373
15374 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15375
15376 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15377 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15378 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15379 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15380 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15381
15382 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15383
15384 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15385
15386 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15387 Key map for ispell menu.")
15388
15389 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15390 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15391 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15392 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15393
15394 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15395
15396 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15397
15398 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15399
15400 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15401
15402 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15403 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15404 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15405 Valid forms include:
15406 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15407 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15408 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15409 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15410
15411 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15412 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15413 First list is used raw.
15414 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15415
15416 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15417 for skipping in latex mode.")
15418
15419 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15420 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15421 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15422 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15423 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15424 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15425 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15426
15427 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15428 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15429 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15430 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15431
15432 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15433 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15434 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15435 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15436 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15437
15438 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15439 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15440
15441 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15442 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15443
15444 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15445 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15446
15447 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15448 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15449
15450 Return values:
15451 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15452 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15453 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15454 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15455 quit spell session exited.
15456
15457 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15458
15459 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15460 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15461 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15462
15463 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15464
15465 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15466 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15467
15468 Selections are:
15469
15470 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15471 SPC: Accept word this time.
15472 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15473 `a': Accept word for this session.
15474 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15475 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15476 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15477 `?': Show these commands.
15478 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15479 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15480 the aborted check to be completed later.
15481 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15482 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15483 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15484 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15485 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15486 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15487 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15488
15489 \(fn)" nil nil)
15490
15491 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15492 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15493 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15494
15495 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15496
15497 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15498 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15499 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15500 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15501
15502 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15503
15504 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15505
15506 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15507 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15508 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15509 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15510
15511 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15512
15513 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15514 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15515
15516 \(fn)" t nil)
15517
15518 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15519 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15520
15521 \(fn)" t nil)
15522
15523 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
15524 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15525
15526 \(fn)" t nil)
15527
15528 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
15529 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15530 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15531 sequence inside of a word.
15532
15533 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15534
15535 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15536
15537 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
15538 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15539
15540 \(fn)" t nil)
15541
15542 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
15543 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15544 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15545 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15546
15547 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15548 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15549 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15550 available on the net.
15551
15552 \(fn)" t nil)
15553
15554 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
15555 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15556 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15557 otherwise turn it off.
15558
15559 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15560 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15561
15562 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15563 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15564
15565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15566
15567 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
15568 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15569 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15570 Don't check included messages.
15571
15572 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15573 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15574 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15575
15576 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15577 in your .emacs file:
15578 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15579 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15580 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15581 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15582
15583 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15584 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15585 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15586
15587 \(fn)" t nil)
15588
15589 ;;;***
15590 \f
15591 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19845
15592 ;;;;;; 45374))
15593 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15594
15595 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15596 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15597 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15598 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15599 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15600 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15601
15602 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
15603
15604 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
15605 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15606 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15607 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15608 `iswitchb' for details.
15609
15610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15611
15612 ;;;***
15613 \f
15614 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15615 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15616 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15617 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19845 45374))
15618 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15619
15620 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
15621
15622
15623 \(fn)" nil nil)
15624
15625 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
15626 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15627 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15628 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15629 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15630 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15631 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15632 necessary to represent OBJ.
15633
15634 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15635
15636 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
15637 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15638 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15639 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15640
15641 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15642
15643 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
15644 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15645 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15646 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15647 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15648
15649 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15650
15651 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
15652 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15653 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15654 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15655
15656 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15657
15658 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
15659 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15660 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15661 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15662
15663 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15664
15665 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
15666 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15667
15668 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15669
15670 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
15671 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15672 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15673 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15674 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15675
15676 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15677
15678 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
15679 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15680 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15681 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15682 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15683
15684 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15685
15686 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
15687 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15688 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15689
15690 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15691
15692 ;;;***
15693 \f
15694 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15695 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (19845 45374))
15696 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15697
15698 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15699 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15700 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15701 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15702
15703 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
15704
15705
15706 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15707
15708 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
15709 Uninstall jka-compr.
15710 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15711 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15712 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15713
15714 \(fn)" nil nil)
15715
15716 ;;;***
15717 \f
15718 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19845 45374))
15719 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15720
15721 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
15722 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15723
15724 \(fn)" t nil)
15725
15726 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
15727
15728 ;;;***
15729 \f
15730 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15731 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15732 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15734
15735 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15736 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15737 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15738 decimal key must be specified.")
15739
15740 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
15741
15742 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15743 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15744 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15745 decimal key must be specified.")
15746
15747 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
15748
15749 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15750 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15751 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15752 decimal key must be specified.")
15753
15754 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15755
15756 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15757 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15758 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15759 decimal key must be specified.")
15760
15761 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15762
15763 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
15764 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15765 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15766 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15767 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15768 keys are bound.
15769
15770 Setup Binding
15771 -------------------------------------------------------------
15772 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15773 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15774 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15775 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15776 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15777 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15778 in the global and local keymaps.
15779
15780 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15781 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15782
15783 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15784
15785 ;;;***
15786 \f
15787 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15788 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15789 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15790
15791 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
15792 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15793 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15794
15795 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15796 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15797 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15798 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15799 shorter.
15800
15801 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15802 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15803 the context of text formatting.
15804
15805 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15806
15807 ;;;***
15808 \f
15809 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19845
15810 ;;;;;; 45374))
15811 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15812
15813 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15814 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15815 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15816 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15817 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15818 positions that contains the current selection.")
15819
15820 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
15821 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15822 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15823 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15824 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15825 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15826 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15827
15828 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15829
15830 ;;;***
15831 \f
15832 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15833 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15834 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15835 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19845 45374))
15836 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15837 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15838 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15839 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15840 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15841 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15842 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15843 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15844
15845 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15846 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15847
15848 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15849
15850 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15851 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15852 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15853 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15854 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15855
15856 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15857
15858 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15859 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15860 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15861
15862 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15863 defining the macro.
15864
15865 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15866 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15867 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15868
15869 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15870 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15871
15872 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15873
15874 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15875 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15876 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15877 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15878 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15879 under that name.
15880
15881 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15882 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15883 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15884
15885 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15886
15887 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15888 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15889 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15890
15891 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15892 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15893 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15894 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15895
15896 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15897 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15898
15899 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15900
15901 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15902 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15903 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15904
15905 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15906 macro.
15907
15908 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15909 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15910
15911 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15912 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15913 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15914
15915 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15916 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15917
15918 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15919
15920 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15921 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15922 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15923 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15924
15925 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15926
15927 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15928 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15929 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15930 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15931
15932 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15933 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15934
15935 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15936
15937 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15938 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15939 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15940
15941 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15942
15943 ;;;***
15944 \f
15945 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15946 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19845 45374))
15947 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15948
15949 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
15950 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15951 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15952
15953 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15954
15955
15956 \(fn)" nil nil)
15957
15958 ;;;***
15959 \f
15960 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15961 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15962 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15963
15964 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
15965
15966 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
15967 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15968
15969 \(fn)" t nil)
15970
15971 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
15972 Start or resume an Landmark game.
15973 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15974 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15975
15976 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15977 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15978 none / 1 | yes | no
15979 2 | yes | yes
15980 3 | no | yes
15981 4 | no | no
15982
15983 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
15984 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15985 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15986
15987 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
15988
15989 ;;;***
15990 \f
15991 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
15992 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
15993 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19845 45374))
15994 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15995
15996 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
15997
15998
15999 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16000
16001 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16002 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16003 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16004 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16005 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16006 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16007
16008 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16009 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16010
16011 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16012
16013 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16014 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16015
16016 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16017
16018 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16019
16020
16021 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16022
16023 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16024
16025
16026 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16027
16028 ;;;***
16029 \f
16030 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16031 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16032 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19845 45374))
16033 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16034
16035 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16036 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16037 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16038 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16039
16040 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16041
16042 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16043 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16044 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16045
16046 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16047
16048 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16049 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16050 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16051
16052 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16053
16054 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16055 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16056 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16057 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16058
16059 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16060
16061 ;;;***
16062 \f
16063 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16064 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19845 45374))
16065 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16066
16067 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16068 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16069 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16070 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16071 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16072 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16073 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16074 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16075
16076 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16077 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16078
16079 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16080 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16081
16082 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16083
16084 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16085 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16086 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16087 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16088 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16089 `latin1-display-setup'.
16090
16091 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16092
16093 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16094 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16095 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16096 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16097
16098 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16099 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16100
16101 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16102
16103 ;;;***
16104 \f
16105 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16106 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16108
16109 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16110 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16111
16112 \(fn)" t nil)
16113
16114 ;;;***
16115 \f
16116 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16117 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16118 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16119
16120 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16121 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16122
16123 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16124 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16125
16126 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16127 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16128
16129 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16130 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16131 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16132 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16133 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16134 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16135 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16136 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16137 and transmit saved text.
16138
16139 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16140 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16141 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16142
16143 \(fn)" t nil)
16144
16145 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16146
16147
16148 \(fn)" nil nil)
16149
16150 ;;;***
16151 \f
16152 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19845 45374))
16153 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16154
16155 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16156 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16157 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16158 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16159 generations (this defaults to 1).
16160
16161 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16162
16163 ;;;***
16164 \f
16165 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16166 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19865 50420))
16167 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16168
16169 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16170 Format used to display line numbers.
16171 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16172 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16173 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16174 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16175
16176 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16177
16178 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16179 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
16180
16181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16182
16183 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16184 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16185 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16186 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16187 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16188 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16189
16190 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16191
16192 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16193 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
16194 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if
16195 ARG is positive.
16196 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16197 `linum-on' would do it.
16198 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16199
16200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16201
16202 ;;;***
16203 \f
16204 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19845
16205 ;;;;;; 45374))
16206 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16207
16208 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16209 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16210 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16211 is nil, raise an error.
16212
16213 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16214 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16215 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16216 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16217 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16218 defined by the library.
16219
16220 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16221 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16222 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16223 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16224 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16225 proceeds.
16226
16227 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16228 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16229 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16230 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16231
16232 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16233
16234 ;;;***
16235 \f
16236 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16237 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19845 45374))
16238 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16239
16240 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16241 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16242 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16243
16244 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16245
16246 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16247 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16248 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16249 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16250
16251 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16252 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16253 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16254 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16255 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16256 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16257 the version.)
16258
16259 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16260 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16261
16262 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16263 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16264
16265 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16266 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16267
16268 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16269
16270 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16271 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16272 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16273 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16274 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16275 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16276 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16277 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16278 to constrain a big search.
16279
16280 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16281
16282 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16283 except that FILTER is not optional.
16284
16285 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16286
16287 ;;;***
16288 \f
16289 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (19863 8742))
16290 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16291
16292 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16293 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16294 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16295 if MODE is nil.
16296 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16297 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16298 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16299 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16300 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16301
16302 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16303 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16304 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16305 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16306 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16307
16308 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16309 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16310 uses the current buffer.
16311
16312 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16313
16314 ;;;***
16315 \f
16316 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (19863
16317 ;;;;;; 8742))
16318 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16319
16320 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16321 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16322
16323 \(fn)" t nil)
16324
16325 ;;;***
16326 \f
16327 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (19845
16328 ;;;;;; 45374))
16329 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16330
16331 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16332 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16333 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16334 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16335 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16336
16337 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16338 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16339 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16340
16341 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16342 are indicated with a symbol.
16343
16344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16345
16346 ;;;***
16347 \f
16348 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16349 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19845
16350 ;;;;;; 45374))
16351 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16352
16353 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
16354
16355 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16356
16357 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16358 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16359 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16360
16361 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16362 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16363
16364 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16365 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16366 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16367 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16368 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16369 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16370 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16371
16372 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16373
16374 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16375 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16376 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16377 switch on this list.
16378 See `lpr-command'.")
16379
16380 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16381
16382 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16383 Name of program for printing a file.
16384
16385 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16386 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16387 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16388 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16389 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16390 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16391 argument.")
16392
16393 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16394
16395 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16396 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16397 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16398 for customization of the printer command.
16399
16400 \(fn)" t nil)
16401
16402 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16403 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16404
16405 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16406 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16407 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16408 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16409
16410 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16411 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16412
16413 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16414 for further customization of the printer command.
16415
16416 \(fn)" t nil)
16417
16418 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16419 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16420 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16421 for customization of the printer command.
16422
16423 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16424
16425 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16426 Paginate and print the region contents.
16427
16428 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16429 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16430 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16431 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16432
16433 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16434 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16435
16436 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16437 for further customization of the printer command.
16438
16439 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16440
16441 ;;;***
16442 \f
16443 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16444 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16445 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16446
16447 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16448 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16449 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16450
16451 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16452
16453 ;;;***
16454 \f
16455 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19845
16456 ;;;;;; 45374))
16457 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16458
16459 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16460 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16461 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16462 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16463
16464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16465
16466 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16467
16468 ;;;***
16469 \f
16470 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19845
16471 ;;;;;; 45374))
16472 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16473
16474 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16475 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16476
16477 \(fn)" t nil)
16478
16479 ;;;***
16480 \f
16481 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16482 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
16483 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16484
16485 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16486 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16487 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16488 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16489 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16490
16491 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16492
16493 ;;;***
16494 \f
16495 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16496 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19845 45374))
16497 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16498
16499 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16500 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16501 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16502 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16503 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16504
16505 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16506
16507 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16508 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16509 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16510 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16511
16512 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16513 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16514 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16515 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16516 bindings.
16517
16518 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16519 use this command, and then save the file.
16520
16521 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16522
16523 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16524 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16525 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16526 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16527 each time the macro executes.
16528 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16529 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16530 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16531 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16532 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16533 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16534 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16535
16536 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16537
16538 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16539 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16540 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16541 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16542
16543 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16544 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16545 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16546 execute.
16547
16548 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16549 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16550
16551 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16552 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16553 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16554 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16555 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16556
16557 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16558 looked like this:
16559
16560 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16561 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16562 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16563
16564 You could enter the names in this format:
16565
16566 foo
16567 bar
16568 baz
16569
16570 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16571
16572 \\C-x (
16573 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16574 \\C-x )
16575
16576 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16577 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16578
16579 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16580 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16581
16582 ;;;***
16583 \f
16584 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16585 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19845 45374))
16586 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16587
16588 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16589 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16590 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16591 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16592 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16593 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16594
16595 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16596 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16597 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16598 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16599 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16600
16601 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16602 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16603 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16604 consing a string.)
16605
16606 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16607
16608 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16609 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16610
16611 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16612
16613 ;;;***
16614 \f
16615 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16616 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16617 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16618 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16619
16620 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16621 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16622
16623 \(fn)" nil nil)
16624
16625 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16626
16627
16628 \(fn)" nil nil)
16629
16630 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16631 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16632
16633 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16634
16635 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16636 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16637 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16638 message.
16639
16640 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16641
16642 \(fn)" nil nil)
16643
16644 ;;;***
16645 \f
16646 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16647 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16648 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
16649 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (19845 45374))
16650 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16651
16652 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16653 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16654 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16655 often correct parser.")
16656
16657 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16658
16659 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
16660 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
16661 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
16662 a value which excludes your own email address.
16663
16664 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
16665 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
16666
16667 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
16668
16669 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16670 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16671
16672 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16673
16674 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16675 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16676 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16677 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16678
16679 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16680
16681 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16682 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16683 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16684 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16685
16686 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16687
16688 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16689 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16690 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16691 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16692
16693 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16694
16695 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16696 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16697 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16698 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16699 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
16700 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
16701 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
16702 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16703 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16704 as Rmail does.
16705
16706 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16707
16708 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16709 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16710 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16711 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16712 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16713 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16714 matches may be returned from the message body.
16715
16716 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16717
16718 ;;;***
16719 \f
16720 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16721 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19845
16722 ;;;;;; 45374))
16723 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16724
16725 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16726 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16727 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16728 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16729 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16730 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16731
16732 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16733
16734 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16735 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16736
16737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16738
16739 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16740 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16741
16742 \(fn)" nil nil)
16743
16744 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16745 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16746 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16747
16748 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16749
16750 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16751 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16752 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16753
16754 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16755 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16756 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16757 double-quotes.
16758
16759 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16760
16761 ;;;***
16762 \f
16763 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16764 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19845
16765 ;;;;;; 45374))
16766 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16767
16768 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16769 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16770 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16771 king@grassland.com
16772 If `parens', they look like:
16773 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16774 If `angles', they look like:
16775 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16776
16777 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16778
16779 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16780 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16781 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16782 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16783 their `Resent-' variants.
16784
16785 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16786 removed from alias expansions.
16787
16788 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16789
16790 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16791 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16792 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16793
16794 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16795 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16796 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16797 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16798
16799 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16800
16801 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16802 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16803 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16804 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16805
16806 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16807
16808 ;;;***
16809 \f
16810 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16811 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16812 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16813
16814 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16815 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16816 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16817 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16818
16819 \(fn)" nil nil)
16820
16821 ;;;***
16822 \f
16823 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16824 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16825 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19845 45374))
16826 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16827
16828 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16829 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16830
16831 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16832 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16833 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16834 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16835 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16836 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16837
16838 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16839 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16840 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16841 dependency, despite the colon.
16842
16843 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16844
16845 In the browser, use the following keys:
16846
16847 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16848
16849 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16850
16851 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16852 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16853
16854 `makefile-target-colon':
16855 The string that gets appended to all target names
16856 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16857 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16858
16859 `makefile-macro-assign':
16860 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16861 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16862 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16863 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16864 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16865 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16866
16867 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16868 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16869 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16870
16871 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16872 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16873
16874 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16875 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16876 up or down in the browser.
16877
16878 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16879 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16880
16881 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16882 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16883
16884 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16885 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16886 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16887 has been selected in the browser.
16888
16889 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16890 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16891 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16892 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16893 filenames are omitted.
16894
16895 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16896 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16897 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16898 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16899 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16900 the backslash itself intact.
16901 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16902 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16903
16904 `makefile-browser-hook':
16905 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16906 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16907
16908 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16909 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16910 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16911 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16912
16913 \(fn)" t nil)
16914
16915 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16916 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16917
16918 \(fn)" t nil)
16919
16920 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16921 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16922
16923 \(fn)" t nil)
16924
16925 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16926 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16927
16928 \(fn)" t nil)
16929
16930 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16931 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16932
16933 \(fn)" t nil)
16934
16935 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16936 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16937
16938 \(fn)" t nil)
16939
16940 ;;;***
16941 \f
16942 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19845
16943 ;;;;;; 45374))
16944 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16945
16946 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16947 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16948 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16949
16950 \(fn)" t nil)
16951
16952 ;;;***
16953 \f
16954 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
16955 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16956 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16957
16958 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16959
16960 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16961 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16962 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
16963 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
16964 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
16965 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
16966 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
16967 page, it will display immediately.
16968
16969 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
16970 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
16971 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
16972
16973 cat(1)
16974 1 cat
16975
16976 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
16977 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
16978 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
16979 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
16980
16981 -a chmod
16982
16983 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
16984 otherwise look like a page name.
16985
16986 /my/file/name.1.gz
16987 -l somefile.1
16988
16989 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
16990 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
16991 \"egrep\" style regexp.
16992
16993 -k pattern
16994
16995 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16996
16997 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
16998 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16999
17000 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17001
17002 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17003 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17004
17005 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17006
17007 ;;;***
17008 \f
17009 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19845 45374))
17010 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17011
17012 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17013 Toggle Master mode.
17014 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17015 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17016 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17017
17018 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17019 following commands:
17020
17021 \\{master-mode-map}
17022
17023 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17024 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17025 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17026
17027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17028
17029 ;;;***
17030 \f
17031 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17032 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17033 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17034
17035 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17036 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17037 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17038 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17039 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17040 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17041
17042 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17043
17044 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17045 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17046 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17047 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17048 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17049
17050 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17051 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17052
17053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17054
17055 ;;;***
17056 \f
17057 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17058 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17059 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17060 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17061 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17062 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17063 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19860 32495))
17064 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17065
17066 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17067
17068 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17069 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17070 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17071 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17072 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17073 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17074 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17075 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17076 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17077 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17078 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17079 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17080 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17081 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17082 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17083 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17084 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17085 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17086 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17087 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17088 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17089 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17090 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17091 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17092 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17093 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17094 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17095 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17096 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17097 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17098 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17099 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17100 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17101 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17102 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17103 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17104 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17105 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17106
17107 \(fn)" t nil)
17108
17109 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17110 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17111 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17112 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17113 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17114
17115 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17116
17117 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17118 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17119
17120 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17121
17122 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17123 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17124
17125 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17126
17127 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17128 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17129
17130 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17131
17132 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17133 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17134 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17135
17136 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17137
17138 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17139 Cancel an article you posted.
17140 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17141
17142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17143
17144 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17145 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17146 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17147 header line with the old Message-ID.
17148
17149 \(fn)" t nil)
17150
17151 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17152 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17153
17154 \(fn)" t nil)
17155
17156 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17157 Forward the current message via mail.
17158 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17159 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17160
17161 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17162
17163 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17164
17165
17166 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17167
17168 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17169
17170
17171 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17172
17173 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17174 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17175
17176 \(fn)" t nil)
17177
17178 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17179 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17180
17181 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17182
17183 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17184 Re-mail the current message.
17185 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17186 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17187 you.
17188
17189 \(fn)" t nil)
17190
17191 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17192 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17193
17194 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17195
17196 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17197 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17198
17199 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17200
17201 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17202 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17203
17204 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17205
17206 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17207 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17208
17209 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17210
17211 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17212 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17213 Works by overstriking characters.
17214 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17215 which specify the range to operate on.
17216
17217 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17218
17219 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17220 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17221 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17222 which specify the range to operate on.
17223
17224 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17225
17226 ;;;***
17227 \f
17228 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17229 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17230 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17231
17232 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17233 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17234
17235 \(fn)" t nil)
17236
17237 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17238 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17239
17240 \(fn)" t nil)
17241
17242 ;;;***
17243 \f
17244 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17245 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17246 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17247 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17248
17249 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17250 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17251 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17252
17253 \(fn)" t nil)
17254
17255 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17256 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17257 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17258 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17259 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17260 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17261 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17262
17263 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17264
17265 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17266 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17267 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17268 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17269 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17270 means current).
17271 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17272 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17273
17274 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17275
17276 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17277 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17278 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17279 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17280 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17281 means current).
17282 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17283 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17284
17285 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17286
17287 ;;;***
17288 \f
17289 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17290 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17291 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19845 45374))
17292 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17293
17294 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17295 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17296 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17297
17298 \(fn)" t nil)
17299
17300 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17301 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17302 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17303
17304 \(fn)" t nil)
17305
17306 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17307 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17308
17309 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17310 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17311 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17312
17313 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17314 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17315
17316 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17317 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17318
17319 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17320
17321 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17322
17323 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17324 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17325 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17326 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17327 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17328 as `compose-mail'.
17329
17330 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17331 initial Subject field, respectively.
17332
17333 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17334 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17335 are strings.
17336
17337 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17338 RETURN-ACTION are ignored.
17339
17340 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17341
17342 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17343 Save draft and send message.
17344
17345 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17346 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17347 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17348 Mail Delivery*\".
17349
17350 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17351 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17352 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17353
17354 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17355 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17356 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17357 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17358 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17359 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17360
17361 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17362 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17363
17364 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17365 message and scan line.
17366
17367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17368
17369 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17370 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17371
17372 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17373 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17374 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17375 delete the draft message.
17376
17377 \(fn)" t nil)
17378
17379 ;;;***
17380 \f
17381 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (19845 45374))
17382 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17383
17384 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17385
17386 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17387
17388 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17389
17390 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17391 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17392
17393 \(fn)" t nil)
17394
17395 ;;;***
17396 \f
17397 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17398 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19845 45374))
17399 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17400
17401 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17402 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17403 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17404
17405 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17406 the MH mail system.
17407
17408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17409
17410 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17411 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17412 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17413
17414 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17415 the MH mail system.
17416
17417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17418
17419 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17420 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17421
17422 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17423 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17424 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17425 separate command.
17426
17427 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17428 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17429 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17430 format.
17431
17432 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17433
17434 Ranges
17435 ======
17436 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17437 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17438 can be used in several ways.
17439
17440 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17441 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17442 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17443 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17444 page):
17445
17446 <num1>-<num2>
17447 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17448 The range must be nonempty.
17449
17450 <num>:N
17451 <num>:+N
17452 <num>:-N
17453 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17454 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17455 last.
17456
17457 first:N
17458 prev:N
17459 next:N
17460 last:N
17461 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17462
17463 all
17464 All of the messages.
17465
17466 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17467 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17468
17469 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17470 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17471 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17472
17473 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17474
17475 \(fn)" t nil)
17476
17477 ;;;***
17478 \f
17479 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17480 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19853 59245))
17481 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17482
17483 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17484 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17485 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17486 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17487 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17488 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17489 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17490 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17491 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17492 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17493 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17494
17495 \(fn)" t nil)
17496
17497 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17498 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17499 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17500 to its second argument TM.
17501
17502 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17503
17504 ;;;***
17505 \f
17506 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17507 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19845 45374))
17508 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17509
17510 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17511 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17512 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17513 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17514 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17515 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17516
17517 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17518
17519 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17520 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17521 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17522 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17523 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17524 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17525 default indication.
17526
17527 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17528 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17529
17530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17531
17532 ;;;***
17533 \f
17534 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (19845 45374))
17535 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17536
17537 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17538 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17539 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17540 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17541 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17542 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17543 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17544 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17545 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17546
17547 \(fn)" t nil)
17548
17549 ;;;***
17550 \f
17551 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17552 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17553 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19845 45374))
17554 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17555 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17556
17557 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17558 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17559
17560 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17561 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17562 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17563 next occurrence.
17564
17565 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17566 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17567 end of the search space).
17568
17569 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17570 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17571 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17572 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17573 should return the previous buffer to search.
17574
17575 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17576 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17577 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17578
17579 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17580 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17581 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17582 Isearch starts.")
17583
17584 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17585 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17586 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17587
17588 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17589 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17590 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17591
17592 \(fn)" nil nil)
17593
17594 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17595 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17596 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17597 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17598 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17599 whose names match the specified regexp.
17600
17601 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17602
17603 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17604 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17605 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17606 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17607 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17608 whose names match the specified regexp.
17609
17610 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17611
17612 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17613 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17614 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17615 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17616 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17617 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17618 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17619
17620 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17621
17622 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17623 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17624 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17625 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17626 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17627 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17628 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17629
17630 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17631
17632 ;;;***
17633 \f
17634 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17635 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17637
17638 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17639 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17640
17641 \(fn)" t nil)
17642
17643 ;;;***
17644 \f
17645 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17646 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19845 45374))
17647 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17648
17649 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17650 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17651
17652 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17653
17654 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17655 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17656 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17657 the entire message.
17658 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17659
17660 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17661
17662 ;;;***
17663 \f
17664 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17665 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17666 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17667
17668 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17669 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17670 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17671 the entire message.
17672 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17673
17674 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17675
17676 ;;;***
17677 \f
17678 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17679 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19845 45374))
17680 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17681
17682 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17683 Insert file contents of URL.
17684 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17685
17686 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17687
17688 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17689 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17690
17691 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17692
17693 ;;;***
17694 \f
17695 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17696 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19845 45374))
17697 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17698
17699 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17700 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17701 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17702 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17703 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17704
17705 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17706
17707 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17708 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17709 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17710
17711 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17712
17713 ;;;***
17714 \f
17715 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17716 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17717 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17718
17719 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17720
17721
17722 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17723
17724 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17725
17726
17727 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17728
17729 ;;;***
17730 \f
17731 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17732 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17733 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19845 45374))
17734 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17735
17736 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17737
17738
17739 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17740
17741 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17742
17743
17744 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17745
17746 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17747
17748
17749 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17750
17751 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17752
17753
17754 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17755
17756 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17757
17758
17759 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17760
17761 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17762
17763
17764 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17765
17766 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17767
17768
17769 \(fn)" nil nil)
17770
17771 ;;;***
17772 \f
17773 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (19845
17774 ;;;;;; 45374))
17775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17776
17777 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
17778
17779 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
17780 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17781 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17782 followed by the first character of the construct.
17783 \\<m2-mode-map>
17784 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17785 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17786 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17787 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17788 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17789 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17790 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17791 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17792 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17793 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17794 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17795 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17796 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17797 \\[m2-link] link
17798
17799 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17800 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17801 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17802
17803 \(fn)" t nil)
17804
17805 ;;;***
17806 \f
17807 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
17808 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (19845 45374))
17809 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17810
17811 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17812 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17813
17814 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17815
17816 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17817 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17818
17819 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17820
17821 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
17822 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
17823
17824 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17825
17826 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
17827 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17828
17829 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17830
17831 ;;;***
17832 \f
17833 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17834 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19845 45374))
17835 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17836
17837 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17838 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17839
17840 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17841 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17842 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17843
17844 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17845 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
17846 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17847
17848 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17849 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17850
17851 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17852 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17853 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17854 hemisphere you're in.)
17855
17856 To test this function, evaluate:
17857 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17858
17859 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17860
17861 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17862 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17863
17864 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17865 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17866
17867 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17868 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17869 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17870
17871 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17872 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17873
17874 To test this function, evaluate:
17875 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17876
17877 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17878
17879 ;;;***
17880 \f
17881 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19845
17882 ;;;;;; 45374))
17883 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17884
17885 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17886 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17887 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17888 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17889 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17890 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17891
17892 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17893
17894 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17895 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17896 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17897 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17898
17899 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17900
17901 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17902
17903 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17904
17905 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17906 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17907 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17908 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17909 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17910 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17911
17912 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17913 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17914 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17915 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17916 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17917
17918 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17919 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17920
17921 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17922 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17923
17924 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17925
17926 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17927 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17928 primary selection and region.
17929
17930 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17931
17932 ;;;***
17933 \f
17934 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (19863 8742))
17935 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
17936
17937 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
17938 Main entry point for MPC.
17939
17940 \(fn)" t nil)
17941
17942 ;;;***
17943 \f
17944 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19845 45374))
17945 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17946
17947 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17948 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17949
17950 \(fn)" t nil)
17951
17952 ;;;***
17953 \f
17954 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19845 45374))
17955 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17956
17957 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17958 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17959 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17960 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17961 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17962 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
17963
17964 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
17965
17966 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
17967 Toggle Msb mode.
17968 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17969 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17970 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17971
17972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17973
17974 ;;;***
17975 \f
17976 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
17977 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17978 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17979 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17980 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17981 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17982 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17983
17984 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
17985 Display a list of all character sets.
17986
17987 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17988 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17989 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
17990 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
17991 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17992
17993 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17994 but still shows the full information.
17995
17996 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17997
17998 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
17999 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18000 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18001
18002 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18003 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18004 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18005 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18006 meanings of these arguments.
18007
18008 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18009
18010 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18011 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18012
18013 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18014
18015 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18016 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18017
18018 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18019
18020 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18021 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18022
18023 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18024
18025 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18026 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18027
18028 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18029 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18030 in place of `..':
18031 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18032 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18033 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18034 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18035 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18036 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18037 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18038 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18039 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18040 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18041 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18042 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18043 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18044 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18045 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18046 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18047
18048 \(fn)" t nil)
18049
18050 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18051 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18052
18053 \(fn)" t nil)
18054
18055 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18056 Display a list of all coding systems.
18057 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18058
18059 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18060 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18061
18062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18063
18064 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18065 Display a list of all coding categories.
18066
18067 \(fn)" nil nil)
18068
18069 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18070 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18071 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18072
18073 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18074
18075 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18076 Display information about FONTSET.
18077 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18078
18079 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18080
18081 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18082 Display a list of all fontsets.
18083 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18084 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18085 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18086
18087 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18088
18089 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18090 Display information about all input methods.
18091
18092 \(fn)" t nil)
18093
18094 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18095 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18096
18097 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18098 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18099 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18100 system which uses fontsets).
18101
18102 \(fn)" t nil)
18103
18104 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18105 Show log of font listing and opening.
18106 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18107 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18108
18109 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18110
18111 ;;;***
18112 \f
18113 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18114 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18115 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18116 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18117 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18118 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19845 45374))
18119 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18120
18121 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18122 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18123 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18124
18125 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18126
18127 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18128
18129 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18130 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18131
18132 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18133 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18134
18135 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18136 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18137
18138 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18139
18140 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18141 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18142 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18143 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18144 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18145 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18146 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18147
18148 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18149 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18150 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18151 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18152 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18153 middle of a character in STR.
18154
18155 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18156 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18157
18158 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18159 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18160 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18161 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18162 defaults to \"...\".
18163
18164 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18165
18166 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18167 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18168
18169 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18170 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18171 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18172
18173 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18174 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18175 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18176
18177 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18178 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18179 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18180 are considered.
18181 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18182 longer than KEYSEQ.
18183 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18184
18185 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18186
18187 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18188 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18189 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18190 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18191 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18192 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18193 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18194 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18195 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18196 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18197 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18198
18199 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18200
18201 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18202 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18203
18204 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18205
18206 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18207 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18208
18209 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18210
18211 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18212 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18213
18214 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18215
18216 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18217 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18218
18219 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18220
18221 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18222 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18223 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18224 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
18225 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18226
18227 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18228 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18229
18230 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18231 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18232 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18233 coding systems ordered by priority.
18234
18235 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18236
18237 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18238 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18239 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18240 language environment LANG-ENV.
18241
18242 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18243
18244 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18245 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18246 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18247 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18248 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18249 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18250
18251 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18252
18253 ;;;***
18254 \f
18255 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18256 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18257 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18258 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19845
18259 ;;;;;; 45374))
18260 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18261
18262 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18263 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18264
18265 \(fn)" t nil)
18266
18267 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18268 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18269
18270 \(fn)" t nil)
18271
18272 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18273 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18274
18275 \(fn)" t nil)
18276
18277 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18278 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18279
18280 \(fn)" t nil)
18281
18282 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18283 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18284
18285 \(fn)" t nil)
18286
18287 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18288 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18289
18290 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18291
18292 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18293 Ping HOST.
18294 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18295 `ping-program-options'.
18296
18297 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18298
18299 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18300 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18301
18302 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18303
18304 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18305 Run nslookup program.
18306
18307 \(fn)" t nil)
18308
18309 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18310 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18311
18312 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18313
18314 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18315 Run dig program.
18316
18317 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18318
18319 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18320 Run ftp program.
18321
18322 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18323
18324 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18325 Finger USER on HOST.
18326
18327 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18328
18329 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18330 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18331 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18332 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18333
18334 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18335
18336 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18337
18338
18339 \(fn)" t nil)
18340
18341 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18342 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18343
18344 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18345
18346 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18347 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18348
18349 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18350
18351 ;;;***
18352 \f
18353 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (19845
18354 ;;;;;; 45374))
18355 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18356
18357 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18358 Return a user name/password pair.
18359 Port specifications will be prioritised in the order they are
18360 listed in the PORTS list.
18361
18362 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18363
18364 ;;;***
18365 \f
18366 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
18367 ;;;;;; (19864 29553))
18368 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18369
18370 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18371 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18372 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18373 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18374 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18375 closes it.
18376
18377 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18378 make it unique.
18379 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18380 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18381 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18382 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18383 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18384 a port number to connect to.
18385
18386 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18387 values:
18388
18389 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18390 nil or `network'
18391 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18392 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18393 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18394 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18395 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18396 an unencrypted connection.
18397 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18398 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18399 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18400 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18401 returned object is a killed process.
18402 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18403 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18404 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18405
18406 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18407 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18408 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18409 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18410 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18411 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18412 or nil if none could be found.
18413 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18414 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18415
18416 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18417
18418 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18419 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
18420 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18421
18422 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18423 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
18424 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18425
18426 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18427 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18428 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18429 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18430
18431 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
18432
18433 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
18434
18435 ;;;***
18436 \f
18437 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18438 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18439 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18440 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18441 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18442 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19863 8742))
18443 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18444
18445 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18446
18447 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18448
18449 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18450
18451 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18452
18453 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18454 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18455 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18456 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18457 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18458 Major modes should set this variable.")
18459
18460 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18461 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18462 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18463 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18464 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18465 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18466
18467 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18468 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18469
18470 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18471 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18472 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18473
18474 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18475 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18476 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18477 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18478 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18479
18480 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18481 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18482 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18483
18484 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18485 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18486 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18487 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18488
18489 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18490 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18491 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18492 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18493 column indentation or nil.
18494 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18495
18496 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18497 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18498 The function has no args.
18499
18500 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18501 comments always start in column zero.")
18502
18503 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18504 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18505 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18506
18507 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18508
18509 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18510 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18511 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18512 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18513
18514 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18515 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18516
18517 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18518
18519 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18520 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18521 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18522 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18523 customize this variable.
18524
18525 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18526 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18527
18528 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18529
18530 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18531 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18532 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18533 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18534 the variables are properly set.
18535
18536 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18537
18538 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18539 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18540
18541 \(fn)" nil nil)
18542
18543 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18544 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18545 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18546
18547 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18548
18549 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18550 Set the comment column based on point.
18551 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18552 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18553 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18554 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18555
18556 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18557
18558 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18559 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18560 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18561
18562 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18563
18564 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18565 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18566 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18567 comment markers.
18568
18569 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18570
18571 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18572 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18573 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18574 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18575 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18576
18577 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
18578 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
18579 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
18580
18581 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
18582 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
18583 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
18584 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
18585 changed with `comment-style'.
18586
18587 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18588
18589 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18590 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18591 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18592 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18593
18594 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18595
18596 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18597 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18598 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18599 is passed on to the respective function.
18600
18601 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18602
18603 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18604 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18605 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18606 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18607 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18608 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18609 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18610 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18611 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18612 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18613
18614 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18615
18616 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18617 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18618 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18619
18620 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18621
18622 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18623 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18624 This indents the body of the continued comment
18625 under the previous comment line.
18626
18627 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18628 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18629 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18630
18631 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18632 or comment indentation.
18633
18634 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18635 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18636
18637 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18638
18639 ;;;***
18640 \f
18641 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18642 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19845 45374))
18643 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18644
18645 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18646 Check whether newsticker is running.
18647 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18648 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18649
18650 \(fn)" nil nil)
18651
18652 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18653 Start the newsticker.
18654 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18655 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18656 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18657 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18658
18659 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18660
18661 ;;;***
18662 \f
18663 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18664 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18665 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18666
18667 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18668 Start newsticker plainview.
18669
18670 \(fn)" t nil)
18671
18672 ;;;***
18673 \f
18674 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18675 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18676 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18677
18678 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18679 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18680
18681 \(fn)" t nil)
18682
18683 ;;;***
18684 \f
18685 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18686 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19845 45374))
18687 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18688
18689 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18690 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18691 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18692 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18693 empty.
18694
18695 \(fn)" nil nil)
18696
18697 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18698 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18699 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18700 running already.
18701
18702 \(fn)" t nil)
18703
18704 ;;;***
18705 \f
18706 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18707 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18708 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18709
18710 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18711 Start newsticker treeview.
18712
18713 \(fn)" t nil)
18714
18715 ;;;***
18716 \f
18717 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18718 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18719 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18720
18721 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18722 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18723
18724 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18725
18726 ;;;***
18727 \f
18728 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19845
18729 ;;;;;; 45374))
18730 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18731
18732 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18733 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18734 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18735 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18736 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18737 symbol in the alist.
18738
18739 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18740
18741 ;;;***
18742 \f
18743 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18744 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18745 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18746
18747 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18748 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18749 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18750
18751 \(fn)" t nil)
18752
18753 ;;;***
18754 \f
18755 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18756 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18757 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18758
18759 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18760 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18761
18762 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18763
18764 ;;;***
18765 \f
18766 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18767 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19845 45374))
18768 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18769
18770 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18771 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18772 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18773
18774 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18775
18776 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18777
18778
18779 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
18780
18781 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18782 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18783 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18784 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18785 to future sessions.
18786
18787 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18788
18789 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18790 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18791 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18792 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18793 to future sessions.
18794
18795 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18796
18797 ;;;***
18798 \f
18799 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18800 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18801 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18802
18803 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18804 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18805 \\{nroff-mode-map}
18806 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18807 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18808 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18809
18810 \(fn)" t nil)
18811
18812 ;;;***
18813 \f
18814 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18815 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18816 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18817
18818 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18819 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18820 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18821 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18822
18823 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18824
18825 ;;;***
18826 \f
18827 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19845
18828 ;;;;;; 45374))
18829 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18830
18831 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18832 Major mode for editing XML.
18833
18834 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18835 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18836 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18837 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18838 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18839 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18840 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18841
18842 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18843
18844 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18845 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18846
18847 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18848 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18849 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18850 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18851 instead of C-c.
18852
18853 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18854 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18855 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18856 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18857 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18858 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18859
18860 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18861 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18862 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18863
18864 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18865 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18866 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18867
18868 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18869 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18870 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18871 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18872 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18873 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18874 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18875 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18876 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18877
18878 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18879
18880 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18881 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18882
18883 \(fn)" t nil)
18884
18885 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18886
18887 ;;;***
18888 \f
18889 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18890 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19845 45374))
18891 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18892
18893 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18894 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18895 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18896 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18897
18898 \(fn)" t nil)
18899
18900 ;;;***
18901 \f
18902 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
18903 ;;;;;; org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
18904 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe
18905 ;;;;;; org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree org-babel-execute-buffer
18906 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-src-blocks org-babel-open-src-block-result
18907 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code org-babel-switch-to-session
18908 ;;;;;; org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session org-babel-expand-src-block
18909 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-src-block org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe
18910 ;;;;;; org-babel-load-in-session-maybe org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe
18911 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
18912 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" (19845 45374))
18913 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
18914
18915 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
18916
18917
18918 \(fn)" nil nil)
18919
18920 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
18921
18922
18923 \(fn)" t nil)
18924
18925 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
18926 Conditionally expand a source block.
18927 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18928 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
18929
18930 \(fn)" t nil)
18931
18932 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
18933 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
18934 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18935 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
18936
18937 \(fn)" t nil)
18938
18939 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
18940 Conditionally pop to a session.
18941 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18942 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
18943
18944 \(fn)" t nil)
18945
18946 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
18947 Execute the current source code block.
18948 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
18949 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
18950 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
18951
18952 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if a an
18953 existing result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been
18954 returned.
18955
18956 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
18957 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
18958
18959 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
18960 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
18961 block.
18962
18963 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
18964
18965 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
18966 Expand the current source code block.
18967 Expand according to the source code block's header
18968 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
18969
18970 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
18971
18972 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
18973 Load the body of the current source-code block.
18974 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
18975 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
18976 session.
18977
18978 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18979
18980 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
18981 Initiate session for current code block.
18982 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
18983 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
18984 the session. Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
18985
18986 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18987
18988 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
18989 Switch to the session of the current code block.
18990 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session. If called
18991 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
18992 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
18993
18994 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18995
18996 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
18997 Switch to code buffer and display session.
18998
18999 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19000
19001 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
19002 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
19003 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
19004 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
19005 results already exist.
19006
19007 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
19008
19009 (autoload 'org-babel-map-src-blocks "ob" "\
19010 Evaluate BODY forms on each source-block in FILE.
19011 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19012 buffer. During evaluation of BODY the following local variables
19013 are set relative to the currently matched code block.
19014
19015 full-block ------- string holding the entirety of the code block
19016 beg-block -------- point at the beginning of the code block
19017 end-block -------- point at the end of the matched code block
19018 lang ------------- string holding the language of the code block
19019 beg-lang --------- point at the beginning of the lang
19020 end-lang --------- point at the end of the lang
19021 switches --------- string holding the switches
19022 beg-switches ----- point at the beginning of the switches
19023 end-switches ----- point at the end of the switches
19024 header-args ------ string holding the header-args
19025 beg-header-args -- point at the beginning of the header-args
19026 end-header-args -- point at the end of the header-args
19027 body ------------- string holding the body of the code block
19028 beg-body --------- point at the beginning of the body
19029 end-body --------- point at the end of the body
19030
19031 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19032
19033 (put 'org-babel-map-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19034
19035 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
19036 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
19037 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19038 the current buffer.
19039
19040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19041
19042 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
19043 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
19044 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19045 the current subtree.
19046
19047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19048
19049 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
19050 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
19051
19052 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
19053
19054 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
19055 Toggle visibility of result at point.
19056
19057 \(fn)" t nil)
19058
19059 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
19060 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
19061
19062 \(fn)" t nil)
19063
19064 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
19065 Go to a named source-code block.
19066
19067 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19068
19069 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
19070 Go to a named result.
19071
19072 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19073
19074 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
19075 Jump to the next source block.
19076 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
19077
19078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19079
19080 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
19081 Jump to the previous source block.
19082 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
19083
19084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19085
19086 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
19087 Mark current src block
19088
19089 \(fn)" t nil)
19090
19091 ;;;***
19092 \f
19093 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
19094 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19095 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
19096
19097 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
19098 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
19099
19100 \(fn)" t nil)
19101
19102 ;;;***
19103 \f
19104 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
19105 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (19845 45374))
19106 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
19107
19108 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
19109 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
19110 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
19111
19112 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
19113
19114 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
19115 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
19116 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
19117 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
19118
19119 \(fn)" t nil)
19120
19121 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
19122 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
19123
19124 \(fn)" nil nil)
19125
19126 ;;;***
19127 \f
19128 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
19129 ;;;;;; org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
19130 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19131 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
19132
19133 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
19134 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
19135 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
19136 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
19137 written in this language. If no entry is found in this list,
19138 then the name of the language is used.")
19139
19140 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
19141
19142 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
19143 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19144 This function exports the source code using
19145 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
19146 `load-file'.
19147
19148 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
19149
19150 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
19151 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
19152 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
19153 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
19154 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
19155 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
19156
19157 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19158
19159 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
19160 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
19161 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
19162 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
19163 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
19164 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
19165 exported source code blocks by language.
19166
19167 \(fn &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19168
19169 ;;;***
19170 \f
19171 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19172 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19173 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19174
19175 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19176 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19177 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19178
19179 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19180
19181 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19182 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19183
19184 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19185 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19186 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19187
19188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19189
19190 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19191
19192 ;;;***
19193 \f
19194 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19195 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19196 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19197
19198 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19199 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19200
19201 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19202 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19203 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19204 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19205
19206 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19207 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19208 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19209 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19210 is why you need this mode!).
19211
19212 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19213 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19214 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19215
19216 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19217
19218 Keybindings
19219 ===========
19220
19221 \\{octave-mode-map}
19222
19223 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19224 ==============================================
19225
19226 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19227 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19228 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19229
19230 `octave-block-offset'
19231 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19232 Default is 2.
19233
19234 `octave-continuation-offset'
19235 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19236 Default is 4.
19237
19238 `octave-continuation-string'
19239 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19240 Default is a backslash.
19241
19242 `octave-send-echo-input'
19243 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19244 command to the inferior Octave process.
19245
19246 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19247 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19248 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19249
19250 `octave-send-echo-input'
19251 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19252
19253 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19254
19255 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19256 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19257
19258 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19259
19260 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19261 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19262
19263 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19264 (lambda ()
19265 (abbrev-mode 1)
19266 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19267
19268 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19269 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19270 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19271 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19272
19273 \(fn)" t nil)
19274
19275 ;;;***
19276 \f
19277 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
19278 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
19279 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
19280 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
19281 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19282 ;;;;;; org-mode org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
19283 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19284 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19285
19286 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19287 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19288
19289 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19290
19291 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19292 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19293 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19294
19295 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19296 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19297 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19298 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19299 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19300 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19301 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19302 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19303 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19304 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19305
19306 The following commands are available:
19307
19308 \\{org-mode-map}
19309
19310 \(fn)" t nil)
19311
19312 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
19313
19314 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19315 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19316 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19317 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19318
19319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19320
19321 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19322 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19323 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19324 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19325 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19326 defined by Org-mode).
19327
19328 M-up Move entry/item up
19329 M-down Move entry/item down
19330 M-left Promote
19331 M-right Demote
19332 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19333 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19334 M-S-left Promote subtree
19335 M-S-right Demote subtree
19336 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19337 C-c ^ Sort entries
19338 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19339 TAB Cycle item visibility
19340 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19341 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19342 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19343
19344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19345
19346 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19347 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19348
19349 \(fn)" nil nil)
19350
19351 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19352 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19353
19354 \(fn)" nil nil)
19355
19356 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19357 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19358 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19359 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19360 call CMD.
19361
19362 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19363
19364 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19365 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19366 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19367 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19368
19369 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19370 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19371 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19372
19373 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19374
19375 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19376 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19377 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19378
19379 \(fn)" t nil)
19380
19381 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19382 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19383 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19384 Org-mode syntax.
19385
19386 \(fn)" t nil)
19387
19388 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19389 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19390
19391 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19392
19393 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19394 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19395
19396 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19397 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19398 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19399 returned as a list.
19400
19401 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
19402 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
19403 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
19404 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
19405 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
19406 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
19407 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
19408 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
19409 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
19410 position.
19411
19412 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19413 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19414 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19415 visited by the iteration.
19416
19417 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19418
19419 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19420 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19421 file The current buffer, without restriction
19422 file-with-archives
19423 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19424 agenda All agenda files
19425 agenda-with-archives
19426 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19427 \(file1 file2 ...)
19428 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19429
19430 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19431 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19432
19433 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19434 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19435 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19436 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19437 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19438 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19439 function leaves it.
19440
19441 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
19442 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
19443 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
19444 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
19445 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
19446 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
19447 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
19448 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
19449
19450 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19451
19452 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19453 Switch between Org buffers.
19454 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19455 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19456
19457 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19458 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19459
19460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19461
19462 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19463
19464 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19465
19466 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19467 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19468 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19469 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19470
19471 \(fn)" t nil)
19472
19473 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19474 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19475
19476 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19477
19478 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19479 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19480 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19481
19482 \(fn)" t nil)
19483
19484 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19485
19486
19487 \(fn)" t nil)
19488
19489 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19490 Reload all org lisp files.
19491 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19492
19493 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19494
19495 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19496 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19497
19498 \(fn)" t nil)
19499
19500 ;;;***
19501 \f
19502 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19503 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19504 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19505 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19506 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19845 45374))
19507 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19508
19509 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19510 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19511 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19512 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19513
19514 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19515 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19516 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19517 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19518 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19519 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19520 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19521 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19522 e Export views to associated files.
19523 s Search entries for keywords.
19524 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19525 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19526 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19527 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19528 > Remove a previous restriction.
19529 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19530 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19531 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19532
19533 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19534 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19535 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19536
19537 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19538 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19539 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19540 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19541 \(if active).
19542
19543 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19544
19545 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19546 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19547 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19548 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19549 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19550 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19551 before running the agenda command.
19552
19553 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19554
19555 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19556 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19557 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19558 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19559 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19560 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19561 before running the agenda command.
19562
19563 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19564 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19565
19566 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19567
19568 category The category of the item
19569 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19570 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19571 todo selected in TODO match
19572 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19573 diary imported from diary
19574 deadline a deadline on given date
19575 scheduled scheduled on given date
19576 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19577 closed entry was closed on given date
19578 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19579 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19580 block entry has date block including g. date
19581 todo The todo keyword, if any
19582 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19583 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19584 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19585 extra Sting with extra planning info
19586 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19587 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19588 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19589
19590 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19591
19592 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19593
19594
19595 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19596
19597 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19598 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19599
19600 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19601
19602 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19603 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19604 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19605 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19606
19607 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19608 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19609 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19610 agenda instead.
19611
19612 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19613 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19614 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19615
19616 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19617 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19618
19619 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19620
19621 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19622 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19623
19624 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19625 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19626 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19627 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19628 EDIT-AT.
19629
19630 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19631 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19632 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19633 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19634 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19635 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19636
19637 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19638 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19639 including newlines.
19640
19641 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19642 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19643 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19644 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19645 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19646 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19647 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19648
19649 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19650 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19651 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19652 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19653
19654 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19655 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19656 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19657 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19658 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19659 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19660 Boolean search must match as full words.
19661
19662 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19663 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19664
19665 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19666
19667 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19668 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19669 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19670 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19671 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19672 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19673
19674 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19675
19676 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19677 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19678 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19679
19680 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19681
19682 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19683 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19684 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19685 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19686 `org-stuck-projects'.
19687
19688 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19689
19690 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19691 Return diary information from org-files.
19692 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19693 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19694 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19695 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19696 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19697
19698 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19699
19700 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19701
19702 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19703 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19704
19705 &%%(org-diary)
19706
19707 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19708 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19709 So the example above may also be written as
19710
19711 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19712
19713 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19714 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19715 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19716
19717 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19718
19719 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19720 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19721
19722 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19723
19724 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19725 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19726 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19727
19728 \(fn)" t nil)
19729
19730 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19731 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19732 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19733 appointments.
19734
19735 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19736 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19737
19738 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19739 for filtering entries out.
19740
19741 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19742 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19743
19744 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19745 (category \"Work\"))
19746
19747 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19748 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19749
19750 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19751
19752 ;;;***
19753 \f
19754 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
19755 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
19756 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19757 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
19758
19759 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
19760 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19761 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19762
19763 \(fn)" t nil)
19764
19765 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
19766 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19767 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19768
19769 \(fn)" t nil)
19770
19771 ;;;***
19772 \f
19773 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
19774 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
19775 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
19776 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19845
19777 ;;;;;; 45374))
19778 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
19779
19780 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
19781 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
19782
19783 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19784
19785 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19786 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
19787
19788 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19789
19790 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
19791 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use use encoding for special symbols.
19792
19793 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19794
19795 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19796 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
19797
19798 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19799
19800 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19801 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
19802 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
19803
19804 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19805
19806 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19807 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
19808 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19809 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
19810 command to convert it.
19811
19812 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19813
19814 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19815 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
19816 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19817 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19818 cut-and-paste operations.
19819 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19820 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19821 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19822 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19823
19824 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
19825
19826 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19827 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19828
19829 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19830
19831 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19832 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
19833 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19834 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19835 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19836 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
19837 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19838 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19839 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19840 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19841 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19842 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19843 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19844 publishing directory.
19845
19846 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19847
19848 ;;;***
19849 \f
19850 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19845
19851 ;;;;;; 45374))
19852 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
19853
19854 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
19855 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
19856 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
19857
19858 \(fn)" t nil)
19859
19860 ;;;***
19861 \f
19862 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
19863 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19864 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
19865
19866 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
19867 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
19868
19869 \(fn)" nil nil)
19870
19871 ;;;***
19872 \f
19873 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
19874 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (19845 45374))
19875 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19876
19877 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19878 Capture something.
19879 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19880 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19881 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19882 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19883 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19884 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19885
19886 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19887 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19888 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19889 stored.
19890
19891 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19892
19893 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
19894 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
19895 bypassed.
19896
19897 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19898
19899 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
19900
19901
19902 \(fn)" nil nil)
19903
19904 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19905 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19906
19907 \(fn)" t nil)
19908
19909 ;;;***
19910 \f
19911 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
19912 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19845 45374))
19913 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
19914
19915 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
19916 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
19917 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
19918 fontified, and then returned.
19919
19920 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
19921
19922 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
19923 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19924
19925 \(fn)" nil nil)
19926
19927 ;;;***
19928 \f
19929 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
19930 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (19845 45374))
19931 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
19932
19933 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
19934 Find or create an entry for DATE.
19935 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
19936 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
19937 tree can be found.
19938
19939 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
19940
19941 ;;;***
19942 \f
19943 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
19944 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
19945 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
19946 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19845 45374))
19947 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
19948
19949 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
19950 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
19951 This function can be used in batch processing.
19952
19953 For example:
19954
19955 $ emacs --batch
19956 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19957 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
19958
19959 \(fn)" nil nil)
19960
19961 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
19962 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
19963 No file is created.
19964
19965 \(fn)" t nil)
19966
19967 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19968 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
19969 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19970 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19971 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
19972 then use this command to convert it.
19973
19974 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19975
19976 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19977 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
19978 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
19979 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19980 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
19981 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
19982 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
19983 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
19984 could call this function in the following way:
19985
19986 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
19987
19988 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19989 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19990
19991 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19992
19993 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
19994 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
19995
19996 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19997
19998 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
19999 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
20000
20001 \(fn)" t nil)
20002
20003 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20004 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
20005 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
20006 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
20007 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
20008 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
20009 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
20010 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
20011 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
20012 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
20013 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
20014 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20015 publishing directory.
20016
20017 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20018
20019 ;;;***
20020 \f
20021 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
20022 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
20023 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20024 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20025
20026 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20027 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20028 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20029 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20030 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20031
20032 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20033 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
20034 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20035
20036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20037
20038 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20039 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20040 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20041 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
20042 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
20043 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20044 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20045 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20046 command.
20047
20048 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20049
20050 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
20051 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
20052 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
20053 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
20054 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
20055
20056 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
20057 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
20058 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
20059 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
20060
20061 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
20062 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
20063 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
20064
20065 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20066 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20067 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20068 directory.
20069
20070 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20071
20072 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20073 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20074
20075 \(fn)" t nil)
20076
20077 ;;;***
20078 \f
20079 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
20080 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19845
20081 ;;;;;; 45374))
20082 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
20083
20084 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
20085 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
20086
20087 \(fn)" t nil)
20088
20089 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
20090 Get inbox items from FEED.
20091 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
20092 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
20093
20094 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
20095
20096 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
20097 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
20098
20099 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20100
20101 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
20102 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
20103
20104 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20105
20106 ;;;***
20107 \f
20108 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20109 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19845 45374))
20110 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20111
20112 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20113 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20114 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
20115 jump to the references. When neither at definition or reference,
20116 create a new footnote, interactively.
20117 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20118
20119 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20120
20121 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20122 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20123 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20124 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20125 Org-mode exporters.
20126 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20127 referenced sequence.
20128
20129 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
20130
20131 ;;;***
20132 \f
20133 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
20134 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
20135 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
20136 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (19845 45374))
20137 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
20138
20139 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
20140 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
20141 If there is an active region, export only the region. HIDDEN is
20142 obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20143 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20144 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20145 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20146 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20147 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
20148 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20149 simply return the content of the document (all top level
20150 sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20151 directory.
20152
20153 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20154
20155 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20156
20157 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
20158 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
20159
20160 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
20161
20162 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
20163 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20164 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20165
20166 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20167
20168 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20169 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20170 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
20171 have them in `org-mode'.
20172
20173 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
20174 to export from `org-mode' to html. You can create a dynamic html
20175 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
20176 then exporting from Freemind to html. The 'As
20177 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
20178 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
20179
20180 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20181
20182 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
20183 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20184
20185 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
20186
20187 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20188 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
20189
20190 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
20191
20192 ;;;***
20193 \f
20194 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
20195 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
20196 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
20197 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19845 45374))
20198 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
20199
20200 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20201
20202 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20203
20204 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20205
20206 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
20207 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20208 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20209 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20210 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20211
20212 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20213
20214 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
20215 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
20216 This function can be used in batch processing as:
20217 emacs --batch
20218 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20219 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20220 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20221
20222 \(fn)" nil nil)
20223
20224 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
20225 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20226 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20227
20228 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20229
20230 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
20231 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20232 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20233 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20234 command to convert it.
20235
20236 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20237
20238 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
20239 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20240 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20241 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20242 cut-and-paste operations.
20243 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20244 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20245 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20246 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20247
20248 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20249
20250 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20251 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20252
20253 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20254
20255 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
20256 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20257 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20258 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20259 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20260 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20261 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20262 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20263 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20264 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20265 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20266 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20267 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20268 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20269 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20270
20271 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20272
20273 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
20274 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20275 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20276 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20277 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20278 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20279 need into your CSS file.
20280
20281 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20282 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20283 that uses these same face definitions.
20284
20285 \(fn)" t nil)
20286
20287 ;;;***
20288 \f
20289 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
20290 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
20291 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20292 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
20293
20294 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
20295 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20296 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20297 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20298
20299 \(fn)" t nil)
20300
20301 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20302 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20303 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20304 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20305
20306 \(fn)" t nil)
20307
20308 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20309 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20310 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20311
20312 \(fn)" t nil)
20313
20314 ;;;***
20315 \f
20316 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
20317 ;;;;;; org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
20318 ;;;;;; org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
20319 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20320 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20321
20322 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20323 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20324 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20325 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20326
20327 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20328
20329 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20330 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20331 Create an ID if necessary.
20332
20333 \(fn)" t nil)
20334
20335 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20336 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20337 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20338 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20339 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20340 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20341 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20342
20343 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20344
20345 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20346 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20347 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20348 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20349 eligible.
20350 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20351
20352 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20353
20354 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20355 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20356 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20357 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20358
20359 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20360
20361 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20362 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20363 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20364
20365 \(fn ID)" t nil)
20366
20367 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20368 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20369 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20370 if there is no entry with that ID.
20371 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20372
20373 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20374
20375 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20376 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20377
20378 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
20379
20380 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
20381 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
20382
20383 \(fn)" t nil)
20384
20385 ;;;***
20386 \f
20387 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
20388 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20389 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
20390
20391 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
20392 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
20393
20394 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
20395 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
20396 FIXME: How to update when broken?
20397
20398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20399
20400 ;;;***
20401 \f
20402 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20403 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20404 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20405
20406 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20407 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20408
20409 \(fn)" nil nil)
20410
20411 ;;;***
20412 \f
20413 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20414 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20415 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
20416 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20417 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
20418
20419 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
20420 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20421 For example:
20422
20423 emacs --batch
20424 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20425 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20426 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20427
20428 \(fn)" nil nil)
20429
20430 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
20431 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20432 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20433
20434 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20435
20436 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
20437 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20438 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20439 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20440 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20441 then use this command to convert it.
20442
20443 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20444
20445 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20446 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20447 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20448 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20449 cut-and-paste operations.
20450 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20451 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20452 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
20453 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20454
20455 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20456
20457 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20458 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20459
20460 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20461
20462 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20463 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20464 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20465 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20466 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20467 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20468 convert them as description lists.
20469 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20470 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20471 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20472 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20473 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20474 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20475 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20476 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20477 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
20478 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
20479 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20480
20481 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20482
20483 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
20484 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
20485
20486 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20487
20488 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
20489 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
20490
20491 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20492
20493 ;;;***
20494 \f
20495 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
20496 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19845
20497 ;;;;;; 45374))
20498 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
20499
20500 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
20501 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
20502 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
20503 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
20504
20505 \(fn)" t nil)
20506
20507 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
20508 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
20509 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
20510 agenda view showing the flagged items.
20511
20512 \(fn)" t nil)
20513
20514 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
20515 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
20516
20517 \(fn)" t nil)
20518
20519 ;;;***
20520 \f
20521 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
20522 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20523 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
20524
20525 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
20526 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
20527 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
20528 line directly before or after the table.
20529
20530 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
20531
20532 ;;;***
20533 \f
20534 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20535 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
20536 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20537 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
20538
20539 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
20540
20541 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20542 Publish PROJECT.
20543
20544 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20545
20546 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20547 Publish all projects.
20548 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
20549 directory and force publishing all files.
20550
20551 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20552
20553 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20554 Publish the current file.
20555 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20556
20557 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20558
20559 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20560 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20561 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20562 the project.
20563
20564 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20565
20566 ;;;***
20567 \f
20568 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
20569 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
20570 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19845 45374))
20571 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
20572
20573 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
20574 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
20575
20576 \(fn)" nil nil)
20577
20578 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
20579 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20580 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20581 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20582 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20583
20584 \(fn)" nil nil)
20585
20586 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20587 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20588 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20589 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20590
20591 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20592
20593 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20594 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20595 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20596 of the remember buffer.
20597
20598 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20599 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20600 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
20601 note stored by remember.
20602
20603 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20604 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20605
20606 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20607
20608 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20609 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20610 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
20611 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
20612 `org-remember-default-headline'.
20613 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
20614 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
20615 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
20616 process is used to select the target location.
20617
20618 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
20619 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
20620
20621 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
20622 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
20623 currently running.
20624
20625 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
20626 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
20627 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
20628 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
20629
20630 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
20631 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
20632 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
20633 some additional data.
20634
20635 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20636 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20637 \(i.e. after the stars).
20638
20639 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20640
20641 \(fn)" nil nil)
20642
20643 ;;;***
20644 \f
20645 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
20646 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19845 45374))
20647 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20648
20649 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20650 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20651
20652 \(fn)" nil nil)
20653
20654 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20655 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20656
20657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20658
20659 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
20660 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
20661 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
20662 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
20663 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
20664
20665 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
20666
20667 ;;;***
20668 \f
20669 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
20670 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (19845 45374))
20671 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
20672
20673 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
20674 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
20675 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
20676 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
20677 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
20678 the project properties such as project name and project period.
20679 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
20680 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
20681 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
20682 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
20683 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
20684 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
20685
20686 \(fn)" t nil)
20687
20688 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
20689 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
20690 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
20691
20692 \(fn)" t nil)
20693
20694 ;;;***
20695 \f
20696 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
20697 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
20698 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20699 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
20700
20701 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
20702 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
20703 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
20704 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
20705 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
20706 without user interaction.
20707 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
20708 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
20709 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
20710 the region 0:00:00.
20711
20712 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
20713
20714 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
20715 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
20716 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
20717 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
20718 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
20719 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
20720 that was not started at the correct moment.
20721
20722 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
20723 it in the buffer.
20724
20725 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
20726
20727 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
20728 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
20729
20730 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
20731
20732 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
20733 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
20734
20735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20736
20737 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
20738 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
20739
20740 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
20741 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
20742 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
20743
20744 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
20745 the duration of the timer.
20746
20747 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
20748 without prompting the user for a duration.
20749
20750 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
20751 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
20752 replace any running timer.
20753
20754 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
20755
20756 ;;;***
20757 \f
20758 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
20759 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20760 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
20761
20762 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
20763 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
20764 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20765
20766 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20767
20768 ;;;***
20769 \f
20770 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20771 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20772 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20773 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20774 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20775
20776 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20777 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20778 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20779 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20780
20781 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20782 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20783 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20784 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20785
20786 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20787 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20788 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20789 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20790 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20791 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20792
20793 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20794 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20795 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20796
20797 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20798 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20799 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20800 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20801 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20802 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20803 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20804 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20805 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20806 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20807 The subheadings remain visible.
20808 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20809
20810 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20811 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20812 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20813
20814 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20815 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20816
20817 \(fn)" t nil)
20818
20819 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20820 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20821 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20822 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20823
20824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20825 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20826
20827 ;;;***
20828 \f
20829 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
20830 ;;;;;; package-install-file package-install-from-buffer package-install
20831 ;;;;;; package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
20832 ;;;;;; (19864 29553))
20833 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20834
20835 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20836 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20837 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20838 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20839 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20840
20841 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20842 activate the package system at any time.")
20843
20844 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20845
20846 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20847 Install the package named NAME.
20848 Interactively, prompt for the package name.
20849 The package is found on one of the archives in `package-archives'.
20850
20851 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20852
20853 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20854 Install a package from the current buffer.
20855 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
20856 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
20857 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20858
20859 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
20860 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
20861 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
20862
20863 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
20864
20865 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20866 Install a package from a file.
20867 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20868
20869 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20870
20871 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20872 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20873 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20874 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20875
20876 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20877
20878 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20879 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20880
20881 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20882
20883 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20884 Display a list of packages.
20885 Fetches the updated list of packages before displaying.
20886 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20887
20888 \(fn)" t nil)
20889
20890 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20891
20892 ;;;***
20893 \f
20894 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19845 45374))
20895 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20896
20897 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20898 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20899 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20900 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20901 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20902 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20903
20904 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20905
20906 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20907 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20908 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20909 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20910
20911 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20912 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20913
20914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20915
20916 ;;;***
20917 \f
20918 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20919 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20920 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20921 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20922
20923 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20924 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20925 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20926 unknown are returned as nil.
20927
20928 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20929
20930 ;;;***
20931 \f
20932 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19845
20933 ;;;;;; 45374))
20934 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20935
20936 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20937 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20938 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20939
20940 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20941 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20942
20943 Other useful functions are:
20944
20945 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20946 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20947 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20948 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20949 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20950 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20951 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20952 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20953 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20954
20955 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20956
20957 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20958 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20959 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20960 Indentation for case statements.
20961 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20962 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20963 mark after an end.
20964 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20965 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20966 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20967 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20968 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20969 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20970 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20971 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20972 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20973 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20974
20975 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20976 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20977
20978 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20979 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20980
20981 \(fn)" t nil)
20982
20983 ;;;***
20984 \f
20985 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
20986 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (19845 45374))
20987 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20988
20989 (defvar password-cache t "\
20990 Whether to cache passwords.")
20991
20992 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20993
20994 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20995 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20996 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20997
20998 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20999
21000 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
21001 Check if KEY is in the cache.
21002
21003 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
21004
21005 ;;;***
21006 \f
21007 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
21008 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
21009 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
21010
21011 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
21012 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
21013 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
21014
21015 UPatterns can take the following forms:
21016 _ matches anything.
21017 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
21018 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
21019 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
21020 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
21021 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
21022 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
21023 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
21024 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
21025 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
21026
21027 QPatterns can take the following forms:
21028 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
21029 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
21030 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
21031 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
21032 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
21033
21034 PRED can take the form
21035 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
21036 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with N+1 arguments.
21037 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
21038 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
21039 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
21040 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
21041 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
21042
21043 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil (quote macro))
21044
21045 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21046
21047 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
21048 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21049 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21050 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21051
21052 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21053
21054 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21055
21056 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
21057 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21058 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21059 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21060
21061 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21062
21063 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21064
21065 ;;;***
21066 \f
21067 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (19845
21068 ;;;;;; 45374))
21069 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
21070
21071 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
21072 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
21073
21074 \(fn)" nil nil)
21075
21076 ;;;***
21077 \f
21078 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
21079 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19845 45374))
21080 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
21081
21082 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21083 Completion for `gzip'.
21084
21085 \(fn)" nil nil)
21086
21087 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21088 Completion for `bzip2'.
21089
21090 \(fn)" nil nil)
21091
21092 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21093 Completion for GNU `make'.
21094
21095 \(fn)" nil nil)
21096
21097 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21098 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
21099
21100 \(fn)" nil nil)
21101
21102 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
21103
21104 ;;;***
21105 \f
21106 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
21107 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19845 45374))
21108 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
21109
21110 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
21111 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
21112
21113 \(fn)" nil nil)
21114
21115 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21116 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
21117
21118 \(fn)" nil nil)
21119
21120 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21121 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
21122
21123 \(fn)" nil nil)
21124
21125 ;;;***
21126 \f
21127 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19845
21128 ;;;;;; 45374))
21129 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
21130
21131 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
21132 Completion for the `rpm' command.
21133
21134 \(fn)" nil nil)
21135
21136 ;;;***
21137 \f
21138 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
21139 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
21140 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19845 45374))
21141 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
21142
21143 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
21144 Completion for `cd'.
21145
21146 \(fn)" nil nil)
21147
21148 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
21149
21150 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
21151 Completion for `rmdir'.
21152
21153 \(fn)" nil nil)
21154
21155 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
21156 Completion for `rm'.
21157
21158 \(fn)" nil nil)
21159
21160 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
21161 Completion for `xargs'.
21162
21163 \(fn)" nil nil)
21164
21165 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
21166
21167 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
21168 Completion for `which'.
21169
21170 \(fn)" nil nil)
21171
21172 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
21173 Completion for the `chown' command.
21174
21175 \(fn)" nil nil)
21176
21177 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21178 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
21179
21180 \(fn)" nil nil)
21181
21182 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
21183 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
21184
21185 \(fn)" nil nil)
21186
21187 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21188 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
21189 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
21190
21191 \(fn)" nil nil)
21192
21193 ;;;***
21194 \f
21195 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
21196 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
21197 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19845
21198 ;;;;;; 45374))
21199 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
21200
21201 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
21202 Support extensible programmable completion.
21203 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
21204 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21205
21206 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21207
21208 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21209 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21210
21211 \(fn)" t nil)
21212
21213 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21214 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21215 This will modify the current buffer.
21216
21217 \(fn)" t nil)
21218
21219 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21220 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21221
21222 \(fn)" t nil)
21223
21224 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21225 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21226 This will modify the current buffer.
21227
21228 \(fn)" t nil)
21229
21230 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21231 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21232
21233 \(fn)" t nil)
21234
21235 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21236 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21237
21238 \(fn)" t nil)
21239
21240 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21241 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21242 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21243 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21244 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21245
21246 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21247
21248 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21249 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
21250
21251 \(fn)" nil nil)
21252
21253 ;;;***
21254 \f
21255 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
21256 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
21257 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (19845 45374))
21258 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
21259
21260 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21261 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21262 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21263 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21264
21265 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21266
21267 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21268
21269 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21270 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21271 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21272 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21273 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21274 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21275 FLAGS is ignored.
21276
21277 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21278
21279 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21280 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21281 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21282 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21283 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21284 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21285 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21286 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21287
21288 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21289
21290 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21291 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21292 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21293 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21294 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21295 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21296 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21297 passed to cvs.
21298
21299 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21300
21301 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21302 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21303 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21304 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21305 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21306 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21307 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21308
21309 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21310
21311 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21312 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21313 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21314
21315 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21316
21317 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21318 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21319 A value of nil means never do it.
21320 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21321 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21322 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21323
21324 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21325
21326 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21327 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21328 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21329
21330 ;;;***
21331 \f
21332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (19845 45374))
21333 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21334
21335 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
21336
21337 ;;;***
21338 \f
21339 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21340 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21341 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21342 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21343 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21344 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21345 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21346 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21347 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21348
21349 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21350 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21351 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21352 Tab indents for Perl code.
21353 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21354 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21355 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21356 \\{perl-mode-map}
21357 Variables controlling indentation style:
21358 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21359 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21360 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21361 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21362 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21363 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21364 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21365 `perl-nochange'
21366 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21367 `perl-indent-level'
21368 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21369 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21370 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21371 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21372 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21373 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21374 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21375 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21376 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21377 `perl-brace-offset'
21378 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21379 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21380 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21381 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21382 `perl-label-offset'
21383 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21384 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21385 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21386
21387 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21388 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21389 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21390 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21391 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21392 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21393 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21394
21395 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21396
21397 \(fn)" t nil)
21398
21399 ;;;***
21400 \f
21401 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21402 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21403 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21404
21405 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21406 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21407 \\<picture-mode-map>
21408 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21409 afterwards settable by these commands:
21410
21411 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21412 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21413 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21414 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21415
21416 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21417 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21418 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21419 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21420
21421 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21422 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21423 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21424 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21425
21426 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21427 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21428 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21429 with these commands:
21430
21431 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21432 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21433 Move to column following last
21434 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21435 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21436 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21437 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21438 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21439 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21440
21441 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21442
21443 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21444 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21445 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21446 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21447 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21448 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21449
21450 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21451 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21452 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21453 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21454 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21455 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21456 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21457
21458 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21459 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21460 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21461 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21462 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21463 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21464 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21465 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21466
21467 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21468 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21469 by supplying an argument.
21470
21471 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21472
21473 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21474 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21475
21476 \(fn)" t nil)
21477
21478 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21479
21480 ;;;***
21481 \f
21482 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21483 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21484 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21485
21486 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21487 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21488 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21489
21490 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21491
21492 ;;;***
21493 \f
21494 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19845 45374))
21495 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21496
21497 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21498 Play pong and waste time.
21499 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21500 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21501
21502 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21503
21504 \\{pong-mode-map}
21505
21506 \(fn)" t nil)
21507
21508 ;;;***
21509 \f
21510 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (19845 45374))
21511 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21512
21513 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21514 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21515 Use streaming commands.
21516
21517 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21518
21519 ;;;***
21520 \f
21521 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
21522 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
21523 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21524 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21525
21526 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21527 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21528 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21529 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21530
21531 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21532
21533 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21534 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21535
21536 \(fn)" nil nil)
21537
21538 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21539 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21540 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21541 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21542 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21543
21544 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21545
21546 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21547 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21548 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21549
21550 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21551
21552 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21553 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21554
21555 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21556
21557 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21558 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21559 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21560 Ignores leading comment characters.
21561
21562 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21563
21564 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21565 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21566 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21567 Ignores leading comment characters.
21568
21569 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21570
21571 ;;;***
21572 \f
21573 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21574 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21575 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21576 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21577 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21578 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21579 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21580 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21581 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21582 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21583 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21584 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21585 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21586 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21587 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21588 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21589 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21590 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21591 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21592 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21593
21594 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21595 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21596
21597 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21598
21599 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21600
21601 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21602
21603 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21604 Preview directory using ghostview.
21605
21606 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21607 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21608 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21609 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21610
21611 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21612 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21613 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21614 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21615 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21616 file name.
21617
21618 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21619
21620 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21621
21622 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21623 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21624
21625 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21626 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21627 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21628 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21629
21630 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21631 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21632 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21633 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21634 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21635 file name.
21636
21637 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21638
21639 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21640
21641 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21642 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21643
21644 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21645 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21646 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21647 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21648
21649 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21650 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21651 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21652 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21653 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21654 file name.
21655
21656 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21657
21658 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21659
21660 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21661 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21662
21663 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21664
21665 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21666 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21667 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21668 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21669
21670 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21671 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21672 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21673 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21674 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21675 file name.
21676
21677 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21678
21679 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21680
21681 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21682 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21683
21684 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21685 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21686 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21687
21688 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21689 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21690 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21691 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21692
21693 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21694
21695 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21696 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21697
21698 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21699 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21700 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21701
21702 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21703 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21704 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21705 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21706
21707 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21708
21709 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21710 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21711
21712 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21713 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21714 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21715
21716 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21717 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21718 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21719 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21720
21721 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21722
21723 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21724 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21725
21726 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21727
21728 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21729 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21730 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21731
21732 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21733 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21734 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21735 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21736
21737 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21738
21739 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21740 Preview region using ghostview.
21741
21742 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21743
21744 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21745
21746 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21747 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21748
21749 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21750
21751 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21752
21753 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21754 Print region using PostScript printer.
21755
21756 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21757
21758 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21759
21760 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21761 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21762
21763 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21764
21765 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21766
21767 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21768 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21769
21770 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21771
21772 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21773
21774 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21775 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21776
21777 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21778
21779 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21780
21781 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21782 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21783
21784 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21785
21786 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21787
21788 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21789 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21790
21791 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21792
21793 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21794
21795 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21796 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21797 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21798 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21799
21800 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21801 matching.
21802
21803 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21804 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21805
21806 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21807
21808 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21809
21810 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21811 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21812 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21813 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21814
21815 \(fn)" t nil)
21816
21817 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21818 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21819 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21820 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21821
21822 \(fn)" t nil)
21823
21824 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21825 Print directory using text printer.
21826
21827 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21828 matching.
21829
21830 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21831 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21832
21833 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21834
21835 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21836
21837 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21838 Print buffer using text printer.
21839
21840 \(fn)" t nil)
21841
21842 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21843 Print region using text printer.
21844
21845 \(fn)" t nil)
21846
21847 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21848 Print major mode using text printer.
21849
21850 \(fn)" t nil)
21851
21852 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21853 Preview spooled PostScript.
21854
21855 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21856 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21857 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21858
21859 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21860 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21861 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21862
21863 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21864
21865 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21866 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21867
21868 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21869 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21870 instead of sending it to the printer.
21871
21872 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21873 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21874 image in a file with that name.
21875
21876 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21877
21878 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21879 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21880
21881 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21882 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21883 instead of sending it to the printer.
21884
21885 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21886 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21887 image in a file with that name.
21888
21889 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21890
21891 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21892 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21893
21894 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21895 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21896 instead of sending it to the printer.
21897
21898 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21899 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21900 image in a file with that name.
21901
21902 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21903
21904 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21905 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21906
21907 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21908
21909 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21910 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21911
21912 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21913
21914 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21915 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21916
21917 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21918
21919 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21920 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21921
21922 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21923
21924 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21925 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21926
21927 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21928
21929 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21930 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21931
21932 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21933 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21934 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21935 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21936
21937 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21938 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21939 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21940 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21941 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21942 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21943 file name.
21944
21945 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21946
21947 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21948 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21949
21950 \(fn)" t nil)
21951
21952 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21953 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21954
21955 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21956 right.
21957 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21958 bottom.
21959
21960 \(fn)" t nil)
21961
21962 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21963 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21964
21965 \(fn)" t nil)
21966
21967 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21968 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21969
21970 \(fn)" t nil)
21971
21972 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21973 Toggle printing with faces.
21974
21975 \(fn)" t nil)
21976
21977 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21978 Toggle spooling.
21979
21980 \(fn)" t nil)
21981
21982 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21983 Toggle duplex.
21984
21985 \(fn)" t nil)
21986
21987 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21988 Toggle tumble.
21989
21990 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21991 right.
21992 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21993 bottom.
21994
21995 \(fn)" t nil)
21996
21997 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21998 Toggle landscape.
21999
22000 \(fn)" t nil)
22001
22002 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
22003 Toggle upside-down.
22004
22005 \(fn)" t nil)
22006
22007 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
22008 Toggle line number.
22009
22010 \(fn)" t nil)
22011
22012 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
22013 Toggle zebra stripes.
22014
22015 \(fn)" t nil)
22016
22017 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
22018 Toggle printing header.
22019
22020 \(fn)" t nil)
22021
22022 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22023 Toggle printing header frame.
22024
22025 \(fn)" t nil)
22026
22027 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22028 Toggle menu lock.
22029
22030 \(fn)" t nil)
22031
22032 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22033 Toggle auto region.
22034
22035 \(fn)" t nil)
22036
22037 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22038 Toggle auto mode.
22039
22040 \(fn)" t nil)
22041
22042 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22043 Customization of the `printing' group.
22044
22045 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22046
22047 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22048 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22049
22050 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22051
22052 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22053 Help for the printing package.
22054
22055 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22056
22057 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22058 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22059
22060 \(fn)" t nil)
22061
22062 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22063 Interactively select a text printer.
22064
22065 \(fn)" t nil)
22066
22067 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22068 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22069
22070 \(fn)" t nil)
22071
22072 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22073 Show current ps-print settings.
22074
22075 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22076
22077 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22078 Show current printing settings.
22079
22080 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22081
22082 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22083 Show current lpr settings.
22084
22085 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22086
22087 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22088 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22089
22090 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22091 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22092 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22093 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22094
22095
22096 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22097
22098 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22099 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22100 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
22101
22102 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22103 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22104 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22105 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
22106 current active printer.
22107
22108 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22109 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22110 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22111 printer.
22112
22113 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22114 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22115 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22116 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22117 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22118
22119
22120 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22121 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22122
22123 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22124
22125 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22126 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
22127 be done using the new current active printer.
22128
22129 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22130 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22131 printer.
22132
22133 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22134 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22135 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22136 instead of sending it to the printer.
22137
22138 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22139 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22140 printer.
22141
22142 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22143
22144
22145 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22146 are both set to t.
22147
22148 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22149
22150 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22151 Fast fire function for text printing.
22152
22153 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22154 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22155 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22156 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22157
22158 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22159 user for a new active text printer.
22160
22161 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22162
22163 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22164
22165 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22166 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22167 printer.
22168
22169 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22170
22171 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22172 are both set to t.
22173
22174 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22175
22176 ;;;***
22177 \f
22178 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19845 45374))
22179 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22180
22181 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22182 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22183 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22184 information will be displayed but not selected.
22185 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22186
22187 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22188
22189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22190
22191 ;;;***
22192 \f
22193 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
22194 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (19845 45374))
22195 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22196
22197 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22198 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22199
22200 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22201 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22202
22203 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22204
22205 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22206 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22207
22208 Commands:
22209 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22210 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22211 if that value is non-nil.
22212
22213 \(fn)" t nil)
22214
22215 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22216 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22217 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22218
22219 \(fn)" t nil)
22220
22221 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22222 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22223 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22224
22225 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22226
22227 ;;;***
22228 \f
22229 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19845
22230 ;;;;;; 45374))
22231 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22232
22233 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22234 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22235 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22236
22237 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22238
22239 ;;;***
22240 \f
22241 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19845
22242 ;;;;;; 45374))
22243 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22244
22245 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22246 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22247
22248 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22249
22250 The following variables hold user options, and can
22251 be set through the `customize' command:
22252
22253 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22254 `ps-mode-tab'
22255 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22256 `ps-mode-print-function'
22257 `ps-run-prompt'
22258 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22259 `ps-run-x'
22260 `ps-run-dumb'
22261 `ps-run-init'
22262 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22263 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22264
22265 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22266
22267
22268 \\{ps-mode-map}
22269
22270
22271 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22272 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22273 The keymap for this second window is:
22274
22275 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22276
22277
22278 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22279 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22280 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22281 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22282 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22283
22284 \(fn)" t nil)
22285
22286 ;;;***
22287 \f
22288 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22289 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22290 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22291 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22292 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22293 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19845
22294 ;;;;;; 45374))
22295 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22296
22297 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22298 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22299 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22300
22301 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22302
22303 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22304 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22305 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22306 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22307
22308 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22309
22310 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22311 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22312
22313 Valid values are:
22314
22315 nil Do not print colors.
22316
22317 t Print colors.
22318
22319 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22320 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22321
22322 Any other value is treated as t.")
22323
22324 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22325
22326 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22327 Customization of ps-print group.
22328
22329 \(fn)" t nil)
22330
22331 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22332 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22333
22334 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22335 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22336 sending it to the printer.
22337
22338 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22339 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22340 image in a file with that name.
22341
22342 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22343
22344 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22345 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22346 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22347 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22348 so it has a way to determine color values.
22349
22350 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22351
22352 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22353 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22354 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22355
22356 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22357
22358 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22359 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22360 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22361 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22362 so it has a way to determine color values.
22363
22364 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22365
22366 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22367 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22368 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22369 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22370
22371 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22372
22373 \(fn)" t nil)
22374
22375 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22376 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22377 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22378 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22379 so it has a way to determine color values.
22380
22381 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22382
22383 \(fn)" t nil)
22384
22385 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22386 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22387 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22388
22389 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22390
22391 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22392
22393 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22394 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22395 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22396 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22397 so it has a way to determine color values.
22398
22399 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22400
22401 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22402
22403 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22404 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22405
22406 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22407 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22408 instead of sending it to the printer.
22409
22410 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22411 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22412 image in a file with that name.
22413
22414 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22415
22416 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22417 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22418 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22419 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22420 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22421
22422 \(fn)" t nil)
22423
22424 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22425 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22426 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22427
22428 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22429
22430 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22431 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22432 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22433
22434 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22435
22436 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22437 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22438
22439 \(fn)" nil nil)
22440
22441 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22442 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22443
22444 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22445 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22446
22447 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22448 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22449
22450 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22451
22452 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22453
22454 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22455
22456 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22457 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22458
22459 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22460 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22461
22462 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22463 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22464
22465 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22466
22467 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22468
22469 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22470
22471 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22472 foreground and background colors respectively.
22473
22474 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22475 bold - use bold font.
22476 italic - use italic font.
22477 underline - put a line under text.
22478 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22479 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22480 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22481 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22482 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22483
22484 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22485
22486 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22487
22488 ;;;***
22489 \f
22490 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
22491 ;;;;;; (19860 32495))
22492 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22493
22494 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
22495
22496 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
22497
22498 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22499
22500 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22501 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22502 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't
22503 show the buffer automatically.
22504
22505 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for the initial
22506 Python command line (default is `python-command').
22507
22508 A new process is started if one isn't running attached to
22509 `python-buffer', or if called from Lisp with non-nil arg NEW.
22510 Otherwise, if a process is already running in `python-buffer',
22511 switch to that buffer.
22512
22513 This command runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22514 running `comint-mode-hook'. Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22515 process buffer for a list of commands.
22516
22517 By default, Emacs inhibits the loading of Python modules from the
22518 current working directory, for security reasons. To disable this
22519 behavior, change `python-remove-cwd-from-path' to nil.
22520
22521 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22522
22523 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22524 Major mode for editing Python files.
22525 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22526 for correct parsing of the source.
22527 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22528 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22529 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22530
22531 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22532 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22533 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22534 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22535 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22536 \\<python-mode-map>
22537 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22538 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22539 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22540 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22541 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22542 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22543
22544 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22545 effect outside them.
22546
22547 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22548 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22549 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22550 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22551 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22552 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22553 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22554 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22555 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22556
22557 \\{python-mode-map}
22558
22559 \(fn)" t nil)
22560
22561 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22562 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22563 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22564 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22565
22566 \(fn)" t nil)
22567
22568 ;;;***
22569 \f
22570 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22571 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
22572 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22573
22574 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22575 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22576 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22577 coding-system.
22578
22579 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22580 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22581
22582 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22583 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22584 them into characters should be done separately.
22585
22586 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22587
22588 ;;;***
22589 \f
22590 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22591 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22592 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22593 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22594 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19845 45374))
22595 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22596
22597 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22598 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22599
22600 \(fn)" nil nil)
22601
22602 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22603 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22604 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22605
22606 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22607 `quail-activate', which see.
22608
22609 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22610
22611 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22612 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22613 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22614 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22615 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22616 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22617 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22618
22619 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22620 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22621 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22622 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22623 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22624 shown.
22625 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22626
22627 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22628 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22629 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22630 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22631 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22632 list of candidates.
22633
22634 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22635 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22636 command to be called.
22637
22638 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22639 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22640 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22641 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22642
22643 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22644 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22645 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22646 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22647 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22648 to t.
22649
22650 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22651 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22652 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22653 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22654
22655 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22656 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22657 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22658 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22659
22660 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22661 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22662 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22663 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22664 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22665 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22666
22667 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22668 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22669 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22670 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22671 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22672 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22673
22674 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22675 covers Quail translation region.
22676
22677 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22678 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22679 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22680 for it) is inserted.
22681
22682 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22683 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22684 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22685
22686 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22687 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22688 non-Quail commands.
22689
22690 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22691
22692 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22693 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22694
22695 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22696 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22697 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22698 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22699 you type is correctly handled.
22700
22701 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22702
22703 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22704 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22705
22706 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22707 keyboard type.
22708
22709 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22710
22711 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22712 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22713 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22714 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22715 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22716 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22717 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22718 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22719 for the translation.
22720 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22721
22722 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22723 it is used to handle KEY.
22724
22725 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22726 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22727 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22728 the following annotation types are supported.
22729
22730 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22731 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22732
22733 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22734 candidate list.
22735
22736 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22737 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22738 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22739 inserted.
22740
22741 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22742 generated for the following translations.
22743
22744 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22745
22746 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22747 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22748
22749 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22750 which to install MAP.
22751
22752 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22753
22754 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22755
22756 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22757 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22758
22759 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22760 which to install MAP.
22761
22762 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22763
22764 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22765
22766 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22767 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22768 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22769 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22770 a function, or a cons.
22771 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22772 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22773 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22774 for the translation.
22775 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22776 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22777 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22778 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22779 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22780
22781 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22782 it is used to handle KEY.
22783
22784 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22785 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22786 current Quail package.
22787
22788 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22789 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22790
22791 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22792
22793 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22794 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22795
22796 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22797 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22798
22799 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22800
22801 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22802 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22803
22804 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22805
22806 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22807 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22808 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22809 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22810 of the Emacs source tree.
22811
22812 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22813 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22814
22815 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22816 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22817 of each directory.
22818
22819 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22820
22821 ;;;***
22822 \f
22823 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22824 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22825 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19845
22826 ;;;;;; 45374))
22827 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22828
22829 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22830 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22831 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22832 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22833
22834 To make use of this do something like:
22835
22836 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22837
22838 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22839
22840 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22841 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22842
22843 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22844 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22845 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22846
22847 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22848
22849 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22850 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22851
22852 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22853
22854 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22855 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22856
22857 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22858 is decided.
22859
22860 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22861
22862 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22863 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22864
22865 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22866 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22867 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22868
22869 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22870
22871 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22872 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22873
22874 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22875
22876 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22877 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22878
22879 \(fn)" t nil)
22880
22881 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22882 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22883
22884 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22885
22886 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22887
22888 \(fn)" t nil)
22889
22890 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22891 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22892
22893 \(fn)" t nil)
22894
22895 ;;;***
22896 \f
22897 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22898 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19867 5739))
22899 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22900
22901 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22902 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22903
22904 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22905
22906 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22907
22908 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22909
22910 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22911
22912 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22913
22914
22915 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD)" nil nil)
22916
22917 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22918 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22919 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22920 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22921 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22922 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22923
22924 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22925
22926 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22927 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22928
22929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22930
22931 ;;;***
22932 \f
22933 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19845
22934 ;;;;;; 45374))
22935 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22936
22937 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22938 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22939 See \\[compile].
22940
22941 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22942
22943 ;;;***
22944 \f
22945 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22946 ;;;;;; (19865 50420))
22947 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22948
22949 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22950
22951 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22952 Construct a regexp interactively.
22953
22954 \(fn)" t nil)
22955
22956 ;;;***
22957 \f
22958 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19845 45374))
22959 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22960
22961 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22962 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22963 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22964 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22965 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22966 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22967
22968 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22969
22970 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22971 Toggle recentf mode.
22972 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22973 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22974
22975 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22976 that were operated on recently.
22977
22978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22979
22980 ;;;***
22981 \f
22982 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
22983 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
22984 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle
22985 ;;;;;; delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "rect.el"
22986 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
22987 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22988 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22989 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22990 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22991 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22992 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22993 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22994 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "N" 'rectangle-number-lines)
22995
22996 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22997 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22998 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22999 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23000 ends.
23001
23002 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23003 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23004 to be deleted.
23005
23006 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23007
23008 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23009 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23010 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23011
23012 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23013 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23014 deleted.
23015
23016 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23017
23018 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23019 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23020 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23021
23022 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23023
23024 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23025 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23026
23027 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23028 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23029
23030 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23031 deleted.
23032
23033 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23034 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23035 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23036 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23037 even beep.)
23038
23039 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23040
23041 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23042 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23043
23044 \(fn)" t nil)
23045
23046 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23047 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23048 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23049 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23050 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23051 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23052 and point is at the lower right corner.
23053
23054 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23055
23056 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23057 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23058
23059 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23060 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23061
23062 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23063 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23064 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23065
23066 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23067
23068 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23069
23070 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23071 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23072 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23073 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23074 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23075
23076 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23077 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23078
23079 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23080
23081 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23082 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23083 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23084
23085 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23086
23087 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23088
23089 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23090
23091 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23092 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23093
23094 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23095 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23096 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23097
23098 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23099
23100 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23101 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23102 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23103
23104 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23105 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23106 rectangle which were empty.
23107
23108 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23109
23110 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
23111 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
23112
23113 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
23114 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
23115 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
23116 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
23117
23118 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
23119
23120 ;;;***
23121 \f
23122 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19845
23123 ;;;;;; 45374))
23124 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23125
23126 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23127 Toggle Refill minor mode.
23128 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23129
23130 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
23131 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
23132 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
23133
23134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23135
23136 ;;;***
23137 \f
23138 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23139 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19845 45374))
23140 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23141
23142 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23143 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23144
23145 \(fn)" nil nil)
23146
23147 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23148 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23149
23150 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23151 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23152
23153 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23154 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23155 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23156 \\ref macro.
23157
23158 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23159 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23160 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23161
23162 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23163 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23164 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23165
23166 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23167 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23168
23169 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23170 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23171
23172 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23173 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23174 on the menu bar.
23175
23176 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23177
23178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23179
23180 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23181 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23182 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23183
23184 \(fn)" nil nil)
23185
23186 ;;;***
23187 \f
23188 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23189 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23190 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23191
23192 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23193 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23194 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23195 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23196 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23197 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23198
23199 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23200
23201 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23202
23203 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23204 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23205 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23206 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23207 `reftex-cite-format'.
23208
23209 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23210 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23211 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23212 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23213
23214 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23215
23216 ;;;***
23217 \f
23218 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23219 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23220 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23221
23222 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23223 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23224 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23225 the current TeX document.
23226
23227 With no argument, this command toggles
23228 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23229 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23230
23231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23232
23233 ;;;***
23234 \f
23235 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23236 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23237 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23238
23239 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23240 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23241 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23242
23243 To insert new phrases, use
23244 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23245 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23246
23247 To index phrases use one of:
23248
23249 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23250 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23251 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23252 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23253 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23254
23255 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23256 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23257
23258 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23259
23260 Here are all local bindings.
23261
23262 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
23263
23264 \(fn)" t nil)
23265
23266 ;;;***
23267 \f
23268 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23269 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23270 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23271
23272 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23273 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23274 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23275 of master file.
23276
23277 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23278
23279 ;;;***
23280 \f
23281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19845
23282 ;;;;;; 45374))
23283 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23284 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23285 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23286 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23287 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23288
23289 ;;;***
23290 \f
23291 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23292 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23294
23295 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23296 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23297 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23298 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23299 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23300 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23301
23302 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23303 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23304
23305 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23306 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23307 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23308 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23309
23310 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23311
23312 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23313 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23314 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23315 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23316
23317 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23318
23319 ;;;***
23320 \f
23321 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23322 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23323 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23324 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23325
23326 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23327 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23328 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23329 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23330
23331 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23332
23333 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23334
23335 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23336 Call `remember' in another frame.
23337
23338 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23339
23340 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23341 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23342 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23343 application.
23344
23345 \(fn)" t nil)
23346
23347 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23348 Extract diary entries from the region.
23349
23350 \(fn)" nil nil)
23351
23352 ;;;***
23353 \f
23354 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19845 45374))
23355 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23356
23357 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23358 Repeat most recently executed command.
23359 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23360 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23361 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23362
23363 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23364 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23365 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23366 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23367
23368 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23369 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23370 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23371
23372 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23373
23374 ;;;***
23375 \f
23376 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23377 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23378 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23379
23380 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23381 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23382
23383 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23384 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23385 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23386 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23387 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23388 and point is left after the salutation.
23389
23390 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23391 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23392 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23393 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23394 left after that text.
23395
23396 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23397 is non-nil.
23398
23399 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23400 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23401 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23402 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23403
23404 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23405
23406 ;;;***
23407 \f
23408 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23409 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23410 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23411
23412 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23413 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23414 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23415 visibility of comments that precede it.
23416 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23417 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23418 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23419 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23420 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23421 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23422 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23423 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23424 the comment lines.
23425 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23426 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23427 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23428 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23429 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23430
23431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23432
23433 ;;;***
23434 \f
23435 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23436 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
23437 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23438
23439 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23440 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23441 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23442
23443 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23444 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23445 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23446
23447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23448
23449 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23450 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23451 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23452 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23453 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23454 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23455
23456 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23457
23458 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23459 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23460 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23461
23462 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23463 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23464 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23465
23466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23467
23468 ;;;***
23469 \f
23470 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23471 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23472 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23473
23474 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23475 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23476
23477 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23478
23479 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23480 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23481
23482 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23483
23484 ;;;***
23485 \f
23486 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (19845 45374))
23487 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23488 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
23489
23490 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23491 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23492 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23493 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23494
23495 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23496
23497 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23498 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23499 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23500 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23501
23502 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23503 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23504
23505 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23506 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23507
23508 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23509 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23510 INPUT-ARGS.
23511
23512 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23513 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23514 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23515 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23516 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23517
23518 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23519 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23520 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23521 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23522
23523 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23524 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23525 variable.
23526
23527 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23528
23529 ;;;***
23530 \f
23531 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23532 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
23533 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
23534 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
23535 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p)
23536 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19845 45374))
23537 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23538
23539 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23540 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23541 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23542
23543 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23544
23545 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23546 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23547 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23548 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23549 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23550 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23551 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23552
23553 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23554 sent by you under different user names.
23555 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23556
23557 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23558
23559 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23560
23561 (defvaralias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names)
23562
23563 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23564 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23565 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23566 explicitly.")
23567
23568 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23569
23570 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23571 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23572 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23573 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23574 which normally happens once for each message,
23575 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23576 To make a change in this variable take effect
23577 for a message that you have already viewed,
23578 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23579
23580 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23581
23582 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23583 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23584 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23585 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23586
23587 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23588
23589 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:") "\
23590 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23591
23592 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23593
23594 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23595 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23596 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23597
23598 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23599
23600 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23601 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23602 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23603 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23604 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23605 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23606
23607 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23608
23609 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23610 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23611
23612 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23613
23614 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23615 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23616
23617 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23618
23619 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23620 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23621
23622 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23623 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23624
23625 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23626
23627 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23628 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23629
23630 This is set to nil by default.")
23631
23632 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23633 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23634 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23635 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23636 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23637 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23638 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23639
23640 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23641 Read and edit incoming mail.
23642 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23643 file in RMAIL Mode.
23644 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23645
23646 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23647 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23648 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23649 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23650
23651 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23652
23653 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23654
23655 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23656 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23657 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23658 Instead, these commands are available:
23659
23660 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23661 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23662 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23663 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23664 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23665 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23666 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23667 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23668 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23669 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23670 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23671 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23672 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23673 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23674 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23675 till a deleted message is found.
23676 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23677 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23678 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23679 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23680 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23681 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23682 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23683 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23684 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23685 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23686 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23687 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23688 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23689 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23690 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23691 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23692 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23693 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23694 (label defaults to last one specified).
23695 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23696 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23697 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23698 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23699 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23700 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23701 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23702 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23703 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23704
23705 \(fn)" t nil)
23706
23707 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23708 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23709
23710 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23711
23712 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23713 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23714
23715 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23716
23717 ;;;***
23718 \f
23719 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23720 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19845 45374))
23721 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23722 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23723
23724 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23725 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23726 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23727 case it writes Babyl.
23728
23729 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23730 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23731 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23732 `rmail-default-file'.
23733
23734 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23735 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23736 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23737
23738 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23739 the header display is currently pruned.
23740
23741 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23742 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23743 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23744 messages after output.
23745
23746 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23747 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23748 message (if writing a file directly).
23749
23750 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23751 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23752
23753 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23754
23755 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23756 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23757 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23758 i) the header is output as currently seen
23759 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23760 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23761
23762 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23763 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23764 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23765
23766 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23767
23768 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23769 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23770 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23771 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23772 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23773 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23774 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23775
23776 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23777 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23778 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23779
23780 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23781
23782 ;;;***
23783 \f
23784 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23785 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23786 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23787
23788 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23789 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23790 Return a pattern.
23791
23792 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23793
23794 ;;;***
23795 \f
23796 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23797 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23798 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23799
23800 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23801 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23802 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23803 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23804
23805 \(fn)" t nil)
23806
23807 ;;;***
23808 \f
23809 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23810 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23811 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23812
23813 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23814 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23815
23816 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23817 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23818 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23819 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23820 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23821 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23822 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23823 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23824 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23825 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23826
23827 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23828 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23829 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23830 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23831 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23832 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23833 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23834 to use for finding the schema.
23835
23836 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23837
23838 ;;;***
23839 \f
23840 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19845
23841 ;;;;;; 45374))
23842 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23843
23844 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23845
23846 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23847 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23848 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23849 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23850 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23851 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23852 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23853 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23854 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23855 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23856 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23857 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23858 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23859 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23860 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23861 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23862 must be equal.
23863
23864 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23865
23866 ;;;***
23867 \f
23868 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23869 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19845 45374))
23870 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23871
23872 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23873 Define a robin package.
23874
23875 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23876 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23877 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23878 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23879
23880 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23881 one replaces the old one.
23882
23883 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23884
23885 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23886 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23887
23888 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23889 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23890 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23891
23892 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23893
23894 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23895 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23896
23897 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23898
23899 ;;;***
23900 \f
23901 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23902 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19845 45374))
23903 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23904
23905 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23906 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23907
23908 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23909
23910 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23911 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23912
23913 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23914
23915 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23916 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23917
23918 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23919
23920 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23921 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23922 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23923
23924 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23925 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23926 in ROT13.
23927
23928 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23929
23930 \(fn)" t nil)
23931
23932 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23933 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23934
23935 \(fn)" t nil)
23936
23937 ;;;***
23938 \f
23939 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23940 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23941 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23942 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23943
23944 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23945 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23946 \\<rst-mode-map>
23947 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
23948 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
23949 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
23950 decorations within the region (see full details below).
23951 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
23952
23953 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23954 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23955 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
23956 font-locking of blocks.
23957
23958 \\{rst-mode-map}
23959
23960 \(fn)" t nil)
23961
23962 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23963 ReST Minor Mode.
23964 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23965 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
23966 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
23967 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
23968
23969 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23970 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23971 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23972
23973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23974
23975 ;;;***
23976 \f
23977 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23978 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23979 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23980
23981 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23982 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23983 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23984 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23985 nesting into account.
23986
23987 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23988
23989 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23990
23991 \(fn)" t nil)
23992
23993 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23994
23995 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23996
23997 ;;;***
23998 \f
23999 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19845
24000 ;;;;;; 45374))
24001 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24002
24003 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
24004 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
24005 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
24006
24007 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24008 Toggle Ruler mode.
24009 In Ruler mode, Emacs displays a ruler in the header line.
24010
24011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24012
24013 ;;;***
24014 \f
24015 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19845
24016 ;;;;;; 45374))
24017 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24018
24019 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24020 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24021 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24022 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24023
24024 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24025
24026 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24027 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24028 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24029
24030 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24031 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24032 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24033
24034 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24035 notation.
24036
24037 STRING
24038 matches string STRING literally.
24039
24040 CHAR
24041 matches character CHAR literally.
24042
24043 `not-newline', `nonl'
24044 matches any character except a newline.
24045
24046 `anything'
24047 matches any character
24048
24049 `(any SET ...)'
24050 `(in SET ...)'
24051 `(char SET ...)'
24052 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24053 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24054 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24055
24056 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24057 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24058 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24059 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24060
24061 `(not (any SET ...))'
24062 matches any character not in SET ...
24063
24064 `line-start', `bol'
24065 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24066 in the text being matched
24067
24068 `line-end', `eol'
24069 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24070
24071 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24072 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24073 string being matched against.
24074
24075 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24076 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24077 string being matched against.
24078
24079 `buffer-start'
24080 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24081 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24082
24083 `buffer-end'
24084 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24085 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24086
24087 `point'
24088 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24089
24090 `word-start', `bow'
24091 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24092
24093 `word-end', `eow'
24094 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24095
24096 `word-boundary'
24097 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24098 word.
24099
24100 `(not word-boundary)'
24101 `not-word-boundary'
24102 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24103 word.
24104
24105 `symbol-start'
24106 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24107
24108 `symbol-end'
24109 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24110
24111 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24112 matches 0 through 9.
24113
24114 `control', `cntrl'
24115 matches ASCII control characters.
24116
24117 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24118 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24119
24120 `blank'
24121 matches space and tab only.
24122
24123 `graphic', `graph'
24124 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24125 space, and DEL.
24126
24127 `printing', `print'
24128 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24129 and DEL.
24130
24131 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24132 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24133 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24134
24135 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24136 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24137 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24138
24139 `ascii'
24140 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24141
24142 `nonascii'
24143 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24144
24145 `lower', `lower-case'
24146 matches anything lower-case.
24147
24148 `upper', `upper-case'
24149 matches anything upper-case.
24150
24151 `punctuation', `punct'
24152 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24153 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24154
24155 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24156 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24157
24158 `word', `wordchar'
24159 matches anything that has word syntax.
24160
24161 `not-wordchar'
24162 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24163
24164 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
24165 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24166 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24167 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24168
24169 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24170 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24171 `word' (\\sw)
24172 `symbol' (\\s_)
24173 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24174 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24175 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24176 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24177 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24178 `escape' (\\s\\)
24179 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24180 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24181 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24182 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24183 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24184
24185 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24186 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24187
24188 `(category CATEGORY)'
24189 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24190 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24191
24192 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24193 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24194 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24195 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24196 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24197 `symbol' (\\c5)
24198 `digit' (\\c6)
24199 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24200 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24201 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24202 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24203 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24204 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24205 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24206 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24207 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24208 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24209 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24210 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24211 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24212 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24213 `ascii' (\\ca)
24214 `arabic' (\\cb)
24215 `chinese' (\\cc)
24216 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24217 `greek' (\\cg)
24218 `korean' (\\ch)
24219 `indian' (\\ci)
24220 `japanese' (\\cj)
24221 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24222 `latin' (\\cl)
24223 `lao' (\\co)
24224 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24225 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24226 `thai' (\\ct)
24227 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24228 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24229 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24230 `can-break' (\\c|)
24231
24232 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24233 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24234
24235 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24236 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24237 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24238 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24239 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24240
24241 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24242 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24243 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24244 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24245
24246 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24247 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24248 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24249 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24250 regular expression.
24251
24252 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24253 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24254 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24255 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24256 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24257
24258 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24259 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24260
24261 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24262 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24263
24264 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24265 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24266 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24267
24268 `(* SEXP ...)'
24269 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24270 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24271
24272 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24273 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24274 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24275
24276 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24277 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24278 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24279
24280 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24281 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24282
24283 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24284 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24285
24286 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24287 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24288 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24289 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24290
24291 `(? SEXP ...)'
24292 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24293
24294 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24295 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24296
24297 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24298 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24299 matches N occurrences.
24300
24301 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24302 matches N or more occurrences.
24303
24304 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24305 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24306 matches N to M occurrences.
24307
24308 `(backref N)'
24309 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24310
24311 `(eval FORM)'
24312 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24313 `regexp-quote' it.
24314
24315 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24316 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24317
24318 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24319
24320 ;;;***
24321 \f
24322 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (19845
24323 ;;;;;; 45374))
24324 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24325
24326 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24327 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24328 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24329 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24330 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24331 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24332
24333 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24334
24335 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24336 Toggle savehist-mode.
24337 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24338 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24339 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24340 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24341
24342 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24343 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24344 which is probably undesirable.
24345
24346 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24347
24348 ;;;***
24349 \f
24350 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24351 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24352 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24353
24354 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24355 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24356 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24357
24358 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24359 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24360 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24361 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24362 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24363 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24364 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24365 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24366
24367 Commands:
24368 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24369 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24370 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24371 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24372 if that value is non-nil.
24373
24374 \(fn)" t nil)
24375
24376 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24377 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24378 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24379
24380 Commands:
24381 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24382 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24383 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24384 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24385 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24386 that variable's value is a string.
24387
24388 \(fn)" t nil)
24389
24390 ;;;***
24391 \f
24392 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24393 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24394 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24395
24396 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24397 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24398 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24399
24400 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24401
24402 \(fn)" t nil)
24403
24404 ;;;***
24405 \f
24406 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24407 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24408 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24409
24410 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24411 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24412 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24413 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24414 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24415 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24416
24417 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24418
24419 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24420 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24421 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24422 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24423 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24424
24425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24426
24427 ;;;***
24428 \f
24429 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24430 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24431 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24432
24433 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24434 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24435 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24436 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24437 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24438 during scrolling.
24439
24440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24441
24442 ;;;***
24443 \f
24444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (19845 45374))
24445 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24446 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24447 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24448
24449 ;;;***
24450 \f
24451 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
24452 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19845 45374))
24453 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24454
24455 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24456 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24457 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24458
24459 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24460 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24461 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24462 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24463 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24464 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24465 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24466 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24467 keybinding for tag names.")
24468
24469 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24470
24471 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24472 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24473 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24474 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24475 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24476 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24477
24478 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24479
24480 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24481 Toggle Semantic mode.
24482 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24483
24484 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24485 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24486 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24487 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24488 Semantic mode.
24489
24490 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24491
24492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24493
24494 ;;;***
24495 \f
24496 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24497 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose mail-default-headers
24498 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24499 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24500 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24501 ;;;;;; mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator
24502 ;;;;;; send-mail-function mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
24503 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19845 45374))
24504 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24505
24506 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24507 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24508
24509 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24510 king@grassland.com
24511 If `parens', they look like:
24512 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24513 If `angles', they look like:
24514 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24515
24516 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24517 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24518
24519 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24520
24521 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24522 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24523 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24524 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24525
24526 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24527 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24528 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24529 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24530
24531 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24532
24533 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24534 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24535 This is done when the message is initialized,
24536 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24537
24538 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24539
24540 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24541 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24542 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24543
24544 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24545
24546 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24547
24548 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24549 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24550 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24551 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24552 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24553 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24554 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24555
24556 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24557 (custom-initialize-delay 'send-mail-function nil)
24558
24559 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24560 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24561
24562 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24563
24564 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24565 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24566 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24567 be a Babyl file.")
24568
24569 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24570
24571 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24572 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24573 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24574 when you first send mail.")
24575
24576 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24577
24578 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24579 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24580 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24581 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24582 This file need not actually exist.")
24583
24584 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24585
24586 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24587 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24588
24589 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24590
24591 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24592 Alist of mail address aliases,
24593 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24594 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24595 can specify a different file name.)
24596 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24597 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24598
24599 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24600 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24601 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24602
24603 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24604
24605 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24606 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24607 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24608
24609 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24610
24611 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24612 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24613 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24614 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24615 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24616 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24617 in the cited portion of the message.
24618
24619 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24620 instead of no action.")
24621
24622 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24623
24624 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24625 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24626 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24627 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24628 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24629
24630 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24631
24632 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24633 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24634 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24635 If a string, that string is inserted.
24636 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24637 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24638 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24639 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24640
24641 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24642
24643 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24644 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24645
24646 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24647
24648 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24649 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24650 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24651
24652 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24653 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24654
24655 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24656
24657 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24658 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24659 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24660 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24661
24662 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24663
24664 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24665
24666 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24667
24668
24669 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24670
24671 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24672 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24673 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24674
24675 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24676 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24677
24678 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24679 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24680 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24681 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24682 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24683 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24684 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24685 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24686 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24687 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24688 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24689 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24690
24691 \(fn)" t nil)
24692
24693 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24694 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24695 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24696 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24697
24698 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24699
24700 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24701 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24702 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24703 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24704 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24705 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24706
24707 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24708 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24709 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24710
24711 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24712 User should not set this variable manually,
24713 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24714 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24715 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24716 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
24717 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*unsent mail*"))
24718
24719 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24720 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24721 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24722 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24723
24724 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24725 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24726
24727 \\<mail-mode-map>
24728 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24729
24730 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24731 to move to message header fields:
24732 \\{mail-mode-map}
24733
24734 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24735 when the message is initialized.
24736
24737 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24738 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24739
24740 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24741 is inserted.
24742
24743 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24744 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24745
24746 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24747 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24748 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24749 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24750 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24751 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24752 buffer without erasing the contents.
24753
24754 The second through fifth arguments,
24755 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24756 the initial contents of those header fields.
24757 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24758 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24759 original message being replied to, or else an action
24760 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24761 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24762 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24763 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24764 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24765 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24766
24767 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24768
24769 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24770 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24771
24772 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24773
24774 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24775 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24776
24777 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24778
24779 ;;;***
24780 \f
24781 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24782 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19863
24783 ;;;;;; 8742))
24784 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24785
24786 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24787
24788 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24789
24790 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24791
24792 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24793 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24794 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24795 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24796 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24797 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24798
24799 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24800 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24801
24802 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24803 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24804 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24805
24806 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24807 \\[server-start].
24808
24809 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24810
24811 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24812 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24813 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24814 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24815
24816 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24817
24818 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24819 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24820 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24821 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24822 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24823 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24824
24825 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24826
24827 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24828 Toggle Server mode.
24829 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24830 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24831 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24832
24833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24834
24835 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24836 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24837 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24838
24839 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24840 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24841
24842 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24843
24844 ;;;***
24845 \f
24846 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19845 45374))
24847 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24848
24849 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24850 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24851 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24852
24853 Key definitions:
24854 \\{ses-mode-map}
24855 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24856 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24857 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24858 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24859
24860 \(fn)" t nil)
24861
24862 ;;;***
24863 \f
24864 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24865 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24866 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24867
24868 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24869 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24870 Makes > match <.
24871 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24872 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24873
24874 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24875 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24876 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24877
24878 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24879 in your `.emacs' file.
24880
24881 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24882
24883 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24884 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24885 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24886
24887 \(fn)" t nil)
24888
24889 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24890 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24891 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24892 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24893 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24894 which this is based.
24895
24896 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24897
24898 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24899 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24900 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24901 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24902
24903 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24904 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24905 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24906
24907 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24908 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24909 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24910 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24911
24912 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24913 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24914 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24915 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24916
24917 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24918
24919 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24920 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24921 To work around that, do:
24922 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24923
24924 \\{html-mode-map}
24925
24926 \(fn)" t nil)
24927
24928 ;;;***
24929 \f
24930 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24931 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24932 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24933 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24934
24935 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24936 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24937 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24938 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24939 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24940 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24941
24942 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24943 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24944 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24945 shell-specific features.
24946
24947 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24948 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24949 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24950 \\<sh-mode-map>
24951 \\[sh-case] case statement
24952 \\[sh-for] for loop
24953 \\[sh-function] function definition
24954 \\[sh-if] if statement
24955 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24956 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24957 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24958 \\[sh-select] select loop
24959 \\[sh-until] until loop
24960 \\[sh-while] while loop
24961
24962 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24963 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24964 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24965 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24966 would indent to the way it currently is.
24967 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24968 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24969
24970
24971 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24972 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24973 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24974 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24975 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24976 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24977
24978 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24979 {, (, [, ', \", `
24980 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24981
24982 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24983 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24984 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24985
24986 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24987 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24988
24989 \(fn)" t nil)
24990
24991 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24992
24993 ;;;***
24994 \f
24995 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (19845 45374))
24996 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24997
24998 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24999 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
25000 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
25001 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
25002 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
25003 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
25004
25005 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
25006
25007 ;;;***
25008 \f
25009 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25010 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25011 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25012
25013 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25014 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25015
25016 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
25017 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
25018 else prints messages listing any shadows.
25019
25020 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25021 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25022 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25023 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25024 the earlier.
25025
25026 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25027
25028 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25029
25030 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25031 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25032 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25033
25034 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25035 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25036
25037 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25038 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25039 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25040 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25041 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25042 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25043 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25044 Emacs version).
25045
25046 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25047 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25048 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25049 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25050 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25051
25052 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25053 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25054
25055 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25056
25057 ;;;***
25058 \f
25059 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25060 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19845
25061 ;;;;;; 45374))
25062 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25063
25064 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25065 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25066 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25067 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25068 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25069 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25070 sites in the cluster.
25071
25072 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25073
25074 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25075 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25076 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25077 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25078 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25079
25080 \(fn)" t nil)
25081
25082 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25083 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25084 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25085 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25086 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25087 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25088 `shadow-define-cluster').
25089
25090 \(fn)" t nil)
25091
25092 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25093 Set up file shadowing.
25094
25095 \(fn)" t nil)
25096
25097 ;;;***
25098 \f
25099 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25100 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25101 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25102
25103 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25104 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25105 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25106 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25107 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25108 arguments.")
25109
25110 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25111
25112 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25113 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25114 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25115 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25116 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25117
25118 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25119 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25120 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25121 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25122 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25123 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25124 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25125 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25126 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25127 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25128 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25129
25130 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25131 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25132 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25133 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25134 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25135 `default-process-coding-system'.
25136
25137 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25138 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25139 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25140 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25141
25142 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25143
25144 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25145 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
25146
25147 ;;;***
25148 \f
25149 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (19845
25150 ;;;;;; 45374))
25151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
25152
25153 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25154
25155
25156 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25157
25158 ;;;***
25159 \f
25160 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25161 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19845 45374))
25162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25163
25164 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25165
25166
25167 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25168
25169 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25170
25171
25172 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25173
25174 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25175
25176
25177 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25178
25179 ;;;***
25180 \f
25181 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25182 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25183 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25184
25185 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25186 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25187 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25188 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25189 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25190
25191 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25192
25193 \(fn)" t nil)
25194
25195 ;;;***
25196 \f
25197 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19845
25198 ;;;;;; 45374))
25199 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25200
25201 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25202 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25203 \\{simula-mode-map}
25204 Variables controlling indentation style:
25205 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25206 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25207 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25208 `simula-indent-level'
25209 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25210 `simula-substatement-offset'
25211 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25212 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25213 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25214 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25215 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25216 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25217 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25218 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25219 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25220 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25221 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25222 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25223 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25224 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25225 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25226 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25227 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25228 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25229 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25230 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25231 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25232 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25233 or nil if they should not be changed.
25234 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25235 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25236 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25237 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25238
25239 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25240 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25241
25242 \(fn)" t nil)
25243
25244 ;;;***
25245 \f
25246 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25247 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19845 45374))
25248 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25249
25250 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25251 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25252
25253 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25254 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25255 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25256 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25257
25258 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25259
25260 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25261 Insert SKELETON.
25262 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25263 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25264 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25265 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25266 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25267
25268 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25269 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25270
25271 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25272
25273 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25274 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25275
25276 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25277 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25278 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25279 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25280
25281 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25282 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25283 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25284 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25285
25286 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25287 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25288 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25289
25290 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25291 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25292
25293 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25294 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25295
25296 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25297 _ interesting point, interregion here
25298 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25299 interesting point set by _
25300 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25301 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25302 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25303 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25304 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25305 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25306 nil skipped
25307
25308 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25309 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25310
25311 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25312 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25313 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25314 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25315 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25316 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25317 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25318 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25319
25320 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25321 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25322 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25323 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25324 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25325 available:
25326
25327 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25328 then: insert previously read string once more
25329 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25330 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25331 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25332
25333 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25334 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25335
25336 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25337
25338 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25339 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25340
25341 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25342 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25343 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25344 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25345 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25346 such as backslash.
25347
25348 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25349 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25350 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25351
25352 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25353
25354 ;;;***
25355 \f
25356 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25357 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (19863 8742))
25358 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25359
25360 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25361 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25362 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25363 buffer names.
25364
25365 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25366
25367 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25368 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25369 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25370
25371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25372
25373 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25374 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25375 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25376
25377 \(fn)" t nil)
25378
25379 ;;;***
25380 \f
25381 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25382 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25383 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25384
25385 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25386 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25387 A list of images is returned.
25388
25389 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25390
25391 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25392 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25393 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25394
25395 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25396
25397 ;;;***
25398 \f
25399 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25400 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (19845 45374))
25401 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25402
25403 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25404
25405
25406 \(fn)" nil nil)
25407
25408 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25409 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25410
25411 \(fn)" t nil)
25412
25413 ;;;***
25414 \f
25415 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19845 45374))
25416 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25417
25418 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25419 Play the Snake game.
25420 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25421
25422 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25423
25424 Snake mode keybindings:
25425 \\<snake-mode-map>
25426 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25427 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25428 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25429 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25430 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25431 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25432 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25433
25434 \(fn)" t nil)
25435
25436 ;;;***
25437 \f
25438 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25439 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25440 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25441
25442 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25443 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25444 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25445 Tab indents for C code.
25446 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25447 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25448 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25449 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25450 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25451
25452 \(fn)" t nil)
25453
25454 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25455 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25456 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25457 Tab indents for C code.
25458 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25459 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25460 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25461 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25462 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25463
25464 \(fn)" t nil)
25465
25466 ;;;***
25467 \f
25468 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19845
25469 ;;;;;; 45374))
25470 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25471
25472 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25473 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25474 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25475 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25476 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25477
25478 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25479
25480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25481
25482 ;;;***
25483 \f
25484 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19845
25485 ;;;;;; 45374))
25486 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25487
25488 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25489 Play Solitaire.
25490
25491 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25492 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25493 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25494 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25495 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25496 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25497 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25498 check after each move or undo.)
25499
25500 What is Solitaire?
25501
25502 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25503 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25504 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25505
25506 Le Solitaire
25507 ============
25508
25509 o o o
25510
25511 o o o
25512
25513 o o o o o o o
25514
25515 o o o . o o o
25516
25517 o o o o o o o
25518
25519 o o o
25520
25521 o o o
25522
25523 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25524 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25525 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25526 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25527
25528 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25529 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25530 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25531 this: o o .
25532
25533 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25534 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25535
25536 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25537
25538 o o o
25539
25540 . o o
25541
25542 o o . o o o o
25543
25544 o . o o o o o
25545
25546 o o o o o o o
25547
25548 o o o
25549
25550 o o o
25551
25552 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25553
25554 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25555
25556 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25557
25558 ;;;***
25559 \f
25560 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25561 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25562 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19845 45374))
25563 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25564 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25565
25566 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25567 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25568
25569 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25570 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25571 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25572 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25573 contiguous.
25574
25575 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25576 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25577 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25578 the sort order.
25579
25580 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25581 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25582
25583 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25584 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25585 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25586 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25587 is called.
25588
25589 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25590 It should move point to the end of the record.
25591
25592 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25593 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25594 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25595 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25596 starts at the beginning of the record.
25597
25598 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25599 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25600 same as ENDRECFUN.
25601
25602 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25603 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25604
25605 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25606
25607 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25608 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25609 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25610 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25611 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25612 the sort order.
25613
25614 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25615
25616 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25617 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25618 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25619 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25620 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25621 the sort order.
25622
25623 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25624
25625 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25626 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25627 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25628 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25629 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25630 the sort order.
25631
25632 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25633 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25634
25635 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25636 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25637 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25638 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25639 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25640 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25641 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25642 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25643 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25644
25645 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25646
25647 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25648 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25649 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25650 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25651 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25652 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25653 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25654 the sort order.
25655
25656 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25657
25658 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25659 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25660 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25661 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25662 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25663 is to be used for sorting.
25664 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25665 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25666 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25667 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25668 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25669
25670 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25671
25672 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25673 the sort order.
25674
25675 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25676 starting with the letter \"f\",
25677 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25678
25679 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25680
25681 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25682 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25683 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25684 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25685 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25686 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25687 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25688 the sort order.
25689
25690 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25691 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25692 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25693 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25694 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25695
25696 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25697
25698 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25699 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25700 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25701
25702 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25703
25704 ;;;***
25705 \f
25706 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19867
25707 ;;;;;; 52471))
25708 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25709
25710 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25711 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25712 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25713 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25714 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25715 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25716
25717 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25718
25719 ;;;***
25720 \f
25721 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25722 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25723 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19845 45374))
25724 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25725
25726 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25727 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25728
25729 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25730 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25731 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25732
25733 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25734
25735 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25736 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25737 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25738 server.
25739
25740 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25741
25742 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25743 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25744 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25745
25746 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25747
25748 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25749 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25750 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25751 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25752 Agent is plugged.
25753
25754 \(fn)" t nil)
25755
25756 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25757 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25758 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25759 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25760
25761 \(fn)" t nil)
25762
25763 ;;;***
25764 \f
25765 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25766 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19845 45374))
25767 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25768
25769 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25770
25771 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25772 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25773 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25774 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25775 supported at a time.
25776 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25777 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25778
25779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25780
25781 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25782 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25783 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25784 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25785
25786 \(fn)" t nil)
25787
25788 ;;;***
25789 \f
25790 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19845
25791 ;;;;;; 45374))
25792 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25793
25794 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25795 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25796
25797 \(fn)" t nil)
25798
25799 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25800 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25801
25802 \(fn)" nil nil)
25803
25804 ;;;***
25805 \f
25806 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25807 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25808 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
25809 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
25810 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25811 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25812
25813 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25814 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25815
25816 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25817 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25818 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25819 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25820 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25821 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25822 of the current highlighting list.
25823
25824 For example:
25825
25826 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25827 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25828
25829 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25830 `_t' as data types.
25831
25832 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25833
25834 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25835 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25836
25837 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25838 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25839
25840 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25841
25842 \\\\FREE
25843
25844 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25845
25846 \\\\NONFREE
25847
25848 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25849
25850 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
25851 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
25852
25853 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25854 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25855 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25856 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25857
25858 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25859 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25860 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25861 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25862
25863 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25864 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25865 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25866
25867 \(fn)" t nil)
25868
25869 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25870 Major mode to edit SQL.
25871
25872 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25873 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25874 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25875
25876 \\{sql-mode-map}
25877 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25878
25879 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25880 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25881 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25882 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25883 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25884 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25885
25886 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25887 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25888
25889 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25890 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25891 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25892
25893 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25894 (lambda ()
25895 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25896
25897 \(fn)" t nil)
25898
25899 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25900 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25901
25902 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25903 their settings.
25904
25905 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25906 is specified in the connection settings.
25907
25908 \(fn CONNECTION)" t nil)
25909
25910 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25911 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25912
25913 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25914 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25915
25916 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25917 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25918 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25919 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25920
25921 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25922
25923 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25924
25925 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25926 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25927
25928 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25929 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25930 `*SQL*'.
25931
25932 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25933 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25934 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25935 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25936
25937 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25938 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25939
25940 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25941 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25942 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25943 buffer.
25944
25945 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25946 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25947 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25948 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25949 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25950 `default-process-coding-system'.
25951
25952 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25953
25954 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25955
25956 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25957 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25958
25959 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25960 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25961 `*SQL*'.
25962
25963 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25964 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25965 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25966 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25967
25968 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25969 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25970
25971 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25972 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25973 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25974 buffer.
25975
25976 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25977 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25978 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25979 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25980 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25981 `default-process-coding-system'.
25982
25983 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25984
25985 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25986
25987 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25988 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25989
25990 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25991 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25992 `*SQL*'.
25993
25994 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25995 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25996
25997 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25998 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25999
26000 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26001 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
26002 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26003 buffer.
26004
26005 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26006 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26007 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26008 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26009 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26010 `default-process-coding-system'.
26011
26012 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26013
26014 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26015
26016 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26017 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26018
26019 SQLite is free software.
26020
26021 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26022 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26023 `*SQL*'.
26024
26025 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26026 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26027 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26028 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26029
26030 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26031 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26032
26033 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26034 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26035 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26036 buffer.
26037
26038 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26039 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26040 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26041 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26042 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26043 `default-process-coding-system'.
26044
26045 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26046
26047 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26048
26049 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26050 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26051
26052 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26053
26054 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26055 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26056 `*SQL*'.
26057
26058 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26059 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26060 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26061 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26062
26063 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26064 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26065
26066 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26067 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26068 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26069 buffer.
26070
26071 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26072 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26073 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26074 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26075 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26076 `default-process-coding-system'.
26077
26078 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26079
26080 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26081
26082 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26083 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26084
26085 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26086 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26087 `*SQL*'.
26088
26089 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26090 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26091 defaults, if set.
26092
26093 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26094 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26095
26096 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26097 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26098 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26099 buffer.
26100
26101 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26102 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26103 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26104 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26105 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26106 `default-process-coding-system'.
26107
26108 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26109
26110 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26111
26112 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26113 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26114
26115 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26116 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26117 `*SQL*'.
26118
26119 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26120 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26121
26122 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26123 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26124
26125 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26126 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26127 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26128 buffer.
26129
26130 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26131 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26132 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26133 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26134 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26135 `default-process-coding-system'.
26136
26137 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26138
26139 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26140
26141 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26142 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26143
26144 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26145 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26146 `*SQL*'.
26147
26148 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26149 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26150 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26151 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26152
26153 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26154 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26155
26156 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26157 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26158 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26159 buffer.
26160
26161 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26162 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26163 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26164 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26165 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26166 `default-process-coding-system'.
26167
26168 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26169
26170 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26171
26172 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26173 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26174
26175 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26176 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26177 `*SQL*'.
26178
26179 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26180 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26181 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26182 `sql-postgres-options'.
26183
26184 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26185 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26186
26187 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26188 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26189 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26190 buffer.
26191
26192 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26193 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26194 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26195 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26196 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26197 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26198 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26199 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26200
26201 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26202 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26203
26204 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26205
26206 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26207
26208 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26209 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26210
26211 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26212 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26213 `*SQL*'.
26214
26215 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26216 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26217 defaults, if set.
26218
26219 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26220 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26221
26222 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26223 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26224 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26225 buffer.
26226
26227 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26228 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26229 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26230 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26231 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26232 `default-process-coding-system'.
26233
26234 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26235
26236 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26237
26238 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26239 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26240
26241 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26242 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26243 `*SQL*'.
26244
26245 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26246 automatic login.
26247
26248 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26249 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26250
26251 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26252 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26253 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26254 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26255
26256 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26257 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26258 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26259 buffer.
26260
26261 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26262 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26263 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26264 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26265 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26266 `default-process-coding-system'.
26267
26268 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26269
26270 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26271
26272 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26273 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26274
26275 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26276 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26277 `*SQL*'.
26278
26279 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26280 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26281 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26282 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26283 parameters.
26284
26285 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26286 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26287 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26288 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26289 an empty password.
26290
26291 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26292 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26293
26294 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26295 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26296 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26297 buffer.
26298
26299 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26300
26301 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26302
26303 ;;;***
26304 \f
26305 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26306 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
26307 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26308
26309 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26310 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26311
26312 \(fn)" t nil)
26313
26314 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26315
26316 ;;;***
26317 \f
26318 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
26319 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
26320 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26321
26322 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26323 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26324 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26325 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26326 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26327 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26328 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26329 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26330 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26331 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26332 with any buffer
26333 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26334 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26335 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26336 GNUTLS requires a port number.
26337
26338 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26339
26340 ;;;***
26341 \f
26342 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26343 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26344 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26345 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26346 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19845
26347 ;;;;;; 45374))
26348 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26349
26350 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26351 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26352 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26353 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26354 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26355 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26356
26357 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26358
26359 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26360
26361 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26362 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26363 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26364 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26365 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26366 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26367 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26368
26369 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26370
26371 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26372 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26373 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26374 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26375 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26376 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26377 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26378
26379 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26380
26381 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26382 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26383 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26384
26385 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26386
26387 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26388 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26389 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26390
26391 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26392
26393 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26394 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26395
26396 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26397
26398 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26399 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26400
26401 \(fn)" t nil)
26402
26403 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26404 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26405
26406 \(fn)" t nil)
26407
26408 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26409 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26410 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26411 chronologically by command name.
26412 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26413
26414 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26415
26416 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26417 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26418 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26419 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26420 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26421 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26422
26423 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26424
26425 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26426 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26427 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26428 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26429 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26430 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26431 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26432
26433 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26434 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26435 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26436 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26437
26438 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26439
26440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26441
26442 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26443 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26444 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26445 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26446
26447 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26448
26449 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26450 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26451
26452 \(fn)" t nil)
26453
26454 ;;;***
26455 \f
26456 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26457 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19845 45374))
26458 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26459
26460 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26461 Studlify-case the region.
26462
26463 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26464
26465 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26466 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26467
26468 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26469
26470 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26471 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26472
26473 \(fn)" t nil)
26474
26475 ;;;***
26476 \f
26477 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
26478 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
26479 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26480
26481 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26482 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
26483 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
26484 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
26485 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
26486 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
26487 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
26488 Here are some examples:
26489
26490 Nomenclature Subwords
26491 ===========================================================
26492 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26493 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26494 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26495
26496 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26497 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26498 as words.
26499
26500 \\{subword-mode-map}
26501
26502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26503
26504 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26505 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26506 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26507 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26508 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26509 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26510
26511 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26512
26513 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26514 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
26515 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if
26516 ARG is positive.
26517 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26518 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26519 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26520
26521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26522
26523 ;;;***
26524 \f
26525 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26526 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
26527 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26528
26529 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26530 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26531 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26532 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26533 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26534 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26535 original message but it does require a few things:
26536
26537 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26538
26539 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26540 reply buffer.
26541
26542 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26543 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26544 original message.
26545
26546 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26547
26548 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26549
26550 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26551 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26552 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26553
26554 \(fn)" nil nil)
26555
26556 ;;;***
26557 \f
26558 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19845
26559 ;;;;;; 45374))
26560 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26561
26562 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26563
26564 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26565 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26566 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26567 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26568 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26569 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26570
26571 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26572
26573 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26574 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26575 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26576 otherwise turn it off.
26577
26578 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26579 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26580 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26581
26582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26583
26584 ;;;***
26585 \f
26586 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19845 45374))
26587 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26588
26589 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26590 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26591 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26592 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26593 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26594
26595 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26596
26597 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26598 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26599 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26600 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26601 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26602 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26603 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26604
26605 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26606
26607 ;;;***
26608 \f
26609 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26610 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26611 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26612 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26613 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26614 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26615 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26616 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26617 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26618 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26619 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26620 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26621 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19845 45374))
26622 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26623
26624 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26625 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26626 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26627
26628 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26629
26630 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26631 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26632
26633 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26634
26635 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26636 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26637
26638 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26639
26640 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26641 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26642
26643 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26644
26645 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26646 Insert an editable text table.
26647 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26648 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26649 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26650 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26651 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26652 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26653 delimiting them.
26654
26655 Examples:
26656
26657 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26658
26659 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26660 location of point.
26661
26662 -!-
26663
26664 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26665 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26666 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26667 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26668 first cell.
26669
26670 +-----+-----+-----+
26671 |-!- | | |
26672 +-----+-----+-----+
26673
26674 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26675
26676 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26677 width, which results as
26678
26679 +--------------+-----+-----+
26680 |-!- | | |
26681 +--------------+-----+-----+
26682
26683 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26684 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26685
26686 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26687 | | |-!- |
26688 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26689
26690 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26691 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26692 width information to `table-insert'.
26693
26694 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26695
26696 instead of
26697
26698 Cell width(s): 5
26699
26700 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26701 work all together.
26702
26703 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26704 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26705
26706 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26707 |-!- | | |
26708 | | | |
26709 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26710
26711 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26712
26713 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26714 |-!- | | |
26715 | | | |
26716 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26717 | | | |
26718 | | | |
26719 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26720
26721 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26722
26723 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26724 | | | |
26725 | | | |
26726 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26727 | | | |
26728 | | | |
26729 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26730 -!-
26731
26732 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26733 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26734 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26735
26736 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26737 | | | |
26738 | | | |
26739 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26740 | | | |
26741 | | | |
26742 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26743 |-!- | | |
26744 | | | |
26745 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26746
26747 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26748 results.
26749
26750 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26751 | | | |
26752 | | | |
26753 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26754 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26755 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26756 | | |expected results.-!- |
26757 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26758 | | | |
26759 | | | |
26760 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26761
26762 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26763
26764 \\{table-cell-map}
26765
26766 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26767
26768 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26769 Insert N table row(s).
26770 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26771 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26772 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26773 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26774
26775 \(fn N)" t nil)
26776
26777 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26778 Insert N table column(s).
26779 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26780 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26781 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26782 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26783
26784 \(fn N)" t nil)
26785
26786 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26787 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26788 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26789
26790 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26791
26792 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26793 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26794 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26795 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26796 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26797 all the table specific features.
26798
26799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26800
26801 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26802
26803
26804 \(fn)" t nil)
26805
26806 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26807 Recognize all tables within region.
26808 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26809 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26810 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26811 specific features.
26812
26813 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26814
26815 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26816
26817
26818 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26819
26820 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26821 Recognize a table at point.
26822 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26823 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26824 the table specific features.
26825
26826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26827
26828 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26829
26830
26831 \(fn)" t nil)
26832
26833 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26834 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26835 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26836 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26837 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26838 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26839 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26840
26841 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26842
26843 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26844
26845
26846 \(fn)" t nil)
26847
26848 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26849 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26850 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26851 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26852 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26853 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26854 specified.
26855
26856 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26857
26858 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26859 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26860 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26861 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26862 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26863 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26864 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26865 table structure.
26866
26867 \(fn N)" t nil)
26868
26869 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26870 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26871 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26872 table's rectangle structure.
26873
26874 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26875
26876 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26877 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26878 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26879 table's rectangle structure.
26880
26881 \(fn N)" t nil)
26882
26883 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26884 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26885 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26886 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26887 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26888
26889 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26890
26891 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26892 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26893 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26894
26895 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26896 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26897 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26898 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26899 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26900 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26901 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26902
26903 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26904 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26905 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26906 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26907 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26908 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26909 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26910
26911 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26912 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26913 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26914 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26915 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26916 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26917 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26918 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26919
26920 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26921
26922 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26923 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26924 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26925 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26926
26927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26928
26929 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26930 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26931 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26932
26933 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26934
26935 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26936 Split current cell vertically.
26937 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26938
26939 \(fn)" t nil)
26940
26941 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26942 Split current cell horizontally.
26943 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26944
26945 \(fn)" t nil)
26946
26947 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26948 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26949 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26950
26951 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26952
26953 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26954 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26955 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26956 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26957
26958 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26959
26960 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26961 Justify cell contents.
26962 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26963 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26964 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26965 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26966
26967 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26968
26969 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26970 Justify cells of a row.
26971 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26972 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26973
26974 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26975
26976 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26977 Justify cells of a column.
26978 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26979 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26980
26981 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26982
26983 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26984 Toggle fixing width mode.
26985 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26986 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26987 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26988
26989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26990
26991 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26992 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26993 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26994 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26995 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26996 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26997 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26998 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26999 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27000 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27001 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27002
27003 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27004
27005 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27006 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27007 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27008 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27009 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27010 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27011 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27012 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27013 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27014 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27015 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27016 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27017 untouched.
27018
27019 References used for this implementation:
27020
27021 HTML:
27022 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27023
27024 LaTeX:
27025 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27026
27027 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27028 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27029 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27030
27031 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27032
27033 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27034 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27035 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27036 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27037 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27038 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27039 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27040 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27041 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27042 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27043 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27044 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27045 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27046 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27047 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27048 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27049 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27050
27051 Example:
27052
27053 (progn
27054 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27055 (table-forward-cell 15)
27056 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27057 (table-forward-cell 16)
27058 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27059 (table-forward-cell 1)
27060 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27061
27062 (progn
27063 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27064 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27065 (table-forward-cell 1)
27066 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27067
27068 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27069
27070 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27071 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27072 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27073 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27074 consists from cells of same height.
27075
27076 \(fn N)" t nil)
27077
27078 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27079 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27080 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27081 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27082 column must consists from cells of same width.
27083
27084 \(fn N)" t nil)
27085
27086 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27087 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27088 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27089 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27090 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27091 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27092 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27093 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27094 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27095 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27096 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27097 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27098 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27099 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27100 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27101
27102
27103 Example 1:
27104
27105 1, 2, 3, 4
27106 5, 6, 7, 8
27107 , 9, 10
27108
27109 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27110 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27111 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27112 specified as 5.
27113
27114 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27115 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27116 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27117 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27118 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27119 | | 9 | 10 | |
27120 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27121
27122 Note:
27123
27124 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27125 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27126 of each row is optional.
27127
27128
27129 Example 2:
27130
27131 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27132 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27133 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27134 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27135 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27136
27137 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27138 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27139
27140 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27141 expression and raw delimiter regular
27142 expression, it parses the specified text
27143 area and extracts cell items from
27144 non-table text and then forms a table out
27145 of them.
27146
27147 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27148 creates a single cell table. The text in
27149 the specified region is placed in that
27150 cell.-*-
27151
27152 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27153 like this.
27154
27155 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27156 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27157 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27158 | |
27159 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27160 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27161 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27162 | area and extracts cell items from |
27163 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27164 | of them. |
27165 | |
27166 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27167 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27168 | the specified region is placed in that |
27169 | cell. |
27170 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27171
27172 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27173 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27174 independently.
27175
27176 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27177 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27178 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27179 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27180 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27181 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27182 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27183 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27184 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27185 | |of them. |
27186 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27187 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27188 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27189 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27190 | |cell. |
27191 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27192
27193 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27194 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27195 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27196
27197 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27198
27199 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27200 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27201 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27202 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27203 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27204
27205 \(fn)" t nil)
27206
27207 ;;;***
27208 \f
27209 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19845 45374))
27210 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27211
27212 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27213 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27214
27215 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27216
27217 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27218 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27219
27220 \(fn)" t nil)
27221
27222 ;;;***
27223 \f
27224 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19845 45374))
27225 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27226
27227 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27228 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27229 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27230 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27231 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27232 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27233 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27234
27235 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27236 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27237 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27238 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27239
27240 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27241 \\{tar-mode-map}
27242
27243 \(fn)" t nil)
27244
27245 ;;;***
27246 \f
27247 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27248 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19845 45374))
27249 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27250
27251 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27252 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27253 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27254 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27255 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27256 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27257
27258 Variables controlling indentation style:
27259 `tcl-indent-level'
27260 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27261 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27262 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27263
27264 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27265 documentation for details):
27266 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27267 Controls action of TAB key.
27268 `tcl-auto-newline'
27269 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27270 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27271 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27272 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27273 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27274
27275 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27276 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27277 already exist.
27278
27279 \(fn)" t nil)
27280
27281 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27282 Run inferior Tcl process.
27283 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27284 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27285
27286 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27287
27288 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27289 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27290 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27291
27292 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27293
27294 ;;;***
27295 \f
27296 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (19845 45374))
27297 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27298 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
27299
27300 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27301 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27302 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27303 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27304
27305 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27306 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27307 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27308 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27309 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27310
27311 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27312 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)"))
27313
27314 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27315 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27316 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27317 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27318
27319 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27320
27321 ;;;***
27322 \f
27323 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27324 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
27325 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27326
27327 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27328 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27329 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27330 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27331 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27332 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27333
27334 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27335
27336 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27337 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27338 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27339 commands to use in that buffer.
27340
27341 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27342
27343 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27344
27345 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27346 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27347
27348 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27349
27350 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27351 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27352 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27353 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27354 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27355 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27356 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27357 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27358 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27359 use in that buffer.
27360 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27361
27362 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27363
27364 ;;;***
27365 \f
27366 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19845
27367 ;;;;;; 45374))
27368 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27369
27370 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27371 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27372 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27373 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27374 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27375 program as keyboard input.
27376
27377 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27378 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27379 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27380 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27381
27382 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27383 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27384 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27385 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27386 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27387
27388 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27389
27390 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27391 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27392 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27393 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27394
27395 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27396 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27397 subprocess started.
27398
27399 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27400
27401 ;;;***
27402 \f
27403 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27404 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
27405 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27406
27407 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27408 Start coverage on function under point.
27409
27410 \(fn)" t nil)
27411
27412 ;;;***
27413 \f
27414 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19845 45374))
27415 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27416
27417 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27418 Play the Tetris game.
27419 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27420 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27421 as to form complete rows.
27422
27423 tetris-mode keybindings:
27424 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27425 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27426 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27427 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27428 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27429 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27430 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27431 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27432 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27433
27434 \(fn)" t nil)
27435
27436 ;;;***
27437 \f
27438 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27439 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27440 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27441 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27442 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27443 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27444 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27445 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
27446 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27447
27448 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27449 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27450
27451 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27452
27453 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27454 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27455 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27456 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27457 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27458
27459 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27460
27461 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27462 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27463 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27464 if it matches the first line of the file,
27465 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27466
27467 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27468
27469 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27470 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27471 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27472 if the variable is non-nil.")
27473
27474 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27475
27476 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27477 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27478
27479 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27480
27481 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27482 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27483 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27484 See the documentation of that variable.")
27485
27486 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27487
27488 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27489 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27490 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27491 See the documentation of that variable.")
27492
27493 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27494
27495 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27496 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27497 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27498 See the documentation of that variable.")
27499
27500 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27501
27502 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27503 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27504 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27505 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27506 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27507
27508 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27509
27510 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27511 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27512 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27513 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27514
27515 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27516
27517 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27518 User defined LaTeX block names.
27519 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27520
27521 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27522
27523 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27524 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27525 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27526 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27527
27528 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27529
27530 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27531 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27532 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27533 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27534
27535 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27536
27537 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27538 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27539 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27540 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27541
27542 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27543 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27544 for example,
27545
27546 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27547 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27548
27549 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27550 use.")
27551
27552 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27553
27554 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27555 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27556 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27557 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27558 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27559
27560 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27561
27562 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27563
27564 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27565 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27566 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27567
27568 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27569
27570 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27571 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27572 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27573 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27574 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27575
27576 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27577
27578 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27579 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27580
27581 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27582
27583 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27584 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27585
27586 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27587
27588 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27589 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27590 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27591 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27592 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27593 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27594 says which mode to use.
27595
27596 \(fn)" t nil)
27597
27598 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27599
27600 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27601
27602 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27603
27604 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27605 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27606 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27607 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27608 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27609
27610 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27611 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27612 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27613 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27614 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27615 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27616 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27617
27618 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27619 mismatched $'s or braces.
27620
27621 Special commands:
27622 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27623
27624 Mode variables:
27625 tex-run-command
27626 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27627 tex-directory
27628 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27629 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27630 tex-dvi-print-command
27631 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27632 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27633 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27634 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27635 tex-dvi-view-command
27636 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27637 tex-show-queue-command
27638 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27639 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27640
27641 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27642 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27643 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27644
27645 \(fn)" t nil)
27646
27647 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27648 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27649 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27650 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27651 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27652
27653 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27654 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27655 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27656 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27657 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27658 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27659 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27660
27661 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27662 mismatched $'s or braces.
27663
27664 Special commands:
27665 \\{latex-mode-map}
27666
27667 Mode variables:
27668 latex-run-command
27669 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27670 tex-directory
27671 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27672 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27673 tex-dvi-print-command
27674 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27675 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27676 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27677 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27678 tex-dvi-view-command
27679 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27680 tex-show-queue-command
27681 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27682 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27683
27684 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27685 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27686 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27687
27688 \(fn)" t nil)
27689
27690 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27691 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27692 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27693 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27694 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27695
27696 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27697 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27698 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27699 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27700 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27701 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27702 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27703
27704 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27705 mismatched $'s or braces.
27706
27707 Special commands:
27708 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27709
27710 Mode variables:
27711 slitex-run-command
27712 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27713 tex-directory
27714 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27715 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27716 tex-dvi-print-command
27717 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27718 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27719 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27720 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27721 tex-dvi-view-command
27722 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27723 tex-show-queue-command
27724 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27725 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27726
27727 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27728 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27729 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27730 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27731
27732 \(fn)" t nil)
27733
27734 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27735
27736
27737 \(fn)" nil nil)
27738
27739 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27740 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27741
27742 \(fn)" t nil)
27743
27744 ;;;***
27745 \f
27746 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27747 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19845 45374))
27748 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27749
27750 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27751 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27752 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27753 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27754
27755 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27756 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27757 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27758
27759 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27760
27761 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27762 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27763 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27764 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27765 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27766
27767 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27768
27769 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27770 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27771 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27772 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27773
27774 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27775 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27776 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27777 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27778
27779 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27780 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27781
27782 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27783
27784 ;;;***
27785 \f
27786 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27787 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19845 45374))
27788 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27789
27790 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27791 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27792
27793 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27794
27795 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27796 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27797
27798 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27799
27800 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27801 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27802
27803 It has these extra commands:
27804 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27805
27806 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27807 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27808 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27809 modified version of TeX input format.
27810
27811 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27812 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27813 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27814 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27815
27816 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27817 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27818 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27819 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27820 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27821 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27822 in the Texinfo file.
27823
27824 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27825 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27826 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27827 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27828 move forward past the closing brace.
27829
27830 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27831 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27832
27833 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27834 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27835 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27836
27837 Here are the functions:
27838
27839 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27840 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27841 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27842
27843 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27844 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27845 texinfo-master-menu
27846
27847 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27848
27849 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27850 which menu descriptions are indented.
27851
27852 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27853 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27854 in the region.
27855
27856 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27857 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27858 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27859 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27860
27861 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27862 be the first node in the file.
27863
27864 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27865 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27866
27867 \(fn)" t nil)
27868
27869 ;;;***
27870 \f
27871 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27872 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27873 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
27874 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27875
27876 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27877 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27878 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27879 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27880
27881 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27882
27883 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27884 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27885
27886 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27887
27888 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27889 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27890
27891 \(fn)" t nil)
27892
27893 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27894
27895
27896 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27897
27898 ;;;***
27899 \f
27900 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27901 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27902 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19852 16697))
27903 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27904
27905 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27906 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27907
27908 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27909
27910 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27911 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27912 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27913 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27914 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27915
27916 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27917 a symbol as a valid THING.
27918
27919 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27920 of the textual entity that was found.
27921
27922 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27923
27924 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27925 Return the THING at point.
27926 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27927 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27928 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27929
27930 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27931 a symbol as a valid THING.
27932
27933 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27934
27935 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27936 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27937
27938 \(fn)" nil nil)
27939
27940 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27941 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27942
27943 \(fn)" nil nil)
27944
27945 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27946 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27947
27948 \(fn)" nil nil)
27949
27950 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27951 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27952
27953 \(fn)" nil nil)
27954
27955 ;;;***
27956 \f
27957 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27958 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27959 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
27960 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27961
27962 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27963 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27964
27965 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27966
27967 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27968 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27969 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27970 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27971
27972 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27973
27974 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27975 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27976
27977 \(fn)" t nil)
27978
27979 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27980 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27981
27982 \(fn)" t nil)
27983
27984 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27985
27986 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27987 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27988
27989 \(fn)" t nil)
27990
27991 ;;;***
27992 \f
27993 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27994 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27995 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27996 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27997 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19845
27998 ;;;;;; 45374))
27999 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28000
28001 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28002 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28003 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28004
28005 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28006
28007 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28008 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28009
28010 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28011
28012 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28013 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28014 The returned string has no composition information.
28015
28016 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28017
28018 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28019 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28020
28021 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28022
28023 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28024 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28025
28026 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28027
28028 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28029 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28030 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28031 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28032
28033 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28034
28035 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28036 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28037 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28038 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28039
28040 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28041
28042 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28043 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28044 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28045
28046 \(fn)" t nil)
28047
28048 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28049 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28050 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28051
28052 \(fn)" t nil)
28053
28054 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28055
28056
28057 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28058
28059 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28060
28061
28062 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28063
28064 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28065
28066
28067 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28068
28069 ;;;***
28070 \f
28071 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28072 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28073 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28074
28075 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28076 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28077 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28078 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28079 parameters.
28080 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28081
28082 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28083
28084 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28085 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28086 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28087 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28088 parameters.
28089 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28090
28091 \(fn)" t nil)
28092
28093 ;;;***
28094 \f
28095 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28096 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28097 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19845 45374))
28098 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28099
28100 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28101 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28102
28103 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28104 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28105
28106 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28107 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28108 This display updates automatically every minute.
28109 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28110 are displayed as well.
28111 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28112
28113 \(fn)" t nil)
28114
28115 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28116 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28117 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28118 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28119 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28120 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28121
28122 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28123
28124 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28125 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28126 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
28127
28128 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute
28129 \(you can control the number of seconds between updates by
28130 customizing `display-time-interval').
28131 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28132 are displayed as well.
28133 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28134
28135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28136
28137 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28138 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28139 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28140 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28141
28142 \(fn)" t nil)
28143
28144 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28145 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28146 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28147 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28148
28149 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28150
28151 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28152 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28153
28154 \(fn)" t nil)
28155
28156 ;;;***
28157 \f
28158 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28159 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28160 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28161 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
28162 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28163 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28164
28165 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28166 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28167 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28168
28169 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28170 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28171 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28172 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28173 (progn
28174 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28175 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
28176 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28177
28178 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28179 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28180
28181 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28182
28183 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28184 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
28185
28186 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28187
28188 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28189 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28190
28191 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28192
28193 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28194 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28195 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28196
28197 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28198
28199 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28200
28201 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28202 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28203 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28204
28205 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28206
28207 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28208 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28209
28210 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28211
28212 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28213 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28214 DATE should be a date-time string.
28215
28216 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28217
28218 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28219 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28220 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28221
28222 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28223
28224 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28225 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28226
28227 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28228
28229 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28230 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28231
28232 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28233
28234 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28235 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28236 TIME should be a time value.
28237 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28238
28239 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28240
28241 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28242 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28243 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28244
28245 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28246
28247 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28248 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28249 The valid format specifiers are:
28250 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28251 %d is the number of days.
28252 %h is the number of hours.
28253 %m is the number of minutes.
28254 %s is the number of seconds.
28255 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28256 %% is a literal \"%\".
28257
28258 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28259 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28260
28261 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28262 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28263 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28264
28265 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28266 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28267 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28268
28269 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28270
28271 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28272
28273 ;;;***
28274 \f
28275 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28276 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19845 45374))
28277 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28278 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28279 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28280 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28281 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28282 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28283 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28284 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28285 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28286
28287 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28288 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28289 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28290 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28291 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28292 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28293 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28294 look like one of the following:
28295 Time-stamp: <>
28296 Time-stamp: \" \"
28297 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28298 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28299 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28300 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28301 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28302 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28303 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28304 the template.
28305
28306 \(fn)" t nil)
28307
28308 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28309 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28310 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28311
28312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28313
28314 ;;;***
28315 \f
28316 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28317 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28318 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28319 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28320 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28321 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28322
28323 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28324 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28325 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28326 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28327 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28328 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28329 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28330 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28331 display (non-nil means on).
28332
28333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28334
28335 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28336 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28337 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28338 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28339 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28340 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28341 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28342 this function is called within a day.
28343
28344 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28345 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28346 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28347 discover the name of the project.
28348
28349 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28350
28351 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28352 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28353 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28354 begun during the last time segment.
28355
28356 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28357 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28358 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28359 discover the reason.
28360
28361 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28362
28363 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28364 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28365 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28366 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28367 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28368
28369 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28370
28371 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28372 Change to working on a different project.
28373 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28374 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28375 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28376 working on.
28377
28378 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28379
28380 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28381 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28382 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28383
28384 \(fn)" nil nil)
28385
28386 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28387 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28388 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28389
28390 \(fn)" t nil)
28391
28392 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28393 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28394 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28395 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28396 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28397 \"relative to today\".
28398
28399 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28400
28401 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28402 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28403 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28404 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28405
28406 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28407
28408 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28409 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28410 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28411 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28412 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28413 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28414
28415 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28416
28417 ;;;***
28418 \f
28419 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28420 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19845 45374))
28421 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28422
28423 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28424 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28425 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28426 the generated Quail package is saved.
28427
28428 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28429
28430 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28431 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28432 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28433 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28434 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28435 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28436 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28437
28438 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28439
28440 ;;;***
28441 \f
28442 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28443 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19845 45374))
28444 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28445 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28446 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28447
28448 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28449 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28450 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28451 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28452 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28453
28454 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28455
28456 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28457 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28458 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28459 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28460 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28461
28462 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28463
28464 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28465 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28466 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28467 in the menu in two ways:
28468 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28469 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28470 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28471
28472 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28473 keymap or an alist of alists.
28474 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28475 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28476
28477 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28478
28479 ;;;***
28480 \f
28481 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28482 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28483 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19845 45374))
28484 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28485
28486 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28487 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28488
28489 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28490
28491 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28492 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28493
28494 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28495
28496 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28497 Insert new TODO list entry.
28498 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28499 category.
28500
28501 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28502
28503 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28504 List top priorities for each category.
28505
28506 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28507 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28508
28509 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28510 between each category.
28511 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28512
28513 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28514
28515 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28516 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28517 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28518 between each category.
28519
28520 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28521
28522 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28523
28524 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28525 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28526
28527 \(fn)" t nil)
28528
28529 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28530 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28531
28532 \(fn)" nil nil)
28533
28534 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28535 Show TODO list.
28536
28537 \(fn)" t nil)
28538
28539 ;;;***
28540 \f
28541 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28542 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28543 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (19845 45374))
28544 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28545
28546 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28547 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28548 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28549
28550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28551
28552 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28553 Add an item to the tool bar.
28554 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28555 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28556 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28557 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28558
28559 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28560 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28561 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28562 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28563
28564 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28565 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28566
28567 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28568
28569 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28570 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28571 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28572 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28573 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28574 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28575
28576 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28577 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28578 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28579 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28580
28581 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28582
28583 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28584 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28585 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28586 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28587 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28588 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28589 properties to add to the binding.
28590
28591 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28592
28593 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28594 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28595
28596 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28597
28598 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28599 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28600 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28601 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28602 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28603 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28604 properties to add to the binding.
28605
28606 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28607 holds a keymap.
28608
28609 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28610
28611 ;;;***
28612 \f
28613 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28614 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28616
28617 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28618 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28619 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28620 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28621 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28622 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28623
28624 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28625
28626 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28627 TPU/edt emulation.
28628
28629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28630
28631 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28632
28633 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28634 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28635
28636 \(fn)" t nil)
28637
28638 ;;;***
28639 \f
28640 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28641 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28642 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28643
28644 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28645 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28646
28647 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28648 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28649 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28650 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28651 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28652
28653 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28654 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28655 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28656 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28657 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28658
28659 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28660 (tpu-edt)
28661
28662 Known Problems:
28663
28664 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28665 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28666 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28667 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28668 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28669 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28670
28671 \(fn)" t nil)
28672
28673 ;;;***
28674 \f
28675 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19845 45374))
28676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28677
28678 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28679 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28680 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28681 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28682 to a tcp server on another machine.
28683
28684 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28685
28686 ;;;***
28687 \f
28688 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28689 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19845 45374))
28690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28691
28692 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
28693 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28694
28695 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28696
28697 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28698 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28699 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28700 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28701 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28702 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28703 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28704 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28705
28706 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28707
28708 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28709 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28710 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28711 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28712 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28713 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28714 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28715 the window or buffer configuration.
28716
28717 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28718
28719 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28720
28721 ;;;***
28722 \f
28723 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28724 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28725 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28726 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19845 45374))
28727 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28728
28729 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28730 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28731 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28732
28733 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28734
28735 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28736 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28737
28738 It can have the following values:
28739
28740 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28741 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28742 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28743
28744 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28745
28746 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
28747 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28748 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28749 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28750
28751 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28752
28753 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28754 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28755 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28756 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28757
28758 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28759 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28760 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28761
28762 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28763 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28764 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28765 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28766 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28767 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28768 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28769 files which are not really Tramp files.
28770
28771 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28772 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28773 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28774 updated after changing this variable.
28775
28776 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28777
28778 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
28779 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28780 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28781 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28782
28783 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'") (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'")) "\
28784 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28785 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28786 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28787
28788 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28789
28790 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
28791 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28792 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28793 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28794
28795 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
28796 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28797 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28798
28799 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28800 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28801 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28802
28803 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28804 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28805 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28806 updated after changing this variable.
28807
28808 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28809
28810 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28811 Alist of completion handler functions.
28812 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28813 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28814 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28815
28816 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28817 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28818 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28819 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28820
28821 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28822 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28823 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28824 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28825
28826 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28827 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28828 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28829
28830 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28831
28832 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28833 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28834 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28835
28836 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28837 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28838
28839 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28840
28841 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28842
28843
28844 \(fn)" nil nil)
28845
28846 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28847 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28848
28849 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28850
28851 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28852 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28853
28854 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28855
28856 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28857 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28858
28859 \(fn)" t nil)
28860
28861 ;;;***
28862 \f
28863 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28864 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28865 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28866
28867 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28868
28869
28870 \(fn)" nil nil)
28871
28872 ;;;***
28873 \f
28874 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19845
28875 ;;;;;; 45374))
28876 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28877
28878 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28879 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28880 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28881 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28882 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28883 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28884 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28885 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28886
28887 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28888 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28889 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28890
28891 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28892 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28893 resumed later.
28894
28895 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28896
28897 ;;;***
28898 \f
28899 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28900 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28901 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28902
28903 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28904
28905
28906 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28907
28908 ;;;***
28909 \f
28910 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28911 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19845 45374))
28912 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28913 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28914 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28915 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28916
28917 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28918 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28919 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28920 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28921 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28922 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28923 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28924
28925 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28926
28927 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28928 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28929 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28930 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28931
28932 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28933
28934 \(fn)" t nil)
28935
28936 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28937 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28938 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28939 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28940 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28941 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28942 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28943
28944 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28945 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28946
28947 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28948 \\___/\\
28949 / \\
28950 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28951
28952 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28953
28954 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28955
28956 ;;;***
28957 \f
28958 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28959 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28960 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28961 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28962 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28963 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28964
28965 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28966 Toggle typing break mode.
28967 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28968 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28969 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28970
28971 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28972
28973 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28974 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28975
28976 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28977
28978 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28979 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28980
28981 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28982 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28983 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28984
28985 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28986 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28987
28988 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28989
28990 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28991 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28992
28993 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28994 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28995 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28996 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28997
28998 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28999
29000 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29001 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29002 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29003
29004 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29005 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29006 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29007 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29008 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29009 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29010
29011 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29012 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29013 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29014 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29015
29016 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29017 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29018
29019 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29020 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29021
29022 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29023
29024 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29025 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29026 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29027
29028 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29029 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29030 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29031 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29032 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29033 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29034 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29035
29036 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29037 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29038
29039 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29040 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29041 reset the keystroke counter.
29042
29043 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29044 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29045 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29046 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29047
29048 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29049 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29050 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29051 `type-break-schedule' command.
29052
29053 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29054 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29055 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29056 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29057 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29058 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29059 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29060 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29061 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29062
29063 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29064 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29065 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29066 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29067 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29068
29069 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29070 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29071 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29072 approximate good values for this.
29073
29074 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29075 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29076
29077 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29078 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29079 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29080 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29081 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29082 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29083
29084 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29085 a typing break occur. They include:
29086
29087 `type-break-query-mode'
29088 `type-break-query-function'
29089 `type-break-query-interval'
29090
29091 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29092
29093 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29094 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29095 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29096 problems.
29097
29098 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29099
29100 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29101 Take a typing break.
29102
29103 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29104 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29105
29106 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29107 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29108
29109 \(fn)" t nil)
29110
29111 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29112 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29113 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29114 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29115
29116 \(fn)" t nil)
29117
29118 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29119 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29120
29121 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29122 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29123 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29124 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29125 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29126 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29127 average typing speed.)
29128
29129 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29130 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29131 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29132 the computed maximum threshold.
29133
29134 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29135 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29136 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29137 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29138 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29139
29140 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29141
29142 ;;;***
29143 \f
29144 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19845 45374))
29145 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29146
29147 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29148 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29149 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29150 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29151 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29152
29153 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29154
29155 ;;;***
29156 \f
29157 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
29158 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
29159 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
29160 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
29161 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
29162 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19845 45374))
29163 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29164
29165 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29166 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29167
29168 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29169
29170 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29171 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29172
29173 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29174
29175 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29176 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29177
29178 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29179
29180 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29181 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29182
29183 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29184
29185 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29186 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29187
29188 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29189
29190 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29191 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29192
29193 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29194
29195 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29196 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29197
29198 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29199
29200 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29201 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29202
29203 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29204
29205 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29206 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29207
29208 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29209
29210 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29211 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29212
29213 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29214
29215 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29216 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29217
29218 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29219
29220 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29221 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29222
29223 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29224
29225 ;;;***
29226 \f
29227 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29228 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19845 45374))
29229 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29230
29231 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29232 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29233 Works by overstriking underscores.
29234 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29235 which specify the range to operate on.
29236
29237 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29238
29239 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29240 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29241 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29242 which specify the range to operate on.
29243
29244 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29245
29246 ;;;***
29247 \f
29248 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29249 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29250 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29251
29252 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29253 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29254 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29255 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29256 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29257 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29258
29259 \(fn)" nil nil)
29260
29261 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29262 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29263
29264 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29265
29266 ;;;***
29267 \f
29268 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19845
29269 ;;;;;; 45374))
29270 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29271
29272 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29273 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29274 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29275 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29276
29277 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29278
29279 ;;;***
29280 \f
29281 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29282 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19845 45374))
29283 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29284
29285 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29286 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29287 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29288
29289 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29290 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29291 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29292 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29293 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29294 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29295
29296 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29297 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29298 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29299
29300 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29301 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29302 the callback is not called).
29303
29304 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29305 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29306 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29307 take effect.
29308
29309 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29310
29311 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
29312
29313 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29314 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29315 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29316 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29317 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29318
29319 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29320
29321 ;;;***
29322 \f
29323 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29324 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19845 45374))
29325 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29326
29327 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29328 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29329 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29330
29331 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29332 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29333 `url-generic-parse-url'
29334 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29335 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29336 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29337 realm
29338 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29339 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29340 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29341 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29342 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29343 what type of auth to use
29344 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29345 if one cannot be found in the cache
29346
29347 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29348
29349 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29350 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29351
29352 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29353 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29354 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29355 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29356 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29357 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29358 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29359 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29360
29361 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29362
29363 ;;;***
29364 \f
29365 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
29366 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19845 45374))
29367 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29368
29369 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29370 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29371
29372 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29373
29374 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29375 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29376 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29377
29378 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29379
29380 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29381 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29382
29383 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29384
29385 ;;;***
29386 \f
29387 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19845 45374))
29388 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29389
29390 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29391
29392
29393 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29394
29395 ;;;***
29396 \f
29397 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29398 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19845 45374))
29399 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29400
29401 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29402
29403
29404 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29405
29406 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29407
29408
29409 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29410
29411 ;;;***
29412 \f
29413 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19845
29414 ;;;;;; 45374))
29415 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29416
29417 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29418 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29419
29420 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29421
29422 ;;;***
29423 \f
29424 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29425 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19864 29553))
29426 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29427
29428 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29429 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29430
29431 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29432
29433 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29434 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29435 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29436 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29437 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29438
29439 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29440
29441 ;;;***
29442 \f
29443 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29444 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29445 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29446 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29447
29448 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29449 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29450 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29451 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29452 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29453 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29454
29455 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29456
29457 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29458 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29459
29460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29461
29462 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29463 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29464 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29465 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29466
29467 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29468
29469 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29470 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29471 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29472 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29473 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29474 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29475 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29476 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29477 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29478 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29479
29480 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29481
29482 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29483 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29484 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29485 accessible.
29486
29487 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29488
29489 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29490
29491
29492 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29493
29494 ;;;***
29495 \f
29496 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29497 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19845 45374))
29498 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29499
29500 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29501 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29502 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29503 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29504 CBARGS as the arguments.
29505
29506 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29507
29508 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29509
29510
29511 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29512
29513 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29514
29515 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29516
29517
29518 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29519
29520 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29521 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29522 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29523
29524 Property list members:
29525
29526 methods
29527 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29528 supports.
29529
29530 dav
29531 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29532 supported.
29533
29534 dasl
29535 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29536
29537 ranges
29538 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29539
29540 p3p
29541 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29542 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29543 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29544 Emacs/W3.
29545
29546 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29547
29548 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29549 Default HTTPS port.")
29550
29551 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29552 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29553 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29554
29555 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29556 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29557 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29558 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29559 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29560
29561 ;;;***
29562 \f
29563 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19845 45374))
29564 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29565
29566 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29567
29568
29569 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29570
29571 ;;;***
29572 \f
29573 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19845
29574 ;;;;;; 45374))
29575 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29576
29577 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29578 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29579 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29580 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29581 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29582
29583 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29584
29585 ;;;***
29586 \f
29587 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29588 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29589 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29590
29591 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29592
29593
29594 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29595
29596 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29597 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29598
29599 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29600
29601 ;;;***
29602 \f
29603 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29604 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19845 45374))
29605 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29606
29607 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29608 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29609
29610 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29611
29612 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29613 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29614
29615 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29616
29617 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29618
29619
29620 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29621
29622 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29623
29624 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29625
29626 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29627
29628 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29629 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29630
29631 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29632
29633 ;;;***
29634 \f
29635 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29636 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29637 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29638
29639 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29640
29641
29642 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29643
29644 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29645
29646
29647 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29648
29649 ;;;***
29650 \f
29651 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29652 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29653 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29654 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29655
29656 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29657
29658
29659 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29660
29661 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29662
29663
29664 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29665
29666 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29667
29668
29669 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29670
29671 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29672
29673
29674 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29675
29676 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29677
29678
29679 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29680
29681 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29682
29683
29684 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29685
29686 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29687
29688
29689 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29690
29691 ;;;***
29692 \f
29693 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29694 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19845 45374))
29695 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29696
29697 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29698 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29699
29700 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29701
29702 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29703 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29704 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29705 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29706
29707 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29708
29709 ;;;***
29710 \f
29711 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29712 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29713 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29714
29715 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29716 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29717
29718 \(fn)" t nil)
29719
29720 ;;;***
29721 \f
29722 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29723 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29724 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29725 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29726 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29727 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29728 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19845 45374))
29729 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29730
29731 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29732 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29733 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29734
29735 If t, all messages will be logged.
29736 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29737 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29738
29739 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29740
29741 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29742
29743
29744 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29745
29746 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29747
29748
29749 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29750
29751 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29752 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29753 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29754 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29755 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29756 & ==> &amp;
29757 < ==> &lt;
29758 > ==> &gt;
29759 \" ==> &quot;
29760
29761 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29762
29763 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29764 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29765 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29766
29767 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29768
29769 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29770 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29771 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29772
29773 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29774
29775 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29776 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29777
29778 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29779
29780 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29781 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29782
29783 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29784
29785 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29786 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29787
29788 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29789
29790 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29791
29792
29793 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29794
29795 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29796
29797
29798 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29799
29800 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29801
29802
29803 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29804
29805 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29806
29807 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29808 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29809
29810 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29811
29812 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29813 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29814
29815 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29816
29817 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29818
29819
29820 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29821
29822 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29823 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29824 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29825 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29826 forbidden in URL encoding.
29827
29828 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29829
29830 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29831 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29832 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29833 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29834 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29835 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29836
29837 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29838
29839 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29840 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29841 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29842 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29843
29844 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29845
29846 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29847 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29848 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29849
29850 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29851
29852 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29853 View the current document's URL.
29854 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29855 the minibuffer.
29856
29857 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29858
29859 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29860
29861 ;;;***
29862 \f
29863 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29864 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19845 45374))
29865 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29866
29867 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29868 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29869 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29870 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29871 to refrain from editing the file
29872 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29873 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29874 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29875 in any way you like.
29876
29877 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29878
29879 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29880 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29881 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29882 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29883 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29884
29885 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29886 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29887
29888 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29889
29890 ;;;***
29891 \f
29892 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29893 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29894 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19845 45374))
29895 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29896
29897 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29898
29899
29900 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29901
29902 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29903
29904
29905 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29906
29907 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29908
29909
29910 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29911
29912 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29913
29914
29915 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29916
29917 ;;;***
29918 \f
29919 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (19845 45374))
29920 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29921
29922 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29923 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29924
29925 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29926
29927 ;;;***
29928 \f
29929 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29930 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29931 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29932 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29933
29934 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29935 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29936 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29937 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29938
29939 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29940
29941 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29942 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29943 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29944
29945 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29946
29947 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29948 Uudecode region between START and END.
29949 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29950
29951 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29952
29953 ;;;***
29954 \f
29955 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29956 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
29957 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
29958 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
29959 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-diff vc-version-diff
29960 ;;;;;; vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
29961 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (19845 45374))
29962 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29963
29964 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29965 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29966 See `run-hooks'.")
29967
29968 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29969
29970 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29971 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29972 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29973
29974 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29975
29976 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29977 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29978 See `run-hooks'.")
29979
29980 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29981
29982 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29983 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29984 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29985
29986 For locking systems:
29987 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29988 control.
29989 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29990 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29991 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29992 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29993 it performs a revert on that file.
29994 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29995 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29996 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29997 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29998 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29999 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
30000 given the option to steal the lock(s).
30001
30002 For merging systems:
30003 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
30004 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
30005 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
30006 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
30007 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
30008 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
30009 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
30010 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
30011 merge in the changes into your working copy.
30012
30013 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30014
30015 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30016 Register into a version control system.
30017 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30018 Otherwise register the current file.
30019 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30020 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30021
30022 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30023 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30024 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30025 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30026 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30027 first backend that could register the file is used.
30028
30029 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30030
30031 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30032 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30033
30034 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30035
30036 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30037 Display diffs between file revisions.
30038 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30039 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30040 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30041
30042 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30043 saving the buffer.
30044
30045 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30046
30047 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30048 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30049 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30050 fileset with the working revision.
30051 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30052 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30053
30054 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30055 saving the buffer.
30056
30057 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30058
30059 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30060 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30061 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30062 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30063
30064 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30065
30066 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30067 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30068 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30069 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30070
30071 \(fn)" t nil)
30072
30073 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30074 Perform a version control merge operation.
30075 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30076 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30077 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30078
30079 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30080 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30081 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30082 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30083 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30084 changes from the current branch.
30085
30086 \(fn)" t nil)
30087
30088 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30089
30090 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30091 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30092 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30093 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30094 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30095 checked out in that new branch.
30096
30097 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30098
30099 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30100 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30101 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30102 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30103 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30104 allowed and simply skipped).
30105
30106 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30107
30108 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30109 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30110 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30111 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30112 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30113
30114 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30115 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30116
30117 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30118
30119 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30120 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30121 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30122 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30123 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30124
30125 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30126
30127 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30128 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30129 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
30130
30131 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30132
30133 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30134 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30135 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30136
30137 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30138
30139 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30140 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30141 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30142 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30143
30144 \(fn)" t nil)
30145
30146 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30147 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30148 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30149 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30150
30151 \(fn)" t nil)
30152
30153 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30154
30155 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30156 Update the current fileset or branch.
30157 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30158 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30159 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
30160
30161 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30162 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30163 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30164 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30165 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30166
30167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30168
30169 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30170
30171 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30172 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30173 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30174 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30175 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30176 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30177 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30178
30179 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30180
30181 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30182 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30183 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30184 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30185 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30186 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30187 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30188 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30189 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30190
30191 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30192
30193 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30194 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30195
30196 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30197
30198 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30199 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30200
30201 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30202
30203 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30204 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30205 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30206 directory.
30207
30208 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30209
30210 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30211 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30212 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30213
30214 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30215 log entries should be gathered.
30216
30217 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30218
30219 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30220 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30221
30222 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30223
30224 ;;;***
30225 \f
30226 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
30227 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30228 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30229
30230 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30231 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30232
30233 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30234 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30235 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30236 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30237 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30238 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30239
30240 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30241 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30242 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30243 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30244 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30245 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30246 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30247 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30248
30249 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30250
30251 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30252
30253 Customization variables:
30254
30255 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30256 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30257 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30258 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30259
30260 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30261
30262 ;;;***
30263 \f
30264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (19845 45374))
30265 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
30266 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30267 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30268 (progn
30269 (load "vc-arch")
30270 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30271
30272 ;;;***
30273 \f
30274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (19845 45374))
30275 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30276
30277 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30278 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30279
30280 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30281 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30282 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30283 (progn
30284 (load "vc-bzr")
30285 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30286
30287 ;;;***
30288 \f
30289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (19845 45374))
30290 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30291 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30292 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30293 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30294 (load "vc-cvs")
30295 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30296
30297 ;;;***
30298 \f
30299 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (19845 45374))
30300 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30301
30302 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30303 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30304 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30305 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30306 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30307
30308 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30309 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30310 The file lines appear later.
30311
30312 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30313 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30314
30315 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30316
30317 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30318
30319 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30320
30321 ;;;***
30322 \f
30323 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
30324 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30325 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30326
30327 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30328 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30329 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30330 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30331 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30332 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30333 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30334 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30335 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30336 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30337 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30338 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30339 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30340 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30341 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30342
30343 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30344
30345 ;;;***
30346 \f
30347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (19845 45374))
30348 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30349 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30350 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30351 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30352 (progn
30353 (load "vc-git")
30354 (vc-git-registered file))))
30355
30356 ;;;***
30357 \f
30358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (19845 45374))
30359 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30360 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30361 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30362 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30363 (progn
30364 (load "vc-hg")
30365 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30366
30367 ;;;***
30368 \f
30369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (19845 45374))
30370 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30371
30372 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30373
30374 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30375 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30376 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30377 (progn
30378 (load "vc-mtn")
30379 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30380
30381 ;;;***
30382 \f
30383 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
30384 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30385 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30386
30387 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30388 Where to look for RCS master files.
30389 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30390
30391 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30392
30393 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30394
30395 ;;;***
30396 \f
30397 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
30398 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30399 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30400
30401 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30402 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30403 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30404
30405 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30406 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30407
30408 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30409 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30410 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30411 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30412
30413 ;;;***
30414 \f
30415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (19845 45374))
30416 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30417 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30418 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30419 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30420 "_svn")
30421 (t ".svn"))))
30422 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30423 (load "vc-svn")
30424 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30425
30426 ;;;***
30427 \f
30428 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30429 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30431 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30432
30433 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30434 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30435
30436 Usage:
30437 ------
30438
30439 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30440 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30441 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30442 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30443
30444 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30445 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30446 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30447 completions.
30448
30449 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30450 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30451
30452 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30453 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30454
30455 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30456 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30457 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30458
30459 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30460
30461
30462 Maintenance:
30463 ------------
30464
30465 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30466 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30467
30468 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30469
30470 Official distribution is at
30471 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30472
30473
30474 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30475 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30476
30477 Key bindings:
30478 -------------
30479
30480 \\{vera-mode-map}
30481
30482 \(fn)" t nil)
30483
30484 ;;;***
30485 \f
30486 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30487 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30488 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30489
30490 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30491 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30492 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30493 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30494 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30495
30496 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30497
30498 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30499 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30500
30501 Supports highlighting.
30502
30503 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30504 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30505
30506 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30507
30508 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30509 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30510 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30511 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30512 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30513 on the left side of your screen.
30514 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30515 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30516 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30517 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30518 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30519 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30520 function keyword.
30521 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30522 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30523 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30524 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30525 if (a)
30526 begin
30527 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30528 Indentation for case statements.
30529 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30530 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30531 mark after an end.
30532 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30533 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30534 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30535 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30536 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30537 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30538 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30539 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30540 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30541 if (a)
30542 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30543 otherwise you get:
30544 if (a)
30545 begin
30546 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30547 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30548 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30549 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30550 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30551 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30552 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30553 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30554 comments in tight quarters.
30555 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30556 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30557
30558 Variables controlling other actions:
30559
30560 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30561 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30562 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30563
30564 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30565
30566 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30567
30568 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30569 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30570 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30571
30572 Some other functions are:
30573
30574 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30575 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30576 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30577 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30578 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30579
30580 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30581 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30582 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30583 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30584
30585 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30586 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30587 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30588 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30589 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30590 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30591 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30592 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30593 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30594 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30595 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30596 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30597 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30598 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30599 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30600 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30601 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30602 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30603 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30604 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30605 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30606 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30607 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30608 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30609 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30610 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30611 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30612 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30613
30614 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30615 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30616
30617 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30618
30619 \(fn)" t nil)
30620
30621 ;;;***
30622 \f
30623 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30624 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30625 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30626
30627 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30628 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30629
30630 Usage:
30631 ------
30632
30633 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30634 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30635 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30636 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30637 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30638 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30639 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30640 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30641 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30642
30643 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30644 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30645 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30646 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30647
30648 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30649 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30650 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30651 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30652 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30653
30654 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30655 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30656
30657
30658 HEADER INSERTION:
30659 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30660 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30661 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30662
30663
30664 STUTTERING:
30665 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30666 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30667 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30668 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30669
30670 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30671 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30672 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30673 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30674 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30675
30676
30677 WORD COMPLETION:
30678 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30679 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30680 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30681 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30682
30683 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30684 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30685 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30686 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30687 beginning with \"std\").
30688
30689 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30690 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30691 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30692 stop.
30693
30694
30695 COMMENTS:
30696 `--' puts a single comment.
30697 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30698 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30699 with a comment in between.
30700 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30701 out following lines.
30702 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30703 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30704
30705 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30706 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30707 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30708 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30709 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30710 non-nil.
30711
30712 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30713 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30714 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30715 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30716 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30717 multi-line comments.
30718
30719
30720 INDENTATION:
30721 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30722 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30723 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30724 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30725
30726 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30727 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30728 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30729 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30730
30731 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30732 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30733 and vice versa.
30734
30735 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30736 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30737
30738
30739 ALIGNMENT:
30740 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30741 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30742 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30743 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30744 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30745 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30746 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30747 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30748
30749 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30750 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30751 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30752 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30753 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30754 is non-nil.
30755
30756 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30757 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30758 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30759
30760 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30761 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30762
30763
30764 CODE FILLING:
30765 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30766 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30767 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30768 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30769 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30770 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30771
30772
30773 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30774 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30775 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30776 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30777 command:
30778
30779 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30780
30781
30782 PORT TRANSLATION:
30783 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30784 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30785 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30786 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30787 internal signal initializations (menu).
30788
30789 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30790 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30791 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30792
30793 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30794 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30795 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30796 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30797 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30798 in subsequent paste operations.)
30799
30800 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30801 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30802 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30803
30804
30805 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30806 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30807 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30808 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30809 association list with formals).
30810
30811
30812 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30813 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30814 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30815 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30816 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30817 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30818 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30819 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30820 `vhdl-testbench'.
30821
30822
30823 KEY BINDINGS:
30824 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30825
30826
30827 VHDL MENU:
30828 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30829
30830
30831 FILE BROWSER:
30832 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30833 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30834 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30835
30836 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30837 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30838
30839
30840 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30841 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30842 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30843 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30844
30845 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30846 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30847 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30848
30849 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30850 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30851 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30852 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30853
30854 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30855 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30856 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30857 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30858 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30859
30860 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30861 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30862 required by secondary units.
30863
30864
30865 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30866 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30867 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30868 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30869 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30870 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30871 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30872 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30873 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30874 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30875 inputs to this component -> input port created
30876 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30877 outputs from this component -> output port created
30878 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30879 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30880
30881 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30882 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30883 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30884 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30885 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30886
30887 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30888 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30889
30890 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30891 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30892 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30893 component instantiation is also supported (option
30894 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30895
30896 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30897 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30898 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30899 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30900 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30901 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30902 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30903 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30904 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30905 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30906 | generating the configuration.
30907 |
30908 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30909 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30910 | configurations in speedbar.
30911
30912 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30913
30914
30915 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30916 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30917 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30918 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30919 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30920 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30921 information. New compilers can be added.
30922
30923 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30924 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30925
30926
30927 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30928 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30929 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30930 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30931 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30932
30933 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30934 command:
30935
30936 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30937 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30938 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30939
30940 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30941 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30942 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30943 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30944 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30945 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30946 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30947
30948 Limitations:
30949 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30950 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30951 not (yet) supported.
30952 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30953 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30954 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30955
30956
30957 PROJECTS:
30958 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30959 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30960 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30961 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30962 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30963 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30964 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30965 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30966
30967 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30968 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30969 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30970 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30971 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30972 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30973 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30974 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30975 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30976 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30977 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30978
30979
30980 SPECIAL MENUES:
30981 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30982 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30983 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30984 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30985 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30986 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30987 current directory for VHDL source files.
30988
30989
30990 VHDL STANDARDS:
30991 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30992 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30993
30994
30995 KEYWORD CASE:
30996 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30997 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30998 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30999 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31000 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31001 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31002 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31003 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31004
31005
31006 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31007 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31008 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31009 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31010 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31011 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31012 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31013
31014 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31015 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31016 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31017 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31018 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31019 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31020
31021 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31022 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31023 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
31024 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31025 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31026 visually.
31027
31028 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31029 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31030 highlighted if written in lower case.
31031
31032 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31033 highlighted using a different background color if option
31034 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31035
31036 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31037 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
31038 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31039 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31040 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31041
31042
31043 USER MODELS:
31044 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31045 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31046 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31047
31048
31049 HIDE/SHOW:
31050 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31051 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31052 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31053 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31054 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31055
31056
31057 CODE UPDATING:
31058 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31059 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31060 Limitations:
31061 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31062 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31063 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31064 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31065 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31066 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31067 (used to obtain the port names).
31068
31069
31070 CODE FIXING:
31071 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31072 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31073
31074
31075 PRINTING:
31076 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31077 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31078 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31079 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31080 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31081 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31082 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31083 printers.
31084
31085
31086 OPTIONS:
31087 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31088 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31089 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31090 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31091 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31092
31093 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31094 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31095 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31096 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31097 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31098 INSTALL file).
31099
31100 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31101 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31102
31103
31104 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31105 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31106 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31107 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31108
31109 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31110
31111
31112 HINTS:
31113 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31114 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31115
31116 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31117
31118 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31119
31120 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31121
31122
31123 RELEASE NOTES:
31124 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31125
31126
31127 Maintenance:
31128 ------------
31129
31130 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31131 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31132
31133 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31134
31135 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31136 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31137 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31138 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31139
31140 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31141 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
31142 where the latest version can be found.
31143
31144
31145 Known problems:
31146 ---------------
31147
31148 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31149 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31150 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31151
31152
31153 The VHDL Mode Authors
31154 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31155
31156 Key bindings:
31157 -------------
31158
31159 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31160
31161 \(fn)" t nil)
31162
31163 ;;;***
31164 \f
31165 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19845 45374))
31166 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31167
31168 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31169 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31170 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31171 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31172
31173 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31174 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31175 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31176 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31177 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31178
31179 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31180 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31181
31182 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31183
31184 * Limitations and unsupported features
31185 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31186 not supported.
31187 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31188 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31189
31190 * Modifications
31191 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31192 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31193 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31194 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31195 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31196 for undoing a repeated change command.
31197 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31198 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31199 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31200
31201 * Extensions
31202 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31203 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31204 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31205 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31206 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31207 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31208 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31209 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31210
31211 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31212
31213 \(fn)" t nil)
31214
31215 ;;;***
31216 \f
31217 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31218 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31219 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31220 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19845 45374))
31221 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31222
31223 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31224 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31225
31226 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31227
31228 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31229 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31230 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31231 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31232
31233 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31234
31235 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31236 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31237
31238 \(fn)" t nil)
31239
31240 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31241 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31242 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31243 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31244
31245 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31246
31247 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31248 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31249
31250 \(fn)" t nil)
31251
31252 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31253
31254
31255 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31256
31257 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31258
31259
31260 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31261
31262 ;;;***
31263 \f
31264 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31265 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31266 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31267 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31268 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19845 45374))
31269 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31270
31271 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31272 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31273 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31274
31275 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31276
31277 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31278 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31279 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31280 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31281
31282 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31283
31284 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31285 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31286
31287 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31288
31289 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31290 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31291 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31292 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31293 moving around in the buffer.
31294 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31295 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31296
31297 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31298
31299 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31300
31301 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31302 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31303 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31304 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31305
31306 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31307 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31308 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31309 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31310 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31311
31312 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31313
31314 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31315
31316 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31317 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31318 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31319 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31320 buffer.
31321
31322 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31323 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31324 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31325 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31326 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31327
31328 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31329
31330 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31331
31332 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31333 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31334 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31335 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31336 moving around in the buffer.
31337 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31338 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31339
31340 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31341
31342 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31343 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31344 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31345
31346 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31347 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31348 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31349 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31350
31351 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31352
31353 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31354 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31355 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31356 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31357 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31358 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31359 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31360 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31361
31362 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31363
31364 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31365 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31366 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31367
31368 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31369
31370 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31371 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31372 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31373 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31374 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31375 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31376 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31377 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31378
31379 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31380
31381 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31382 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31383 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31384
31385 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31386
31387 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31388 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31389 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31390 turn it off.
31391
31392 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31393 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31394 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31395 read-only.
31396 \\<view-mode-map>
31397 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31398 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31399 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31400 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31401 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31402
31403 H, h, ? This message.
31404 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31405 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31406 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31407 > move to the end of buffer.
31408 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31409 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31410 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31411 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31412 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31413 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31414 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31415 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31416 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31417 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31418 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31419 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31420 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31421 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31422 Use this to view a changing file.
31423 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31424 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31425 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31426 . set the mark.
31427 x exchanges point and mark.
31428 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31429 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31430 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31431 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31432 ' go to position saved in character register.
31433 s do forward incremental search.
31434 r do reverse incremental search.
31435 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31436 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31437 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31438 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31439 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31440 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31441 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31442 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31443 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31444 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31445 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31446 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31447 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31448 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31449 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31450 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31451 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31452
31453 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31454 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31455 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31456 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31457 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31458 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31459 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31460 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31461 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31462
31463 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31464
31465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31466
31467 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31468 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31469 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31470 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31471 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31472 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31473 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31474 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31475 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31476
31477 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31478
31479 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31480 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31481 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31482 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31483 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31484 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31485 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31486
31487 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31488 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31489 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31490 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31491 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31492 1) nil Do nothing.
31493 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31494 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31495 frame.
31496 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31497 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31498 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31499 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31500
31501 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31502
31503 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31504
31505 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31506
31507 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31508 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31509
31510 \(fn)" t nil)
31511
31512 ;;;***
31513 \f
31514 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19845
31515 ;;;;;; 45374))
31516 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31517
31518 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31519 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31520
31521 \(fn)" nil nil)
31522
31523 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31524 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31525
31526 \(fn)" t nil)
31527
31528 ;;;***
31529 \f
31530 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31531 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
31532 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31533
31534 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31535 Toggle Viper on/off.
31536 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31537
31538 \(fn)" t nil)
31539
31540 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31541 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31542
31543 \(fn)" t nil)
31544
31545 ;;;***
31546 \f
31547 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31548 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
31549 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31550
31551 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31552 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31553 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31554 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31555 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31556 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31557 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31558 the beginning of the warning.")
31559
31560 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31561 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31562 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31563 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31564 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31565 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31566 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31567 also call that function before the next warning.")
31568
31569 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31570 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31571
31572 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31573 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31574 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31575 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31576
31577 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31578 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31579 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31580 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31581 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31582 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31583
31584 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31585 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31586 Default is :warning.
31587
31588 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31589 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31590 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31591 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31592 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31593 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31594
31595 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31596 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31597 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31598
31599 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31600
31601 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31602 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31603
31604 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31605
31606 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31607 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31608 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31609 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31610
31611 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31612 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31613 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31614 can be whatever you like.)
31615
31616 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31617 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31618
31619 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31620 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31621 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31622 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31623 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31624
31625 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31626
31627 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31628 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31629 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31630 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31631 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31632
31633 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31634
31635 ;;;***
31636 \f
31637 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31638 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
31639 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31640
31641 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31642 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31643 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31644 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31645 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31646 in disk.
31647
31648 See `wdired-mode'.
31649
31650 \(fn)" t nil)
31651
31652 ;;;***
31653 \f
31654 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19845 45374))
31655 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31656
31657 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31658 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31659
31660 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31661 hotlist.
31662
31663 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31664 <nwv@acm.org>.
31665
31666 \(fn)" t nil)
31667
31668 ;;;***
31669 \f
31670 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31671 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
31672 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31673 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31674 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31675
31676 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31677
31678 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31679 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31680 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31681 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31682 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31683 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31684
31685 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31686
31687 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31688 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31689 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31690 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31691
31692 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31693 and off otherwise.
31694
31695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31696
31697 ;;;***
31698 \f
31699 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31700 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31701 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31702 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19845 45374))
31703 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31704
31705 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31706 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31707
31708 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31709 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31710 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31711
31712 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31713 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31714
31715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31716
31717 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31718 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
31719
31720 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31721 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31722 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31723
31724 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31725 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31726 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31727 use `whitespace-mode'.
31728
31729 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31730
31731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31732
31733 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31734 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31735 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31736 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31737 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31738 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31739
31740 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31741
31742 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31743 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31744
31745 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31746 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31747 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31748
31749 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31750 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31751
31752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31753
31754 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31755 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31756 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31757 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31758 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31759 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31760
31761 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31762
31763 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31764 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31765
31766 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31767 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31768 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31769
31770 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31771 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31772 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31773 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31774
31775 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31776
31777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31778
31779 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31780 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31781
31782 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31783 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31784
31785 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31786 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31787
31788 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31789
31790 CHAR MEANING
31791 (VIA FACES)
31792 f toggle face visualization
31793 t toggle TAB visualization
31794 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31795 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31796 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31797 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31798 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31799 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31800 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31801 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31802 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31803 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31804 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31805 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31806 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31807 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31808 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31809
31810 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31811 T toggle TAB visualization
31812 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31813 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31814
31815 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31816 ? display brief help
31817
31818 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31819 The valid symbols are:
31820
31821 face toggle face visualization
31822 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31823 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31824 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31825 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31826 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31827 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31828 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31829 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31830 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31831 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31832 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31833 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31834 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31835 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31836 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31837 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31838
31839 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31840 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31841 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31842
31843 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31844
31845 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31846
31847 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31848
31849 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31850 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31851
31852 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31853 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31854
31855 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31856 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31857
31858 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31859
31860 CHAR MEANING
31861 (VIA FACES)
31862 f toggle face visualization
31863 t toggle TAB visualization
31864 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31865 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31866 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31867 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31868 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31869 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31870 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31871 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31872 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31873 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31874 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31875 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31876 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31877 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31878 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31879
31880 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31881 T toggle TAB visualization
31882 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31883 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31884
31885 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31886 ? display brief help
31887
31888 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31889 The valid symbols are:
31890
31891 face toggle face visualization
31892 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31893 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31894 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31895 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31896 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31897 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31898 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31899 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31900 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31901 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31902 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31903 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31904 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31905 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31906 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31907 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31908
31909 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31910 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31911 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31912
31913 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31914
31915 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31916
31917 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31918
31919 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31920 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31921
31922 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31923 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31924 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31925 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31926 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31927
31928 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31929
31930 The problems cleaned up are:
31931
31932 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31933 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31934 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31935 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31936
31937 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31938 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31939 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31940 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31941 SPACEs.
31942 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31943 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31944 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31945 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31946
31947 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31948 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31949 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31950 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31951 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31952 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31953 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31954 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31955
31956 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31957 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31958 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31959
31960 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31961 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31962 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31963 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31964 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31965 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31966 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31967 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31968
31969 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31970 documentation.
31971
31972 \(fn)" t nil)
31973
31974 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31975 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31976
31977 The problems cleaned up are:
31978
31979 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31980 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31981 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31982 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31983 SPACEs.
31984 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31985 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31986 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31987 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31988
31989 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31990 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31991 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31992 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31993 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31994 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31995 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31996 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31997
31998 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31999 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32000 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32001
32002 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32003 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32004 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32005 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32006 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32007 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32008 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32009 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32010
32011 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32012 documentation.
32013
32014 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32015
32016 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32017 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32018
32019 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32020 non-nil.
32021
32022 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32023 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
32024 `whitespace-style' to have:
32025
32026 empty
32027 trailing
32028 indentation
32029 space-before-tab
32030 space-after-tab
32031
32032 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32033 whitespace problems in buffer.
32034
32035 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32036
32037 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32038 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32039 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32040 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32041 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32042 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32043 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32044
32045 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32046 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32047 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32048 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32049 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32050 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32051 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32052
32053 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32054 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32055 cleaning up these problems.
32056
32057 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32058
32059 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32060 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32061
32062 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32063 non-nil.
32064
32065 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32066 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32067 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32068
32069 empty
32070 indentation
32071 space-before-tab
32072 trailing
32073 space-after-tab
32074
32075 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32076 whitespace problems in buffer.
32077
32078 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32079
32080 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32081 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32082 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32083 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32084 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32085 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32086 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32087
32088 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32089 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32090 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32091 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32092 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32093 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32094 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32095
32096 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32097 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32098 cleaning up these problems.
32099
32100 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32101
32102 ;;;***
32103 \f
32104 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32105 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19845 45374))
32106 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32107
32108 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32109 Browse the widget under point.
32110
32111 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32112
32113 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32114 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32115
32116 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32117
32118 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32119 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32120
32121 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32122
32123 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32124 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
32125 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32126
32127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32128
32129 ;;;***
32130 \f
32131 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32132 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19845
32133 ;;;;;; 45374))
32134 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32135
32136 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32137 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32138
32139 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32140
32141 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32142 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32143 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32144
32145 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32146
32147 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32148 Create widget of TYPE.
32149 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32150
32151 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32152
32153 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32154 Delete WIDGET.
32155
32156 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32157
32158 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32159 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32160
32161 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32162
32163 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32164 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32165 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32166 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32167
32168 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32169 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32170
32171 \(fn)" nil nil)
32172
32173 ;;;***
32174 \f
32175 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32176 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19845
32177 ;;;;;; 45374))
32178 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32179
32180 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32181 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32182 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32183 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32184 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32185 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32186 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32187
32188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32189
32190 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32191 Select the window above the current one.
32192 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32193 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32194 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32195 negative ARG) of the current window.
32196 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32197
32198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32199
32200 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32201 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32202 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32203 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32204 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32205 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32206 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32207
32208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32209
32210 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32211 Select the window below the current one.
32212 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32213 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32214 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32215 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32216 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32217
32218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32219
32220 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32221 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32222 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32223 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32224
32225 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32226
32227 ;;;***
32228 \f
32229 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32230 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
32231 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32232
32233 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32234 Toggle Winner mode.
32235 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32236 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32237
32238 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32239
32240 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32241 Toggle Winner mode.
32242 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32243
32244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32245
32246 ;;;***
32247 \f
32248 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
32249 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (19845 45374))
32250 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32251
32252 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32253 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32254 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32255 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32256 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32257
32258 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32259
32260 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32261 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32262 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32263 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32264 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32265 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32266 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32267 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32268
32269 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32270 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32271
32272 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32273
32274 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32275 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32276
32277 \(fn)" t nil)
32278
32279 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32280 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32281 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32282 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32283 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32284 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32285 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32286 `woman' command for further details.
32287
32288 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32289
32290 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32291 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32292
32293 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32294
32295 ;;;***
32296 \f
32297 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32298 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
32299 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32300
32301 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32302 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32303
32304 BUGS:
32305 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32306 are not implemented
32307 - Options for search and replace
32308 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32309 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32310
32311 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32312 Emacs-like.
32313
32314 The key bindings are:
32315
32316 C-a backward-word
32317 C-b fill-paragraph
32318 C-c scroll-up-line
32319 C-d forward-char
32320 C-e previous-line
32321 C-f forward-word
32322 C-g delete-char
32323 C-h backward-char
32324 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32325 C-j help-for-help
32326 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32327 C-l ws-repeat-search
32328 C-n open-line
32329 C-p quoted-insert
32330 C-r scroll-down-line
32331 C-s backward-char
32332 C-t kill-word
32333 C-u keyboard-quit
32334 C-v overwrite-mode
32335 C-w scroll-down
32336 C-x next-line
32337 C-y kill-complete-line
32338 C-z scroll-up
32339
32340 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32341 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32342 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32343 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32344 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32345 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32346 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32347 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32348 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32349 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32350 C-k b ws-begin-block
32351 C-k c ws-copy-block
32352 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32353 C-k f find-file
32354 C-k h ws-show-markers
32355 C-k i ws-indent-block
32356 C-k k ws-end-block
32357 C-k p ws-print-block
32358 C-k q kill-emacs
32359 C-k r insert-file
32360 C-k s save-some-buffers
32361 C-k t ws-mark-word
32362 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32363 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32364 C-k v ws-move-block
32365 C-k w ws-write-block
32366 C-k x kill-emacs
32367 C-k y ws-delete-block
32368
32369 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32370 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32371 C-o j justify-current-line
32372 C-o k kill-buffer
32373 C-o l list-buffers
32374 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32375 C-o r set-fill-column
32376 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32377 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32378 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
32379 C-o wo other-window
32380 C-o wv split-window-vertically
32381
32382 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32383 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32384 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32385 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32386 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32387 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32388 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32389 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32390 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32391 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32392 C-q a ws-query-replace
32393 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32394 C-q c end-of-buffer
32395 C-q d end-of-line
32396 C-q f ws-search
32397 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32398 C-q l ws-undo
32399 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32400 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32401 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32402 C-q w ws-last-error
32403 C-q y ws-kill-eol
32404 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32405
32406 \(fn)" t nil)
32407
32408 ;;;***
32409 \f
32410 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19845 45374))
32411 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32412
32413 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32414 Perform an interactive search.
32415 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32416 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32417 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32418 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32419
32420 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32421 Example:
32422
32423 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32424
32425 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32426
32427 ;;;***
32428 \f
32429 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32430 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
32431 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32432
32433 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32434 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32435 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
32436 Returns the top node with all its children.
32437 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32438 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32439
32440 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32441
32442 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32443 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32444 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32445 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
32446 is not well-formed XML.
32447 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
32448 and returned as the first element of the list.
32449 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32450
32451 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32452
32453 ;;;***
32454 \f
32455 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32456 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19845 45374))
32457 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32458
32459 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32460 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32461 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32462 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32463 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32464 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32465 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32466 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32467 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32468 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32469
32470 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32471
32472 ;;;***
32473 \f
32474 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (19845
32475 ;;;;;; 45374))
32476 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32477
32478 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32479 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32480 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32481 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32482 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32483 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32484
32485 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32486
32487 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32488 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32489 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32490 it off.
32491
32492 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32493 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32494 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32495 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32496 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32497 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32498
32499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32500
32501 ;;;***
32502 \f
32503 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32504 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19845 45374))
32505 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32506
32507 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32508 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32509
32510 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32511
32512 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32513 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32514
32515 \(fn)" nil nil)
32516
32517 ;;;***
32518 \f
32519 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32520 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19845 45374))
32521 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32522
32523 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32524 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32525
32526 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32527
32528 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32529 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32530
32531 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32532
32533 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32534 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32535 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32536
32537 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32538
32539 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32540 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32541
32542 \(fn)" t nil)
32543
32544 ;;;***
32545 \f
32546 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19845 45374))
32547 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32548
32549 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32550 Zone out, completely.
32551
32552 \(fn)" t nil)
32553
32554 ;;;***
32555 \f
32556 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
32587 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
32588 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
32589 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el"
32590 ;;;;;; "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32591 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32592 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32593 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32594 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32595 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32596 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32597 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32598 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32599 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32600 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32601 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32602 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32603 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32604 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32605 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32606 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32607 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32608 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32609 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32610 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32611 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32612 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32613 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32614 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32615 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32616 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32617 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32618 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32619 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32620 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32621 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32622 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32623 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32624 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32625 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32626 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32627 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32628 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32629 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
32630 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
32631 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
32632 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el"
32633 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
32634 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32635 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32636 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32637 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32638 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32639 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
32640 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
32641 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32642 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
32643 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
32644 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32645 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32646 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32647 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32648 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32649 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32650 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32651 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32652 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32653 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
32654 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
32655 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32656 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32657 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "foldout.el" "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el"
32658 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
32659 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
32660 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32661 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32662 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32663 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32664 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32665 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32666 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32667 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32668 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
32669 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32670 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
32671 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32672 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el"
32673 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32674 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32675 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32676 ;;;;;; "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
32677 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el"
32678 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32679 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32680 ;;;;;; "international/charprop.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
32681 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32682 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32683 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32684 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32685 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32686 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32687 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32688 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32689 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32690 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32691 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32692 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32693 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32694 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32695 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32696 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32697 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32698 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32699 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32700 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32701 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32702 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32703 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32704 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32705 ;;;;;; "net/gnutls.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
32706 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el"
32707 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
32708 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32709 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el"
32710 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
32711 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
32712 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el"
32713 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
32714 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
32715 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
32716 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
32717 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
32718 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-calc.el"
32719 ;;;;;; "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el"
32720 ;;;;;; "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el"
32721 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-latex.el"
32722 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32723 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32724 ;;;;;; "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el"
32725 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32726 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el"
32727 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
32728 ;;;;;; "org/org-complete.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el"
32729 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el"
32730 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el"
32731 ;;;;;; "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32732 ;;;;;; "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
32733 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32734 ;;;;;; "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el"
32735 ;;;;;; "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el" "patcomp.el"
32736 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
32737 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
32738 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
32739 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
32740 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
32741 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
32742 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
32743 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
32744 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
32745 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32746 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32747 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32748 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32749 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
32750 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
32751 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32752 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32753 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32754 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32755 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32756 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
32757 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (19867
32758 ;;;;;; 53579 794540))
32759
32760 ;;;***
32761 \f
32762 (provide 'loaddefs)
32763 ;; Local Variables:
32764 ;; version-control: never
32765 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32766 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32767 ;; coding: utf-8
32768 ;; End:
32769 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here